A SPECIALIZED MAGAZINE FOR MEDICAL ENTRANCE AND 10 + 2 EXAMS.

FEBRUARY 1999 PRICE R«>• 30/-

cell body
m
cell body

1
NERVOUS SYSTEM

Competition Science Vision is a

|b 'very good magazine. It is very
useful for those preparing for
medical competition examinations.
— Ms. Kusum Kumari
Third Topper and First position holder in Girls
inB.CE.CE. '98

Motor neuron
Interneuron

sister chromatids sister chromatids

of a chromosome of its homologue
Sensory neuron

iKSHHSIHES,
CHROMOSOME Saf"
AND
CHROMATIN j_ M_.

sowed PaperI

-Typical
Model ..^
Daughter
chromosomes
nes | ft

mm MiiiiiiiiHiiiiM
 BASE
VECiCJ. th T 51<a TESTS

YOUR STUDIES EDICAL ENTRANCE

AT A GLANCE

ON EXAMINATIONS

iJlONEEI^ [

I SF
BOOKS WRITTEN
WITH
^
SCIENTIFIC METHOD
AND EDICALENTRANCE CBSE
MDicti wmiKi mis
EXAMINATIONS
CHEMISTRY
NEW TECHNIQUE AT A GLANCE

Highlights :

• FULL THEORY OF THE ENTIRE COURSE

• OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS WITH EXPLANATORY ANSWERS,
t QUICK REVISION OF ENTIRE SYLLABUS.
MEDICAL t HELPS TO REMEMBER ALL IMPORTANT FACTS.
• PROVIDES OPPORTUNITY OF SELF-ASSESSMENT.
ENTRANCE • LATEST FACTS AND DISCOVERIES

EXAMINATIONS
upkars CBSE MEDICAL BIOLOGY At a Glance Rs. 60/-

upkar's CBSE PHYSICS At a Glance Rs. 72/-

upkar'S CBSE CHEMISTRY At a Glance Rs. 70/-

UPKAR'S CBSE MEDICAL ENTRANCE EXAM.

(Combined Guide) Rs. 190/-

upkar's PIONEER SERIES BIOLOGY Rs. 1 70/-

uPKAR-s PIONEER SERIES PHYSICS Rs. 210/-

upkar-s PIONEER SERIES CHEMISTRY Rs. 260/-

UPKAR PRAKASHAN wu, swadesm bna nagar, agra-2S2002

PHONE :
351238s 351002, 35*002; FAX : (0562) 351251
 February 1999 In This Issue
Year-1 Issue- 12

Editorial
1897
Readers' Views 1699
Science News 1700
Latest General Knowledge 1702
Milestones of Science 1706
Memorable Points 1707
Science Tips 1708
Our Young Talents—Third Topper and First Position holder in Giris

Editor B.C.E.C.E. (Bihar)-98—Miss Kusum Kumari 1713

MAHENDRA JAIN
Physics
Reflection of Light 1715
X-Rays 1724
Lami's Theorem and its Applications 1729
Typical Model Paper 1731
Best Fifteen Questions 1737
Numericals in Physics 1741
Special Attraction

Free Year Planner Chemistry

Classification and Nomenclature of Organic Compounds 1743
1999 Oxidation, Reduction and Redox Reactions 1751
Typical Model Paper 1762
Best Fifteen Questions 1768
Numericals in Chemistry 1770

Zoology
Sex Determination and Sex-Linked Characters 1777
Nervous System 1782
Advertisement Typical Model Paper 1792
ATUL KAPOOR Best Fifteen Questions
(Bu»lne»» Manager) 1795
4840-41, GovtndLana, AnaariRoad,
24, Daryagar^, Naw DathMIO 002
Ptiona : 3251844, 3251886
Botany
Chromosome and Chromatin 1796
Lichens 1802
Question Paper—JLNMC-AMU 1998 Solved Paper 1808
Best Fifteen Questions 1814

Other Features
Editor/Publisher is not responsible for views, Reasoning in Chemistry 1815
data, figures etc. expressed in the articles
Reasoning in Physics 1817
by the authors.
True or False
— Editor 1818
Fill in the Blanks 1822
No part of this publication can be reproduced Assertion and Reason Type Questions 1825
or transmitted in any form without the prior
Do You Know ? 1827
written permission from the publishers.
General Mental Ability Test 1829
General Knowledge 1831
Edited and published by Mahendra Jain for CSV Crossword-6 1833
M/s. Pratiyogita Darpan, 2/11 A, Swadeshi
Bima Nagar, AGRA-2 Phone 351238, :
Correct Solution and Prize Winners of CSV Quiz No. 8 1834
351002, 350002; Fax:(0562) 351251, CSV Quiz Contest No. 11 1836
e-mail upkar@nde.vsnl.net. in
:

and Printed by him at Printing Unit of

Pratiyogita Darpan, Bye pass, Agra.
 1999
B.S.R.B. (Jaipur) Clerical Exam. (Jan. 17) B.S.R.B. (Calcutta) Clerical Exam. (Feb. 28)

Bihar Primary Teacher (Pre.) Exam . (Jan. 24 & 31) I.A.F. Airmen Technical Trade Exam. (Feb.)

UPSC Combined Medical Services Exam. (Jan.31) B.P.S.C. Main Exam. (March 14)
U.P. Combined Lower Subordinate B.S.R.B. (Baroda) P.O. Exam. (March 21)
Service (Pre.) Exam. (Feb. 7)
B.S.R.B. (Dena Bank) P.O. Exanv (March 21)
S.B.I. Probationary Officers' Exam. (Feb. 14)
West Bengal (Egg. and Medical)
Navodaya School Entrance Test (Feb. 14)
Combined Entrance Exam. (April 24-25)
Sainik School Entrance Exam. (Feb. 21)
Combined Defence Services Exam. (May 2)
B.S.R.B. (Patna) Clerical Exam. (Feb. 21)
B.S.R.B. (Baroda) Agriculture LIT. Joint Entrance Exam. (May 8-9)

Officers' Exam. (Feb. 28) Roorkee Engg. Examination (May 12-13)

"fSSSSSSSS/j
 Editorial
Let Loneliness
Least alone while aii SlOfl^. This
paradoxical statement is attributed tO
one of the men of wisdom, who when
asked to elaborate the implications of
his statement, said with a smile that
you can not be said to be alone when
you are busy with something, yourself
or your thoughts. Moreover, those
persons are always with you whom
you remember or with whose
thoughts your mind is occupied.
When you are engrossed in thoughts,
you become unaware of your physical
body. In this case the question of
your being alone or in some body's
company does not arise. The flight of
thoughts may take the man round the
world, may make him soar high up in
the sky or make him comfortable on
the waves of the sea. Does such a
man miss any body's company or to
be practical, does he need someone
to talk to ? No third person is required
or welcome between the lover and
the beloved. To give an illustration,
when you are busy with preparations
for your examination, you do not want
that anyone should come to you and
disturb your concentration. Only a
disturbed and empty mind needs
company because one needs com-
pany when he has nothing at hand to
be occupied or to be busy with.
While in isolation, persons often
try and during this
introspection
mind stops chattering and
period, the
wandering. In the words of John
Milton, The mind, when itself and
its own can make a heaven of
place,
hell." Obviously a man, who has with-
drawn himself from the crowd and
whose mind is at rest, is in heaven,
no matter, whether he cares or tries
for it or not.
Every man is made for growth for
gaining knowledge and development.
His nature is sinned against, when he
is doomed toignorance and left to
grope in the darkness of the crowd.
These are the words of Cantt, the
greatest philosopher of the modem-
age, who never, throughout his life,
moved out of his village and was
always in the company of books.
Every man can neither be Cantt, nor
can spend life like him but it is proof
positive of the fact that one is able to
hear the inner voice only when alone.
The inner voice is called the Voice of
C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1697
Make You Strong
the Silence, which one can hear only
when alone or perfectly undisturbed
by h.'$ surroundings.
Another great thinker, W. E.
Canning spent most of his time in
library. He liked most the company of
books 55 t0 nim books were like a
multi-purpose f.1? nd 9uide, helper,
- Tagore is very popular and inspiring
teacher, philosopher a,!? wnat pot.
For development of faculty of iniSHh
gence, the discipline of meditation is
prescribed. Contemplation is the next
step in this direction, which leads to
evolution of consciousness. Isolation
provides the proper atmosphere for
carrying on and practising this dis-
cipline. It was for this reason that the
ancient Rishis and Munis were re-
cluse and lived in their AshramS far
away from the din, noise and turmoil
of the society. Nature was their
company and gods were their friends,
who used to interpret in silence, the
dictates of the inner voice. Every
particle of nature seemed to tell them
something new. Day and night, they
heard the music of silence. Who
would say, they were alone, although
they lived alone ?
All great persons like Buddha,
Confucius, Moses, Mansoor, Jesus,
Mohammed, Newton, Ramanuj,
Madam Blavatsky, Vivekanand,
Gandhi etc. received their light in
isolation. All of them had to be alone
for sometime, when their higher
selves divulged to them the secrets of
in life. It is also a fact of life that the
toppers at different examinations and
competitions used to read and study
with doors of their rooms closed and
kept aloof from all sorts of distur-
bance. Their goals of life were their
guides and the books their friends.
Our friends, young men and women
would do well to emulate their exam-
ples to get success at the exam-
inations and in life thereafter. Animals
as well, to get nourishment from the
food and fodder they eat, do chewing
the cud in silence. Introspection and
done best in isolation. If
self study are
you do so, you will be surprised to
see new vistas of knowledge and new
pathways of progress open before
you.
In a big crowd, there is hardly
anybody to help or to lift the person,
who has fallen down. Then how one
could say that he is not alone in a big
crowd ? It sounds paradoxical but is a
fact of life. The crowd saps the vigour
of the mind and its possessor is at a
discount to make use of it. So, avoid
crowd and shun becoming a part of it.
This famous line ui Poet Laureate
i&m g<# t The words contained in
the line have inspired many a person
to go alone on the path they thought
right. Mahatma Gandhi was also one
of those To him the inspiring and as-
suring words contained in this piece
of Tagore's advice were dear and on
occasions more than one he had to
start almost alone for the cause dear
to him. He ever felt the presence of
God around him and, therefore, he
never felt or feared that he was alone.
H.D. Thoreau also said once that the
man who goes alone can start today
but he who travels with another must
wait till that other is ready. Our young
friends would bear with me that the
schedules of combined study are
seldom kept and adhered to. It has
been rightly said that 'The strongest
man in the world is he, who stands
alone.'
Vacuum is against the Law of
Nature One. receives only by giving.
A controlled mind, bom of meditation
in aloofness, will tell us that by send-
ing out good and helpful thoughts, we
get the good and helping hands of
others. In this way, the still mind
keeps in constant company of good
and thoughtful individuals. These
words of Samuel Rogers are worth a
heap of gold, "He only is alone, who
lives not for others. Come what will,
the generous man has his companion
still." When alone, one can not sit
idle, one must do one thing or the
other and mostly constructive. The
best things are produced under
undisturbed conditions be they works
of art, scientific invention, philoso-
phies of life etc.
Napolean always went ahead,
because he believed that those who
proceed alone, proceed quickly.
Nature tells us the green grass is
busy in searching its companions and
keeps low, while the tree in isolation
goes high to make researches in the
sky above.
• ••
Copyrighted material
 T Subscription
THOUGHTS FOR THE MONT« Rate
% He who does not want to win can not be defeated.

next be found blaming

One Copy Rs. 30/-
* One who praises you for qualities you lack, will

you for faults not yours. One Year Rs. 285/-

% There is but one way to worship God. It is to be devoid of evil. Two Years Rs. 540/-

»• Work done to perfection is verily yoga.

Please send your Member-
f- Few ever fail by trying, few ever win who quit. ship fee by M.O. or Bank
Draft. Cheques will not be
V Our greatest glory is not in never falling but in rising every time we fall.
accepted.
% Sooner or later the man who wins is the man who thinks he can.
Please inform your
but perseverance Correct Address together
fr Genius, that power which daz2les mortal eyes, is oft
with the period, the month
in disguise.
from which you are
V Adversity is verily the prosperity of the great. becoming a member.

* It is often darkest before the day breaks. M.O. or Bank Draft will
be accepted only in the
% Kites rise against and not with the winds. name of M/s Pratiyogita
% Politics is a war without blood shed. Darpan, Agra.

» Imitators do not make good, leave alone great leaders.

* Let justice remain blind and balanced.

ORDER
want
I
FORM
be to a regular

» The world belongs to its people and not to its rulers. subscriber for Competition
Science Vision. Kindly send
my copy on the following
address :

Memory Retention Contest Name ....

Address.

I Opportunity to Win Attractive Prized

If you are appearing at any examination for admission to
MBBS course of AFMC, AIIMS, CPMT, CBSE (Medical) and
any other Medical College/Institute you have a chance to win Pin
an attractive prize. I am sending the M.O./Bank
All that send us the list of multiple
you are to do is to Draft for Rs
choice objective questions which were asked in that examination Dated
on the basis of your memory. The questions should be complete Signature
with all the alternatives for answering them. We shall include

all the entries in the contest. Participants with maximum number

of correct questions will be awarded. competition
sciein.ce; vision
M/s Pratiyogita Darpan
PRIZES 2/11 A, Swadeshi Bima Nagar,

(i) First three participants sending maximum number of correct Agra-282 002
questions will receive Rs. 200, 100 and 60 as prize. Phone: 351238, 350002, 351002

(ii) No prize is admissible for less than 75% questions. V Fax:(0562)351251

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1698

 EADERS* medical aspirants.
and every
It

topic upto a very accurate

touches each I have not joined coaching
Medical Entrance Examination, but
for
I

depth. can say that CSV is the best coach

Sumeet Mukherjee Lucknow (U.P.) for me.

I have been a regular reader of Nupur Vaijyanti Lucknow (U.P.)

I am
a regular reader of your
CSV since its May issue. Really it is a I am highly impressed by all the

highly informative magazine Compe-

unique magazine. In September, CSV as it includes lots of
topics of
October, November and December Model Papers, topics on different
tition Science Vision. found CSV as I

issues, the interviews of topper have chapters of Biology, Physics &

a guardian for those students who are
preparing for various Medical
inspired me much. The notes on Chemistry and solved papers of
various topics in Physics, Chemistry Medical Entrance Examinations.
Entrance Examinations especially for
CBSE, AIIMS and MGIMS. think, the I
and Biology are very helpful for us. CSV is a boon for all students

way Mother Teressa had served Anupriya Kumari H.Bag (Bihar) who are preparing for Medical

humanity, the Competition Science

Exams. It helps digest difficult topics
I have been reading your maga-
Vision has been serving the easily as the language is lucid. I
talented zine CSV since its inaugural issue.
aspirants in building their career and
personally feel that CSV is the best
can say that it is the power-
I
science magazine for Medical
achieving goal in life.
house of Knowledge on subjects like Entrance Exams.
Its selected topics in Physics, Science News, Memorable Points,
Subhransu Roy Muz. (Bihar)
Chemistry, Botany and Zoology are True and False, Sports, Current G.K.
very informative for the students who and other topics on Biology,
CSV is the best magazine for

are preparing for various Medical Chemistry & Physics as well as

medical entrance exams. I am greatly

Entrance Examinations. impressed by the topics like "Our

solved papers.
Young Talents, Science News, Latest
Bimlesh Kumar Bokaro (Bihar) Md.ArifAzad Gopalganj (Bihar)
General Knowledge and Typical
have been a regular reader of
I
am a regular reader of your
I Model Papers of Physics, Chemistry,
your marvellous magazine CSV. It unique magazine CSV. It is an exce- Botany & Zoology."
has inspired me to fulfil my dreams to llent and marvellous science maga- Ashish Suman Begusarai (Bihar)
become a doctor. zine. I specially like the topics Best
Fifteen Model
Questions, Typical
CSV is the best magazine for all

an
Competition Science Vision is medical aspirants and other science
Paper and Numerical Problems in
excellent career oriented magazine students. Model Test Paper, Science
Physics and Chemistry. also like I

providing up-to-date information tips and all the subjectwise topics are
Editorial.
regarding Science. very useful.
would like to say that it is India's
I

found General Mental Ability R.H. Khushtar Patna (Bihar)

I
No. 1 Science magazine. It provides
Test, Assertion and Reason Type information and inspiration which are I would like to say about the CSV
Questions and Reasoning very useful most important ingredients for that it is 'BRAHMASTRA' for medical
for students preparing for Medical success. aspirants. We can't win the war of
Entrance Exam. Medical Entrance Exam, without it.
Arvind Bharti Ranchi (Bihar)
Md. Mashooque AH Patna (Bihar) Mohammad Sultan Lucknow (U.P.)
I a regular reader of CSV
am
have been a regular reader of
I
since issue. According to me
its first
am a regular
I reader of your
your excellent and marvellous CSV is a wonderful Science
really
excellent, exhaustive and marvellous
science magazine since August 1998. Magazine. This magazine has proved science magazine CSV. It is an echo

This Magazine really provides me a boon for all medicos. of success. Everyone rejoices with its

with a lot of knowledge. Many topics topics like Science News, Latest
CSV is an elixir to quench the
likeScience Tips, Memorable Points, General Knowledge, Milestone of
thirst of the science readers at the 10
Best Fifteen Questions and the other Science, Memorable Points, Science
+ 2 level. It fully captures the reader's
are very useful to us. It is really Tips, Topics on Physics, Chemistry,
mind, packing his grey cells with all
India's No. 1 Science Magazine. Biology, Model Test Paper, Solved
kinds of scientific knowledge.
Papers of different Medical Entrance
Deepak Kumar Allahabad (U. P.) Aradhana Tripathi Kanpur (U.P.)
Examinations, Reasoning in Physics,
I am
a regular reader of your am a regular reader of CSV. It Chemistry, True or False, Fill in the
—
I

excellent magazine Competition is a unique magazine for medical Blanks and Assertion and Reason
Science Vision. It is the best maga- aspirants. Its Science News, Inter- Questions.
zine of modern India. This magazine views of toppers, course materials, Prabhat Ranjan Pintoo Nalanda (Bihar)
is read not only in India but also in
etc. are most beneficial for us. I am a regular reader of your
Nepal.
Jitendra Kumar Singh Ranchi unique magazine CSV right from its
Sanjay Singh Katihar (Bihar) I have been studying CSV since very beginning. I think it is the best
have been a regular reader of
I its October issue. I regard CSV as the magazine available in the market.
your magazine since its inaugural best magazine for Medical Entrance Md. Ibrar Dhanbad (Bihar)
issue. It has proved a boon for the Examinations. • ••

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1699

Cop
 fuels'absorption of oxygen. The improve data transfer in a better way
enzymes destroy the damaging con- so as to guide fishermen to the spot
taminants that degrade normal fuels. where they could find fish. Besides
Only three ounces of the treatment this, the Oceansat satellite will also

SCIENCE need to mixed with every 100 gallons

of fuel for it to be effective. Emission
study coastal dynamics.

Mars Express Mission

MNEWS
tests conducted at the Environmental
Testing Corp. in Orange, California
showed that Soltron reduces hydro- European space exploration is
carbon emissions by 55 percent,
set to take a great leap forward in
carbon monoxide by 37 percent, 2003 with a low-cost mission to the
nitrous oxide by 44 percent and
Red planet known as Mars Express,
Gene Causing Rheumatic nitrogen chloride by 68 percent.
the European Space Agency (ESA)
Fever in Children announced. The 60-Kllogram Mars
Pelletron
Identified Express is scheduled to land on the
surface of Mars with a radar device
Pelletron, the14 MV medium which can analyse the planet's crust
The Indian Council of Medical
energy heavy ion accelerator (MEHIA) to a depth of 100 metre. Scientists
Research (ICMR), in collaboration
was set up under a collaborative believe there might be water on Mars
with different medical research institu-
project of the Bhabha Atomic Resea- and hope to find it in either liquid or
has succeeded in
tions of the country,
rch Centre (BARC) and the Tata frozen form. They are also searching
identifying the 'sick' gene which
Institute of Fundamental Research for fossils which could indicate past
causes rheumatic fever in children,
(TIFR) at the campus of TIFR at life on the planet.
responsible for high mortality rate in
Colaba, Mumbai, to pursue research
India. ICMR Director N. K. Ganguly
disclosed this while delivering a
in nuclear physics and allied disci- New Weapons
plines.
lecture on genetics at the fourth inter-
national symposium on Genetics,
Pelletron, the tandem electro-
The US Army is developing two
Health and Diseases at Guru Nanak
static accelerator
beams
capable of providing
of accelerated nuclear parti-
new weapon-systems an electro- —
Dev University, Amritsar. Dr. Ganguly magnetic rail gun and an electro-
cles such as protons, alpha particles
said, he along with researchers at the thermal chemical gun and consi-
Post Graduate Institute of Medical and different types of heavy ions at
dering arming future vehicles with
energies sufficiently high for conduc-
Education and Research (PGIMER), hypervelocity missiles. The electro-
Chandigarh, had reported a genetic
ting nuclear research, is a national magnetic gun, which could be
rail

susceptibility marker of rheumatic

facility open to all the users in the
fielded 2015, would use an
in
country.
fever which is present in 90 percent electronic power source similar to a
of the patients suffering from this car's alternator to generate tremen-
disease. Dr. Ganguli said there were
Oceansat to be put in dous amounts of energy in quick
at least80 different types of strepto- Orbit by March '99 bursts to fire rounds. It could be
coccal infections which cause sore machine-tested soon. The electro-
throat in children but six has been In a giant leap forward in space thermal chemical gun; which could be
identified as linked to defective genes. technology, India will put into orbit in fielded in early 2005, will use an
March 1999, an ambitious indi- electronic power supply to generate
Safe Diesel genously-developed satellite— Ocean- an electrically neutral gas known as
sat (P-4) to scan the ocean around plasma, and would generate 30 times
Japanese scientists have deve- the country. Dr. A. K. S. Gopalan, the energy of traditional tank guns to
loped a new fuel treatment that could Director of the Space Application's send around hurtling towards energy
reduce emissions from truck diesel Centre (SAC), said that work on the targets.

engines. The technology could allow satellite was nearing completion at

vehicle manufacturers to meet new Ahmedabad and Bangalore. Launch Copper-Wired Chips
emission standards. After 1 8 years of from the Sriharikota range has been
work the researchers perfected the scheduled for March 1 999. The launch The world's first commercial
liquid treatment, called 'Soltron'. The Oceansat would put India in the
of the computer chips wired with copper
US firm Solpower, based in company of the USA, Japan and the instead of aluminium have begun
Scottsdale, Arizona, has acquired European union, which have already shipping, according to International
North American manufacturing and put satellites into orbit for study of Business Machine Corp. which plans
marketing rights for the product. oceans. Japan's satellite experiment, to market the faster chips for use in a
Soltron is enhancing fluid that
a fuel however, did not succeed. wide range of computers and consu-
works using enzymes. The makers The new satellite will help identify mer electronics. Thus, IBM would
claim the treatment affects molecules the species of fish available. Although incorporate copper chip technology
within liquid fuels— including diesel similar experiments had been carried into its flagship mainframe computer,
—
and gasolene and increases the out earlier also, the Oceansat would minicomputer and workstation lines.

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1700

Copy
 IBM has been engaged in a Virus (HIV) from replicating within the shoreline an ancient river
of

decade-long industry to create the human cells. HIV infects the human system, the which average
nests
first generation of copper-wired semi- cells by integrating its own DNA into about 12 inches wide and 18 inches
conductors, which can deliver impro- that of the host cell, a process deep are similar to modern day
ved performance and reduced power governed by the enzyme HIV crocodile nests.
consumption compared to existing intergrase. Chicoric acid interferes
aluminium-wired chips. As engineers with this enzyme. The researchers Breast Cancer Surgery
have packed more performance on to hope to develop a drug based on a
using Ultrasonic Waves
smaller devices, they have drawn more powerful synthetic version of
closer to size and speed limits im- the chemical. The finding could be a
posed by aluminium wires- major breakthrough in the treatment Doctors at the All India Institute

ofAIDS, said Robinson. Current drug of Medical Sciences, have carried out
While designers consider alumi-
cocktails attack two other key for the first time in the world major
nium easier to work with than copper,
enzymes responsible for promoting breast cancer surgeries through a
aluminium is a relatively poor conduc-
HIV replication, HIV protease and HIV virtually bloodless procedure that
tor of electricity. As a result, in
reverse transcriptase. But severe side uses ultrasonic waves. Doctors used
extremely small configurations, it
effects and viral resistance are ultrasonic or high-frequency sound
cannot deliver sufficient power to the
limiting the effectiveness of these waves to remove the entire breast
transistors.
drugs. Chicoric acid could lead to the with minimum loss of blood in 14
Scientists looked to copper, a
development of a new class of non- patients who were in advanced stage
superior conductor, as a potential
toxicAIDS drugs to which the virus of breast cancer.
saviour but until recently it remained
has not developed resistance. The ultrasonic waves delivered
an elusive one because it was difficult
to work with in small dimensions and by an instrument called harmonic
Phoney Conversation scalpal simultaneously dissects, cuts
could corrupt the silicon transistors in

a chip.
and coagulates tissues leading to
Automated translation of phone minimum blood loss. Precise cutting

Astronauts finish work on calls has long been a dream of and coagulation achieved by
are
telephone companies. Now AT and T adjusting the power level, blade edge
Space Station
and Japan's Advanced Telecommu- and blade pressure.
nications Research Institute have
Astronauts from the space shuttle
Endeavour have ended their final day
joined forces to make it come true. By A Pill for Shyness
the end of 1999, they expect to have
of work abroad the international
a prototype system that will auto-
space station, closing its hatches until
matically translate spoken Japanese
British scientists have recently
another assembly crew arrives in launched a pillshyness a remedy
for :
into English, or vice-versa.
about six months. The Endeavour's for social phobia. A team
from Bristol
commander was Mr. Robert Cabana. Fossilised reptile nests and Southampton universities has
The Crew moved quickly through successfully tested the pill, which
their worklist and solved problems as
found could cure the estimated 3 million
they arose. The only mishap was an chronically shy people in Britain. At
aluminium rack pin that floated away Researchers at the University of least 10 million others admit to social
and was never found. All the planned Colorado at Boulder and Emory awkwardness.
objectives have been accomplished, University have discovered scores of
The shyness pill works by increa-
during the crew's stay. They installed ancient reptile nests, believed to be
sing the level of serotonin in the
a communication system that provided the oldest ever found, in Arizona's
brain,a chemical which induces a
two way video teleconferencing bet- Petrified Forest National Park. The
sense of euphorbia, boosts feelings
ween the station and ground contro- fossil nests dating" to about 220
of well-being and so improves
llers. million years ago; are similar to
people's self-confidence.
modem day crocodile and turtle
Coffee aid nests. Stephen Hasiotis and Anthony The drug, seroxal, was originally

Martin discovered these nests. They licensed to treat depression. How-

believe the nests extend the fossil ever, David Wheatley, a consultant
The next generation of anti-AIDS
record of reptile nests by roughly 110 psychiatrist who carried out part of
drugs could be based on a chemical
million years ago. the chemical trial, said that impro-
extracted from green coffee beans,
vements were noticed a week.
within
US researchers claim. Edward The 62 bowl-like depressions
found by the researchers in sand-
It seems that it is working on
Robinson and his colleagues from the
completely different chemical recep-
university of California made extracts stone deposits appear to be trace-
tors in the brains of people suffering
from over 60 plants routinely used by fossils made by large, hole-nesting
from social phobia.
medicine men of the Kailawaya tribes reptiles such as phytosaurs (primitive

in Bolivia. They discovered that one crocodile-like aetosaurs

animals),
•••
of the extracts, chicoric acid, could (armored from that period) or
reptile

prevent the Human Immunodeficiency possibly ancient turtles. Located on

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1701

 direction while its heroine, Ms.
ABBREVIATIONS Ayesha Dharker, bagged the actress
award. The movie also won the inter-

SHCIL — Stock Holding Corporation of India Limited.

national jury panel award for artistic
creativity.
Andhra Bank has joined SHCIL's depository services by opening a bene-
ficiary account for their own investments.
Vyas Samman Award —The K.
K. Birla Foundation has selected Mr.
AKRPC—All Kerala River Protection Council. Govind Mishra's novel titled "Paanch
Several river protection councils and AKRPC in Kerala have joined hands Anganon Wala Ghar' for its presti-
to fight the grave dangers threatening rivers in the state.
gious Vyas Samman award for the
HAART—Highly Active Anti-Retroviral Treatment. year 1998. The Vyas Samman is
The drug regimen that has been found to work reasonably well and is given to an outstanding Hindi literary
followed all over the world, is HAART.
the work by an Indian citizen which has
AIDWA—All India Democratic Women's Association. .
been published during the last ten
years.
AIDWA gave a call to end caste system and untouchability and give
equal rights to Dalits in and legal spheres.
the economic, social, political
Maulana Jauhar awards for
1998 —
The Maulana Mohammad AN
The two lifetime contribution Jauhar Academy announced the
AWARDS awards are given to eminent names of the awardees for the annual
engineers who have made significant Maulana Mohammad Ali Jauhar
Honour for Professor —Lecturer contributions to any branch of Award '98.
of UniversityGrants Commission, engineering and who have brought Those to be honoured are Mr. N.
Professor Ram Murti Sharma, who is prestige to the nation. The awards in D. Tiwari (former chief minister of
well known for his lectures on engineering were presented to Dr. UP), Mr. Bekal Utsahi (Urdu poet),
Vedanta, has been honoured this Dara as
P. Antia for his contribution Mr. Amod Kanth (IPS), Mrs. Shabana
year with the prestigious 'Man of the metallurgistand management consul- Azami (film star), Mohammad Khalil
Year' title. The award has been tant and Dogra for its
Prof. R. N. Ahmed (journalist) and Mr. A. M.
conferred to him by the American contributions as planner, achiever Faheem (M/S Maktaba Al Hasanat).
Biographical Institute of North and educationist. The young engineer
Best Technological Invention
awards for the year 1 998 were also
Carolina. He has been awarded the
title for his overall accomplishments given away on the occasion.
Award —The eminent computer
has been
scientist Prof. J. R. Issac
and contributions to society. Agro-Forestry Award—-Two conferred the National Award for the
Pune-based researchers, Dr. A. F.
ProfessorSharma has delivered Best Technological Invention. Prof.
Mascarenhas and Dr. R S. Nadgauda
his lectureson Vedanta in Universities Issac was given this prestigious
have been selected for prestigious
in Mexico, USA, UK, Australia, Thai- award for developing l-Learn, an
'Agro-Forestry Award', for 1998. The
land and Singapore. He has also educational system for the disabled,
award instituted by cooperative Agro
been a fellow of Royal Asiatic Society, who cannot use the computer key-
Forestry Federation, Nasik, and is
London. Prof. Sharma is a recipient of board.
given for outstanding dedication in
the President's certificate of Honour.
the field of research related to agricul-
Bharat Ratna Loknayak —
He has also been honoured by the Jayaprakash Narayan has been
ture.
UP and Delhi Government. posthumously awarded the Bharat
Lata Mangeshkar Award—The
National award for best book— prestigious Lata Mangeshkar award, Ratna, the country's highest honour.
'Nari Vigyan', authored by Dr. Yatish institutedby the Madhya' Pradesh The award is being conferred for the
Agarwal and Ms. Rekha Agarwal, has Government, will be conferred on the 35th time.
been chosen by the Union Health noted music composer Mr. Ilayaraja
Ministry for this year's national award for the year 1998. EXHIBITIONS /SEMINARS/
for the best book in this category.
Golden Pyramid Award—The CONFERENCES
Awards presented to engi- Indian Film 'The Terrorist' has won all

neers —The Vice-President, Mr. the top awards including the Golden 'Innovative Australians' exhibi-
Kishan Kant, presented the lifetime Pyramid award for the best film at the tion—Innovative Australians', show-
awards for the year 1998
contribution 23rd Cairo International Film Festival. casing Australian science, technology
instituted by the Indian National The director of the film in Tamil, Mr. and invention, with graphic panels,
Academy of Engineering (INAE). Santosh Sivan, got the award for best touch-screen consoles and other
C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1702

Copy
innovations being used extensively to Pradeep', died at MumDai. The ace
inform on a variety of science sub- poet, who won the country's top APPOINTMENTS
jects, has been organised at the cinematic award for 1997-98, was 83.
National Science Centre, New Delhi Vinod Mishra-Mr. Vinod Mishra, Iraq names new envoy for
from 3rd December, 1998. 'Innovative one of the vanguards of the Naxalite India —Chief editor of Iraq's Al-
Australians' is a joint initiative of movement, died at Lucknow on Jumhuriya newspaper Salah Al-
Questacon—Australia's National December 18, 1998, following a Mukhtar will be Baghdad's new
Science and Technology Centre, DP I cardiac arrest. Mr. Mishra, general Ambassador to New Delhi. Iraq also
Education Australia, the Australia- secretary of the CPI (ML) was 52. replaced its Ambassador to the
India Council. United Nations, Nizar Hamdoon, as
PERSONS IN THE NEWS part of a sweeping diplomatic reshu-
DAYS /WEEKS/ YEAR ffle. Hamdoon's job will go to said Al-

Dominique Lapierre— After Moussawi, a diplomat accredited to

the UN.
December 1—World AIDS Day showcasing the poverty of Calcutta in
Bhupendra Hazarika—Well-
December 3— International Day his best-seller, 'City of Joy', writer
Dominique Lapierre is busy doing known Assamese singer and music
of the Disabled Persons
—
December 4 National Navy Day welfare work in West Bengal. Now he
and his wife sailed to some of the 57
composer and Dada Saheb Phalke
award winner, Mr. Bhupendra
December 7—Armed Forces'
scattered island-villages in the Hazarika has been appointed the
Flag Day
Sunderbans to dedicate the second chairman of Sangeet Natak
December 16—Vijai Diwas
boat dispensary to its four lakh inhabi- Academy. His appointment is for a
December 18—Minorities Rights period of five years.
tants.
Day
The such dispensary, equip-
first UPSC Chairman-Lt. Gen. (Rtd.)
December 19—Goa Liberation
Surinder Nath, Member of the Union
ped an operation theatre, X-ray
with
Day Public Service Commission (UPSC),
machines, medicine storage facilities
December 23—Kisan Diwas and manned by two doctors and two has been appointed its next chairman.
nurses, was commissioned around Lt.Gen. Nath would replace Mr. J. M.
BOOKS this time last year. He has, in the last Qureshi who will demit office on
17 years, contributed over 6 million December 11,1 998. The tenure of Lt.

dollars for humanitarian work like Gen. Nath would commence from the
The Global Business Game- date he assumes office and will have
creating medical and educational
Written by Mr. Trilok N. Sindhwani,
facilities for the poor, the physically a term of three-and-a-half years.
discusses the basics of international
handicapped, lepers and the mentally Deputy Speaker— Mr. P. M.
business
retarded in his 'City of Joy'. He once Sayeed of Congress (I) was unani-
Surviving Men—Written by even sold his Paris apartment to raise mously elected Deputy Speaker of
Shobha De..lt is the smart woman's the Lok Sabha. The motion for Mr.
money for social work when all other
guide and reflects the shifting gender Sayeed's election as 12th Deputy
monetary sources were exhausted.
relationship in India.
Mr. Lapierre said that the contro- Speaker moved by the Prime
Brush With Life—The autobio- versy over his film 'Mother Teresa— In Minister, Mr. Atal Behari Vajpayee
graphy of Satish Gujral.
the name of God's Poor", was created and seconded by leader of the
Across Borders— Former Fore- by some people around her and not opposition Mr. Sharad Pawar.
ign Secretary J. N. Dixit traces fifty the Mother herself. Leaders from all parties supported
years of India's Foreign Policy. —
Linor Abargil Miss Israel Linor Mr. Sayeed's candidature.
The World of Gender Justice— Abargil won the 1998 Miss World Dilip Singh Bhuria—A tribal
The first publication brought out by contest in Mahe Beach, Seychelles. leader from Madhya Pradesh, Mr.
the Justice Sunanda Bhandare Miss France placed second and Miss Dilip Singh Bhuria has been appoin-
Foundation. It is a conglomeration of Malaysia third. ted Chairman of the reconstituted
articles which throw light on the National Commission for scheduled
blatant and latent gender inequalities. Castes and Scheduled Tribes by the
PLACES IN THE NEWS
Prime Minister, A. B. Vajpayee. Mr.
DEATH Kameshwar Paswan, social activist
Bangkok— Capital of Thailand
from Bihar, will be Vice-Chairman.
was venue of the 13th Asian
the
K. Padmanabhan —Mr. K. Games from December 6 to 20, 1998. The commission will have a four-year
Padmanabhan, former news editor of Kuala Lumpur —Capital of
term.

the Press Trust of India died at New Malaysia hosted the summit of the
Delhi on December 2, 1998, after a Asia-PacificEconomic Cooperation MISCELLANEOUS
protracted illness. He was 85. (APEC).
Kavi Pradeep— Renowned poet Jakarta— Capital of Indonesia, India tops in milk production-
and Dada Saheb Phalke Award has seen some of its worst civil India has emerged as the biggest
winner Ramchandra Narayanji unrest and clashes with soldiers as milk producing country in the world
Dwivedi popularly known as 'Kavi people chant 'reformasi'. now in its 50th year of Independence,

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1703 / 2

Copyrighted material
with annual milk production having however, opposed research into
Mizoram
increased from 20 million tonnes in cloning for reproducting purposes.
Total seats : 40
1970 to nearly 74 million tonnes this Critics argue that it will be difficult to
MNF 21
year. This was disclosed by the Union separate the two.
MPC 12
Minister of State for Agriculture, Mr.
Congress (I) 6 The committee has argued that
Som Pal.
cloning of human embryos at a very
BJP
Security advisory board con- early stage— around 8 to 10 days, will
IND/Others 1
stituted—Prime Minister Atal Behari allow research into creating replace-
Vajpayee constituted a 22-member
security advisory board to assist the
m*
rum
C" i I Cjkitlliial
Festival — I ne I in 1 n
international
ii i m 1 1 i i i i I ment tissues and organs that would
Film Festival of India, to be held in
avoid the normal problems of trans-
three-tier National Security Council plant rejection. It could also eventu-
Hyderabad from January 10, 1999.
headed by him to undertake a ally lead to the creation of tissues that
Among the retrospectives, 'Vision of
defence strategic review and decide would help sufferers of degenerative
India', there will be 20 pictures focus-
on long-term policy options. The diseases such as Alzheimers and
sing on a variety of themes. Ten will
board consists of persons of emi- Parkinsons.
directors, such as Jean
be by foreign
nence drawn from various specialised
Renoir (The River') and David Lean Solzhenitsyn turns down
fields like foreign affairs and external
('A Passage The section
to India'). Russian honour—Russia's Nobel
security, defence, economics, science
will German silent
also feature the prize winning author Alexander
and technology,
internal security and
movie 'India Tomb'. Among the Indian Solzhenitsyn has again snubbed the
armed forces. Defence analyst K.
entries will be 'Do Bigha Zameen', Kremlin, refusing to accept Russia's
Subrahmanyam, who is a part of the
'Bhumika' and 'Garam Hawa'. highest award conferred on him on
board, would be itsconvenor, some
more names are under consideration Union Cabinet expanded—The his 80th birthday. The Russian
and would be announced later. Union Cabinet has been expanded on President, Mr. Boris Yeltsin awarded
Former foreign secretaries Jagal December 5. Mr. Jaswant Singh is Mr. Solzhenitsyn, who turned 80 with
the new Foreign Minister, while Mr. the order of St. Andrew instituted last
Mehta, M. K. Rasgotra, Muchkund
Dubey, J. N. Dixit and Lt. Gen. (Retd.) Pramod Mahajan will preside over the year to honour eminent service to the;
Afsir Karim have been appointed Ministry of information and Broad- nation. However, the renowned
casting and Mr. Jagmohan has been ndvelist said he could not accept the
members from the category of foreign
affairs and external security specia- entrusted with the responsibility of the award from a regime which has
lists. Ministry of Communications. brought Russia to ruin.

Assembly elections —Assembly U.P. Minister sacked for Kalp

France launches education
elections took place in the four states programme in India—The French
Yojna'—The Uttar Pradesh Minister
on November 25, 1998. Government has chosen India as the
of State for Basic Education, Mr.
first country to launch the activities of
Ravindra Shulka has been sacked for
Assembly /Ele :tion Results its newly created agency, 'Edu-
introducing 'Kalp Yojna'
in the State's
France', to promote higher education 5
primary schools. Mr. Shukla's dis-
Madhya Pradesh at an international level.
missal has brought to an anticlimatic
Total seats : 320 end of the controversy over the intro- Integration of Europe had led to
Congress (I) 172 duction of compulsory singing of a joint declaration by Education
BJP 119 'Saraswati Vandana' and 'Vande Ministers of four countries — Britain,
BSP 11 Mataram' in primary schools of Uttar Italy, Germany and France—to
SP 4 Pradesh. recognise the diploma of the other
IND/Others 14 countries. This declaration has now
U. K. panel wants cloning of been signed by 12 European
human embryos allowed—A high
countries.
Delhi powered scientific committee has
Total seats : 69 recommended that the cloning of Private Internet Services In.

Congress (I) 51 earlystage human embryos be

India— Satyam Online Ltd. of

BJP 15 allowed in Britain for research into

Hyderabad has become the first

private Internet Service Provider

JD 1 new treatments for disease. A four-
(ISP) to start Internet services from
IND/Others 2 member committee of scientists that
the country. Satyam went on line at
the Government had set up to look
into the medical and ethical aspects
Andhra Pradesh's Hitech City that,
Rajasthan was inaugurated by Prime Minister
of cloning,has suggested that the
Total seats: 197
current rules restricting experiments
Atal Behari Vajpayee. The company,
Congress (I) 150
with human embryos should be
will be utilising VSNL gateways for,
BJP 33 international connectivity.
relaxed to allow research into the
JD 3
development of human tissues and Exercise Shiv Shakti—India
BSP 2
organs that could be used for trans- began its 10-day long 'Exercise Shiv'
CPI (M) 1
plants as well as treatment of degen- Shakti' in the desert near the India-
IND/Others 8
erative diseases. The committee has, Pakistan border, the most sophisti-

C.S.V. I February / 1999/ 1704

Copyrighled material
cated of its kind in the country's India won the inaugural Kabaddi then was confined to the silver stan-
conducted by
military history. Jointly gold in 1990 at Beijing and then in dard in 1990 at Beijing and in 1994 at
the Army and Air Force, it prepares 1994 at Hiroshima and repeated the Hiroshima before regaining the title
the forces how to survive and win a performance for the third time. now to round off an outstanding tour-
nuclear and chemical war. Sachin among 10 all-time great nament where it emerged victorious
in all the matches in the league and
Russian Prime Minister Visits batsman— India's Cricketer Sachin
India —
The Russian Prime Minister, Tendulkar has been nominated as knock-out stages. The Indians had
Mr. Yevgeny Primakov arrived New one of the top ten batsman by an beaten the Koreans in the league
Delhi on December 20 to give a long- Australian newspaper. Tendulkar stage before providing an encore in
the all important final.
term direction to political, military and figures a spot below former opener
economic ties against the backdrop of Sunil Gavaskar, in a list of the ten Indian athletes won 35 medals
the U.S. bid to redraw the strategic greatest batsman compiled by the in Asian Games—Thai Crown prince
map of the Persian Gulf. Highly Sun Herald. Maha Vajiralongkorn formally closed
placed sources point out that the U.S. The list is headed by Sir Don
the 13th Asian Games at Bangkok on
attack on Iraq will influence the drift of Bradman December 20. South Korean coastal
(Australia) followed by Sir
political discussions during Mr. city Pusan will host the 14th Asian
Garfield Sobers (West Indies), Victor
Primakov's two-day visit. Trumper (Australia), Len Hutton
Games in 2002.
Maharastra tops in AIDS (England), Richards (West
Vivian Athletes from India brought home
Cases—A total of 6690 Acquired Indies), Greg Chappell (Australia), 7 gold, 11 silver and 17 bronze
Immuno Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS) Neil Harvey (Australia), Everton medals and perhaps most important
cases were reported in the country Weekes (West Indies) and the Indian India's first gold in men's field hockey
Maharashtra notching
this year, with duo. in 32 years.
the maximum of 3315, Minister of India regains hockey gold-
State for Health and Family Welfare,
Star of the Asian Games-
India regained the Asian Games Japanese was voted
sprinter Koji Ito
Dalit Ezhilm alai informed
Rajya men's hockey gold after 32 years the star of the Asian Games, adding a
Sabha on December 18, 1998. Tamil when it edged out the holder, South 100000 dollar cheque to his three
Nadu follows, reporting 1624 cases Korea, 4-2 in the penalty stroke
and Manipur is next on the list with gold medal. He won the 100 m in an
shoot-out after the two teams were
Asian record time of 10 00 sec. as
301 cases. deadlocked 1-1 at the end of regula-
wellas the 200 m in a Games record
tion time and 15 minutes extra time in
20-25 sec. and played a key role in
SPORTS the final at Bangkok on December 19.
m
Japan's winning 4 x 100 relay
Indian goalkeeper Ashish Ballal was
team.
Asian Games— The 13th Asian the hero of the match, saving two
Athletes the Year—World
of
Games opened in Bangkok on
sprint champion Marion Jones of the
December 6, 1998. Thailand's King In 1966, India beat its arch-rival,
Bhumipol Adulyadej used an ancient Pakistan 1-0 in the final and since U.S. and 5000 m world record holder

magnifying glass as a unique way of then it had settled for the runner-up Haile Gebreselassie of Ethiopia were
lighting the symbolic flame. The Asian position to the Pakistan. India had named Athletes of the year 1998.

Games attracted more than 6500 won the bronze in 1986 at Seoul and • ••
athletes from 41 nations. India's
hockey Captain Dhanraj Pillay carried 'Wings of Fire' : An Autobiography of APJ Abdul Kalam
the Indian flag at the opening AVUL PAKIR JAINULABDEEN ABDUL KALAM has come to personally
ceremony. represent to many countrymen the best aspects of Indian life. Bom in 1931,
of his
First Gold Medal-India's middle the son of a little educated boatowner in Rameswaram, Tamil Nadu, he had an
distance runner, Jyotirmoyee Sikdar, unparalleled career as a defence scientist, culminating in the highest civilian award
won the 1500 mts. race in four of India, the Bharat Ratna. As chief of the country's defence research and

minutes, 12-82 seconds, to bag the development programme, Kalam demonstrated the great potential for dynamism
first gold medal for the country in the and innovation that existed in seemingly moribund research establishments. This is
the story of Kalam's own rise from obscurity and his personal and professional
Asian Games athletics event in

Bangkok on December 14. Sunita

Rani, also from India
bronze medal, while Wang Qingfen of
China won the silver.
Third straight Kabaddi gold for
India-Defending well, reigning cham-
pions India outclassed Japan 59-25
to retain the Asian Games Kabaddi
gold for the third successive time.
struggles, as well as the story of Agni, Prithvi, Akash, Trishul and Nag missiles —
that have become household names In India and that have raised the nation to the
bagged the level of a missile power of international reckoning.
At the same time as he has helped create India's awesome weaponry, Kalam
has maintained the ascetic rigour of his personal life, working 18 hours a day and
practising the veena. With characteristic modesty, Kalam ascribes the greatness of
his achievements to the influence of his teachers and mentors. He describes the
struggles of his boyhood and youth, bringing alive everyday life in a small town in
South India and the inspirational role of educators. He describes the role of
visionary Indian scientists, such as Dr. Vikram Sarabhai and of the creation of a
.

coordinated network of research institutions. This is also the saga of independent

This was second gold at the
Indias
India's struggle for technological self-sufficiency and defensive autonomy—a story
13th Asian Games, after Jyotirmoyee
as much about politics, domestic and international, as it is about science.
Sikdar won 1500 metre race.

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1705

Copy
 MILESTONES or science
3D Radar tance. A company called Quantum with dark soft hairs or naps, which
Research has been formed for are located at a certain angle, to
A pioneering radar system from
producing a commercial version of accumulate dust. The other side
the Daimler-Benz Research Centre
can see the world in 3D and thereby
the alarm. As most objects can hold a consists of a specially designed
charge, almost anything can be a corrugated cotton fabric. It would be
alert motorists to hazards and obsta-
in the road before it is too late.
sensor. This technique may turn out useful for museums and art galleries
cles
to be particularly useful for protecting as it offers protection to showcases,
Connecting up an array of radar
works of arts in museums. Any one exhibits, marble and floors against
sensors enabled scientists to obtain
information about not only the relative
touching a valuable article would damage and it could be useful in
immediately trigger an alarm. libraries, hospitals and schools.
distance and speed of various
objects on the roads but also their Electronic Nose Ring-pull Powered Telecoms
size and extension. Once, the 3D It is necessary that treatment
radar image has been processed and German designer has developed
commence only after the correct
evaluated by the computer, the wind-up mobile phones that never
diagnosis has been made, it is
picture obtained is so precise that the need recharging could soon be on
equally significant that the time taken
driver can even recognise details the market. The new phone gets
for diagnosis be kept minimum. In
such as where the road surface ends power from a generator that is driven
light of this, have been
scientists
and gravel or grass begins. Since, by a ring-pull, similar to those used
striving hard to develop an electronic
the underside of an automobile and on children's toys to power voice
nose having the ability to sniffout
the surface of the road are able to recordings. Before making a call, the
some common disease causing
reflect radar waves, the latter can user pulls a cord attached to the
bacteria. This nose is so very perfect
pass beneath vehicles up ahead generator about 15 times. This stores
that it can easily identify the bacteria
much in the same manner as light in enough energy in the phone for a
responsible for ear, nose and throat
a fibre optic cable. It is a useful trick five-minute conversation. It needs far
infections.
that allows the radar to detect objects less electric power than a normal
The electronic nose, developed
located far beyond the driver's phone. The disc-shaped phone has a
at Warwick University, has an array
normal range of vision. By the new pull-down microphone and a keypad
of sensors to pick up the odour from
system, the vehicle directly infront of arranged around the side. The talker
growing bacteria. The pattern of
the driver is thus rendered 'trans- recognises speech and users can
response is compared with patterns
parent'. call, anyone in its address book by
from known smells through a neural
simply saying a name into the
Green Guards network programme. This fast and
phone's flip-out microphone. The
accurate system can also be used to
Hal Philipp, a IBM researcher system is also able to read out any
detect infections in different parts of
based in Southampton has produced text or e-mail messages sent to the
the body.
a unique burglar alarm using house phone.
plants. He has converted these plants Glove for Cleaning and Dis-
into sensors simply by connecting infecting Soya Oil Composite
them to an electrical circuit. Philipp Russian researchers, have come Scientists have developed a
has invented a particular type of up with a multi-purpose handglove for technique for using soyabean oil to
electronic capacitance sensor which cleaning and disinfecting smooth produce inexpensive lightweight and
when used in house plants could act surfaces like furniture, windows, potentially biodegradable composites
as a capacitor—accumulating an mirrors, faucets and files. The glove formanufacturing tractors, supercars,
electrical charge and discharging it. polishes smooth surfaces, removes bridges and military vehicles. Their
The capacitance sensor is normally dirt, superficial and static
rust technique involves chemically modi-
charged and discharged many times electricity from them, and covers fying soya oil. The soya-based resin
to establish an average reference them with a protective film that stays and reinforcing fibres such as glass
level. This allows engineers to tune on for a long time. It takes 15 minutes may then be injected into a mould,
the alarm to ignore harmless changes for it to wash a car. One glove can where the liquid solidifies to form
in capacitance —such as those wash about 50 cars and polish 600 composite. The composit would not
caused by changes in humidity and cars. It can make the use of anti- corrode or rust and it was made
react only to the distinctive changes statics obsolete. The glove need not using low-energy procedure that is

in capacitance that are caused by be washed with water as it would far more benign than metal casting
intruders creeping past the plant. disrupt the composition of the systems. It is structurally comparable
The alarm is so designed that it chemical impregnator. It only requires to metal, but at lower cost, while its

ignores the background noise but still beating to remove dust and dirt out of lower weight provides better fuel
responds to small changes in capaci- it. One side of the glove is covered efficiency.

CJS.V. / February / 1999/ 1706

Copyrighted material
 MEMORABLE POINTS
• A perceived regularity in the results of experiments that can be represented by an equation or formula is known as

A suggested explanation that has not been subjected to extensive testing is known as —Hypothesis
A systematic statement of a principle that has been verified by repeated experiments is known as —Theory
A statement to which there are no known exceptions is known as —Scientific law
The first breakthrough in the study of chemical reactions came into being with the statement that the mass is

conserved in a chemical reaction. This statement is due to —French chemist Antoine Lavoisier (1794)
Development of abnormal structures in an embryo is known as —Teratogen
Cholecalciferol is commonly synthesized from 7-dehydrocholesterol; that is why, 'D' vitamins are called

• Vasopressin (antidiuretic hormone) is a peptide hormone produced by the

—Hypothalamus and the posterior pituitary gland
• Somatomedin is a polypeptide hormone produced by the action of growth hormone on the liver and kidneys. It

mediates the action of growth hormone on —Cartilage

• Pseudoallele is a mutation in a gene that produces an effect identical to another mutation in the same gene locus.

The two pseudoalleles thus act as a single gene but do not occupy the same —Position
• Diverse, complex organisms appear in the fossil record about 600 million years ago perhaps as a result of the
evolution of multicellularity in association with —Sexual reproduction
• The cells of endodermis are living and are characterised by the presence of — Casparian strips or bands
• When the substrate is fat, the respiratory quotient becomes —Less than one
• Duplication of centromere and appearance of fibrils between the daughter centromere is the feature of beginning of

—Anaphase
• Lysosomes are bounded by a single limiting membrane of —Lipoprotein
• Each contributing allele, in polygenic inheritance, has a quantitative effect on the phenotype, therefore, the allelic

effects are —Additive

• To describe a gene that affects more than one characteristic of the individual is termed as —Pleiotropy
• In cauliflower, the Brown Heart disease is caused due to deficiency of —Boron
• Near absolute zero, liquid helium loses all viscosity. This effect is called —Superfluidity
• The temperature below which the superfluidity occurs is called the —Lambda point
• Lambda point for 2 He 4 is —2.1 72 K
• The Joule-Kelvin effect produces cooling below a certain temperature of a gas called —Inversion temperature
• A real gas can be liquefied by compressing it; provided it is below its critical temperature, the pressure to liquefy it at

this temperature is called —Critical pressure

• A gas below its critical temperature is called a —Vapour
• Critical temperatures of helium, hydrogen (H 2 and oxygen are respectively )
—5K, 33K, 155 K
• The expansion of gases was investigated by Charles and Gay-Lussac. Their results suggested that all gases should
have zero volume at —273-1 5°C
• The high frequency waves that are reflected by the ionosphere and the earth are called —Sky waves
• The electromagnetic waves used to carry sound and picture signals over long distances are the —Radio waves
• In an electronic circuit the signals that produce a voltage which varies continuously over a range of values are
called the —Analogue signals
• The pulses that are produced because a circuit's output voltage is either High or Low and that can be represented
by the logic numbers 1 and 0 are called —Digital signals
• The device that removes the radio-frequency part of a signal and passes only the audio frequency part is known
as the —Demodulator

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1707

Copyrighted material
 13. You have two condensers of capacity 1 nF each. You
Physics need a capacity of ^ What shall you do ?

1 . In projectile motion, the horizontal motion is a uniform — Connect the condensers in series

motion, what about the nature of vertical motion ? 14. What is defined as the 'relative number of atoms
— Vertical motion is uniformly accelerated motion decaying per second'.
2. What is the nature of trajectory of a body thrown — Decay constant A.

horizontally from a certain height above the ground till

15. What is the reciprocal of the time, when N/N 0 falls to
it hits the ground.
-
— Trajectory is parabolic 0
, called ?

3. Range of a projectile for two angles a and p of — Decay constant X

projection is the same. What is the relation between a 16. If t is the time of n half lives of a radioactive

and p? substance whose half-life is T, starting from N 0 atoms

— a+ p = 90° in
left
the beginning what
after n half-lives ?
will be the number of atoms N

4. What is the unit and the dimensional formula of

n
angular velocity ? -n=n 0 (iy
— radian/second [T~ 1
]

5. What is the relation between linear velocity and

17. A certain element has a half life of 30 days. What is

its average life ?

angular velocity ?
— v= r a)
—43-28 day
18. Name five elements which lie on peaks in binding
6. When is the tension maximum in the thread of a
energy curve.
simple pendulum performing S.H.M. ?
— 2 He
4
4 Be
8 C 12 8 0 16 and 10 Ne
20
— Tension is maximum when the thread is vertical
, , 6

7. The angular momentum of a body about the axis of 19. Momentum p can be associated with a particle and X

rotation is given by J = lea. What is its rate of change

is associated only with a wave. Who established a
relation between the two ?
with time equal to ?

—Torque C — de Broglie
20. What is the frequency of a photon of energy
8. A body falls on earth from infinity, what will be its
3-3 x 10-20 J ?
velocity on reaching the earth ?
— 11-2 km/sec — 0-5x1 14
Hz
9. What is impulse-momentum theorem ?
rt -» -»
-» Chemistry
-J o F*.p2 - Pl
10. A rocket bums 50 gm of fuel per second ejecting it as
21. The weight of the substance deposited by the
passage of 1 coulomb of electricity is known as
a gas with a velocity of 5 x 105 cm s~ 1 What force is
— Electrochemical equivalent
.

exerted by the gas on the rocket ?

— 250 N 22. What is meant by 1 mole of electrons ?

11. On a convex bridge when is a car lighter, while

— 6-023 x 1023 electrons
moving or while standing on it ?' 23. The ratio of the masses of reactants which react
— On a convex bridge car is
according to known chemical equation is termed as
lighter when it is moving — Stoichiometry
24. For a reaction at equilibrium, the net reaction rate will
12. The moment of inertia of a disc about a diameter is
be
^ MR 2 . What will be its moment of inertia about an —Zero
axis parallel to the diameter and touching the edge of 25. The physical properties of a crystal change with
the disc ? change of direction of measurement. This pheno-
menon is known as
—|4 MR 2 — Anlsotropy
C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1708
26. A pleasantly smelling liquid obtained by mixing 45. Voice box of a bird
ethanal and ethanol in presence of acid catalyst is —Syrinx
known as
46. A cancer-causing gene, that cause cells to exhibit
— Acetal rapid, uncontrolled proliferation.
27. A seaweed colloid, a mixture of two polysaccharides, —Oncogene
agarose and agaropectin, is known as
47. of a carbohydrate from simpler, non
The biosynthesis
—Agar-agar carbohydrate precursors such as oxaloacetate or
28. What is quark? pyruvate.
— Fundamental subatomic particle — Gluconeogenesis
29. What is rinmann's green ? 48. A DNA sequence at which RNA polymerase may
— ZnCo 04 2 bind, leading to initiation of transcription.
30. A titanium mineral (Ti0 2 ) used in ceramics, is known —Promoter
as.
49. A class of glycoproteins with antiviral activities.
— Rutile — Interferons
31 . The post-actinium element with atomic number 104 is

also known as 50. Alternation of sexual and asexual reproduction in the

— Rutherfordium life cycle of certain animals;

32. The isomers formed by restricted rotation are known — Alternation or generation
as 51 . The gelatinousfilling between the outer and inner cell

— Rotamers layer of a two layered animal such as a jellyfish.

33. A major photosensitive pigment of eyes is

— Rhodopsin 52. An enzymatic cofactor derived from pterin and

involved in certain oxidation reduction reactions.
34. What is a solid solution?
—When two or more elements — Biotin
share a common lattice 53. An aggregate of amphipathic molecules in water with
the non-polar portions in the interior and the polar
35. Sodium ammonium hydrogen phosphate is known as portions at the exterior surface, exposed to water.
— Microcosmic salt —Micelle
36. An oxide which contains 02~ ion is termed as 54. A coelenterate polyp with mouth and tentacles.
—Superoxide — Hydranth
37. The polymers in which the substituents alternate 55. The coelom formed by the splitting of embryonic
regularly between the two sides of the polymer mesoderm
backbone, are known as — Schizocoel
— Sydiotactic 56. A method of gastrulation by which the smaller

38. What is thermal neutron ? blastomeres at the animal pole of the embryo over

— Slow neutron and enclose thecells of the vegetal hemisphere.

39. A process in which finely divided ore is heated until it

— Eplboly
collects in form of larger particles is known as 57. An individual chromatid in a chromosome.
—Sintering — Chromomere
40. A reaction between fat and caustic soda is known as 58. A movement response to air or water current
—Saponification — Rheotaxis
59. The coelom filled with haemolymph

[ Zoology 60. An extension from the subumbrellar surface of jelly

fish

41. Coiled portion of internal ear containing organ of —Manubrium

hearing.
—Cochlea
Botany
42. Mesentery that supports testes.
— Mesorchium 61. Who placed gymnosperms between dicots and
43. Connective tissue cord containing blood vessels that monocots as third taxon ?
unites mammalian embryo or foetus with placenta.
— Bentham and Hooker
— Umblical cord 62. What are the two major groups of plant kingdom of
44. An enzyme involved in light production in organisms. Bentham and Hooker's classification ?
— Luciferase —Cryptogams and Phanerogams

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1709

Copyrighted material
63. Who was the first person to study mitosis cell division?

—Walter Fleming
64. Who reported dihybrid experiment in sweet pea
(Lathyrus odoratus) ?
— Bateson and Punnett
65. What is hypertrophy ?
—Enlargement of a tissue or organ due to an
increase in the size of its cells or fibres.
66. In which form plants absorb minerals ?
and
—In the form of ions
67. What does ICBN stand for ?

— International Code of Botanical Nomenclature

y = 29 ^
68. What are capsomeres ?
= tor
2 where k -
1 ^ is a constant

— Viral coat (capsid) surrounding the nucleic acid This equation represents a parabola.
built up of identical repeating subunits called
3. Range of a projectile is given by
capsomeres
u2 sin 29
69. What are the main components of nucleotides ? R =
—Nitrogenous base (purine or pyrimidine), a
Substituting (90° - 6) in place of 9
phosphate and a pentose sugar
70. What is a gene ? u2 sin 2 (90 - 9)
R "
—A series of nucleotides of DNA that code for a 9
u2 sin (180-29)

71. Where does energy capturing reaction occur ?

9
u2 sin 29
—In the thylakoid =
9
72. Who found that an increase in the dry weight of a
planf was dependent upon the presence of carbon-
Thus, there are two angles of projection a = 9 and
dioxide ? P = (90° -9) for which the projectile has same range;
—Nicholas de Saussure clearly a+ P = 90°

73. Where does substrate-level phosphorylation occur ? 4. to = rate of change of angular displacement

—In glycolysis and Kreb's cycle d9

=
74. What is acetyl-Co A ? ~dt

—A molecule made up of a two carbon acetyl Clearly unit of to is rad/sec and its dimensional for-
group attacnea to coenzyme a. _1
mula is rj ] since angle is a dimensionless quantity.

75. What is the chief function of FAD ?

5. Let the particle 'a covers a distance As
' in time At.
— It functions as an electron acceptor in cellular Then the angular displacement
oxidation reduction reactions.

HINTS
1. The motion of a projectile is two dimensional motion
consisting of (i) horizontal motion and (ii) vertical
motion. Hence, at any instant, the velocity of a
projectilehas two components (i) horizontal compo-
nent and (ii) vertical component.
The horizontal component remains unchanged
throughout the flight as there is no acceleration in

horizontal direction. The vertical component is conti- or,

nuously affected by the force of gravity. Thus, the
horizontal motion is uniform motion but the vertical In the limit when At -> 0
motion is uniformly accelerated motion.

2. Let the body be thrown horizontally from point O with —

A9
= CO
At
a velocity v. Let the body be at point P at some
AS
instant t. Then
and — = V
x = vt At

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1710

Copyrighted material
 Upward thrust on the rocket
(O = -xv
Am _ 50
or, v = rco = vr -^ = 5x10 3 x 1000
= 250 N
6. Tension, when it has displacement 9, is given by

0 + —j-
11. On a convex bridge car moves on a segment of a
T = mg cos
circle. The centripetal force is provided by the diffe-

In vertical position of the thread 9 = 0. rence of weight mo: of the car and the normal reaction
Hence, the tension becomes of the bridge.

T = mg + — mv2
mg-R
_
=
mv2
—y-

Clearly T is maximum as cos 0 decreases when 0

increases.

7. Torque C = I a
where a is angular acceleration.
A(0
.

Also J = I (0

At At

8. A body projected up with the escape velocity ve will

« mgi.e., the weight moving car
Clearly R of the is
go to infinity, therefore, the velocity of the body falling
less than the weight of stationary car.
on earth from infinity will be ve Now velocity .

on the earth is 12. We know that the moment of inertia of disc about a

<2gFre diameter is^MR 2 .

= V2x9-8x6-4x10 6
= 11-2x103 m/s
= 11-2 km/s

9. From Newton's second law of motion

h " df
-» -»
dp = Fdf Applying theorem of parallel axes, the moment of
inertia of the disc about an axis parallell to diameter
P2 -» r<—
Integrating fdp = Fdf AB and touching the edge of the disc

= MR 2 + MR 2 = | MR 2
J
-»
where is the momentum at f = 0 and pz is the 13. When condensers are connected in series, the equi-

momentum at time t. valent capacity is given by

1 _ J_ + J_
mm: Fdf C Ci C2

" T+
1 1

T=T
2

or, P2-P1 = Fdf

JQ
C = ^nF.

Thus, Fdf = pa-p. 14. According to the laws of radioactive decay

i:
Hence, the impulse of a varying force is equal to
change in momentum produced by the force.
If dt = 1 sec,
10. v, = 5 x 105 cm/s dN _
~
= 5 x 1
3
m/s, N
Thus, X may be defined as the relative number of

Af
" 1000 Kg/sec atoms decaying per second.

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1711

Copyrighted material
15. N = N 0 e" w
If
COMPETITION SCIENCE VISION
FOR MORE INFORMATION,
N = N0 e" 1 PLEASE CONTACT OUR DEALERS
_N
or, = i
N0 e MAHARASHTRA ORISSA
1 . M/s. Virendra Kumar Brtojak 1. M/s. A.K. Nayak
Thus, X can also be defined as the reciprocal of the BHUBANESHWAR
M.G. Road. CHANORAPUR
time when N/N 0 falls to 1/e. Ph. 405102, 407810
2. M/s.Chandra Kanta News 2. M/s. Kalyan Book House
Agency G.M. College Road,
16. We know that N = N0 (0' Santaram Damodarvani SAMBALPUR
Ganga Ram M/s. Madhab Book Stores
If t is the time corresponding to n half lives, then 3.
Plot Near Hanuman Mandir, CUTTACK Ph. 611043
BHUSAWAL (Jalgaon)
4. M/s. Durga Charan Dash
f
or, n - = 3. M/s. Pinkeys Magazine Station Bazar, CUTTACK
T Comer
tn 5. M/s.T.L Murty Patra
NAQPUR (M.S.) Ph. 548978 Old Bus Stand,
N No
(|) 4. M/s. Magazine Centre
BERHAMPUR
MUMBAI (M.S.) 0 . ^^/s ^5^i vQsh^ildi
17. Average life x is given by Pustatalaya
Ph. 2075640
Sector-2, Bus Stand.
x = - where X is decay constant 5. M/s. Aurangabad Book rourkela (Sundergarh)
Depot
NEPAL
Also half-life AURANGABAD (M.S.)
Ph. 24448. 29696 1 . M/s. Lumbini Pustak
-y 0-6931
1 0-6931 i Bhandar
X 6. M/s. Vishnu Bookseller Ratna Park Chowk
AKOLA (M.S.) Ph. 439444 KATHMANDU
30 T
T = M/s. Books Emporium 2. M/s. Pathya Samagri
0-6931 "0-6931 7.
AMRAVATI (M.S.)
= 43-28 day Jame Market, Ghantaghar
Ph'. 671741
Ratna Park, KATHMANDU
18. Between mass number 4 and 20, the binding energy 8. M/s. Vivekanand Books
3. M/s. National Book Centre
curve shows cyclic recurrence of peaks at gHe 4 4 Be 8 Emporium
, , Bhotahity, KATHMANDU
Railway Station Road,
80
12 16
6C and ^Ne 20 This shows that the binding
,
.
MANIPUR
AMRAVATI (M.S.)
energy per nucleon of these nuclides is greater than 1. M/s. P.C. Jain & Co.
9. M/s.Sandesh Agencies
those of their immediate neighbours. So, these are Booksellers & N.P. Agent
PUNE(M.S.) Ph. 459361
Ph. 221756
more stable as compared to their neighbours. Note 10. M/s. Sai Book Centre TAMILNADU
that mass number of these nuclides are multiples of 4 Sri Nagar Road,
1. M/s. Live Media Agency
and they contain equal number of protons and NANDED (M.S.)
36, Halls Road, Igmore
neutrons. Each of these nuclei can be formed by HARYANA CHENNAI
adding an a-particle to the preceding nucleus. 2. M/s. Murugashan N.P.
1 . M/s. Punulal Bookseller Agency
19. Combining Einstein's mass-energy equivalence M AND DAB WA LI
I
95-Pillaimar Street.
(E = mc2) and Planck's quantum theory (E h v) we Ph. 22015, 23666 Arappalayam, MADURAI

get
3. S.A. Ganesan
2. Sham Novel Store
M/s. S/o M. Shummugam Pillai,
E = A) u= mc2 ROHTAK Ph. 43052 28, South Bazar,
KOVILPATTI
But c m vX for waves, thus for a quantum of light 3. M/s. Dharam Chand & Sons
ROHTAK 4. M/s. Malaragam News
(photon)
Centre,
Ph. 44553, 73950 (R)
Reader's Paradise,
E = /)f = /nc?
X 4. M/s.Dev News Agency 1-B, Sivankoli,
PANIPAT Ph. 30503 North Street. Kokkirakulam.
x - —-- Yuvak News
TIRUNELVEU
mc~ p 5. M/s. Sri
M/s. G. Krishnan
Agency 5.
This relation is for a photon, occurred to de Broglie
it
Bhagat Singh Chowk, SIRSA Tower Junction,
that what is true for a photon, may also be true for a NAGERCOIL
6. M/s. Tika Ram Singhal & Co, (Kanyakumari) (T.N.)
material particle of mass m with velocity v (not c).
REWARI 23833
X = — 7. M/s. Singhal
Ph.

News Agency
6. M/s. Kasturi News Agency
COIMBATORE
REWARI Ph. 23232 Ph. 301083,301234

E _ 3 3 x 1Q-20 M/s. A. J. Book Stall

= 8. Type College
M/s. Singhal
20. 17/180A, N.H. Road,
h 6-6 xlQr* REWARI Ph. 25385 COIMBATORE
M/s. Iqbal Singh & Sons M/s. Selvam Book Stall
0-5x10 14 Hz 9.
6218-Patel Road 8-A, Cherry Road,
l (T.N.)

C.S.V. I February / 1999/ 1712

Copyrighted material
 Our Young Talents
Kusum — I just studied the selec-
tive topics as per the syllabus of the
B.C.E.C.E.

Third Topper and First position holder in Girls in B.C.E.C.E. (Bihar)-98

Bio-Data
Name—Kusum Kumari
Miss Kusum Kumari Father's Name— Sri. Kuldip
Prasad
Mother's Name—Smt. Saroj Devi

Educational Qualifications—
Competition Science Vision arranged an extensive and broad H.SJStdJ(—74% (Govt. Girts High
based interview with Miss Kusum Kumari who has the credit of School Itki (Ranch/), 1993.
securing third position in B.C.E.C.E., 1998 bagging the first position
Inter/Std. XII—60% (Ranchi
among girl candidates. Below we give in her own words her plan- Women's College, Ranchi 1995.)
ning for such a brilliant success in the examination.

CSV — Congratulations on your

brilliant success.
Kusum —Thank you very much,
Sir.

CSV — Before knowing your result

—
Competition Science Vision
Isa very good magazine. It Is very
what did you think about those who
useful for those preparing for
achieve top positions ?
medical competition examinations.
—
Kusum For me, they seem to —Kusum
be very brilliant students. They always
used to inspire me to do something
great.

CSV —Achieving top position has

corneas a surprise to you or you were CSV—Since when did you start CSV —How did you give final tou-
confident of achieving it ?
the preparation for it ? ches to your preparation ?
Kusum —Not at all. I always took Kusum — Since beginning of XI Kusum — I studied from my per-
myself as a moderate student, but class. sonal notes and the highlighted parts
yes something inside me assured me
CSV —What planning did you from the books.
of coming out with flying colours.
make for preparation ? Please tell CSV —Did you prepare notes ?
CSV —What do you think the
Kusum—Yes,
is something in detail.
but not much.
Kusum— had
I
secret of your success ? just planned a
I
prepared reading books again and
—
Kusum My hard labour, ble- regular routine of study and also to again.
ssing of my parents, good wishes devote equal time for all the subjects.
and, of course, blessings of the Ihad planned not to take interest in —
CSV What was your attitude for
Almighty. any one subject only but to pay solving numerical questions ? What

CSV — In how many attempts did attention to all the subjects in a very weightage did you give them ?
you get this success ? balanced manner. Kusum— I enjoyed solving

Kusum— In three attempts. CSV — How much time did you numerical questions. I take them as a
devote daily and regularly for Physics, determining factor because they are a
CSV— What were the short- bit different from other questions.
Chemistry, Botany and Zoology ?
comings your preparation for earlier
Kusum—At CSV —How much time is sufficient
in
least 8 hours a day,
attempts ? How did you make up for
but with intervals. for preparing for this examination ?
them this time ?
CSV —Out of the above four sub- Kusum — One can do while
Kusum — I was not getting the
which subject did you give
jects, to studying in XI or XII class
it

itself p.nd
right directions. I made up this time
more weightage and why ? giving just a few hours extra for
by being very intensive in study.
Kusum-Physics, because I think solving objective questions.
CSV — From where did you get this is generally the determining CSV — From what level of edu-
the inspiration of choosing a medical subject in all the competitions. Other cation should an aspirant begin pre-
career ? subjects are comparatively easier and paring for ft ?
Kusum —Seeing the pathetic in general one can easily attempt Kusum — After X board examina-
conditions of poor and ill people, I
questions from them. tion itself.

always wanted to do something for CSV — Did you make complete —

CSV Please mention various
them, which can be done very nicely study of all topics or of some selec- books in each subject and magazines
as a doctor only. tive topics ? on which you based your preparation.

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1713

Copyrighted material
 Kusum— Physics— Sanjeev
At a Glance
Gupta.
Chemistry—O. P. Agarwal
Zoology—S. P. Kurl Bacterial Diseases
Botany A. K. Sharma— Cholera
CSV— Did you take coaching in • Causes of Emergence : Recent epidemic in South America introduced from Asia
your preparation ? by ship; spread by travel and inadequate water chlorination; poor sanitation.

Kusum—Yes, from 'CITY WIDE • Mode of Transmission : Ingestion of water contaminated with feces of infected

STUDY CIRCLE', in Ranchi. persons; ingestion of food exposed to contaminated water.

CSV —What help do the science • Symptoms Severe : diarrhea, rapid dehydration.

magazines render In the preparations • Treatment/Prevention : Recent strains resistant to several antibiotics.

for this examination ?

Escherichia Coli 0157:H7 (E. coli)
Kusum—They do render a great • Causes of Emergence : Contamination of meat during butchering process;
help in preparation especially the
spread by poor handling and inadequate cooking. Likely due to development of
topper's interview and question bank
new pathogen.
help a lot.
• Mode of Transmission : Ingestion of contaminated food, especially undercooked
Personal Qualities beef and raw milk.

Hobby/Hobbies—Reading • Symptoms : Hemolytic uremic syndrome, hemorrhagic colitis.

magazines, playing chess. • Treatment/Prevention : Oral or intravenous replacement of fluids.

Ideal Person—My father and Legionnaires' Disease (Legionella)

Mahatma Gandhi.
• Causes of Emergence : Legionella bacterium widely distributed in environment;
Strong Point—Hard labour.
found in creeks and ponds, hot and cold water taps, hot water tanks and air-
Weak Point—I am an introvert.
conditioning systems.

CSV—What is your opinion about • Mode of Transmission : Aircooling systems, water supplies.

our Competition Science Vision? • Symptoms : Fever, headache, confusion, pneumonia.

How much helpful and useful do you • Treatment/Prevention : Antibiotics such as erythromycin and rifampicin appear
find it ? to be effective.

Kusum— It is a very good maga- Lyme Disease

zine. It is very useful for those stu- • Causes of Emergence : Increase in deer and human populations in wooded
dents who are preparing for medical areas.
competitive examinations.
• Mode of Transmission Bite of infective
: deer (Ixodes) tick.

CSV — Please suggest in what • Symptoms Fatigue, headache, rash,

: fever, arthritis, neurologic and cardiac
way CSV can be made more useful abnorma'ities.
for medical aspirants ?
• Treatment/Prevention : Oral or intravenous antibiotics.
—
Kusum It should be based on
Streptococcus Infections (Group A)
medical competitive examinations.
CSV— Please mention your posi- • Causes of Emergence : Change in virulence of the bacteria; possibly mutation.

tion in the merit list. • Mode of Transmission : Direct contact with infected persons or carriers;

Kusum — I was the third topper. sometimes ingestion of contaminated foods.

CSV—Whom would you like to

• Symptoms : Necrotizing fasciitis, streptococcal toxic shock.

give credit for your success ?

• Treatment/Prevention : Antibiotics.

—
Kusum My hard labour, self Tuberculosis
confidence, my parents and my elder • Causes of Emergence : Increase in immunosuppressed population, improper
brother. treatment exposing more people to disease.
CSV— Please tell us something • Mode of Transmission : Exposure to sputum droplets exhaled through a cough
about your family. or sneeze of a person with active disease.
Kusum —Father is Science • Symptoms : Cough, weight loss, lung lesions; infection can spread beyond
teacher in Chatti High School, lungs to other organs.
Lohardagga. • Treatment/Prevention : Combination of antibiotics for at least six months.
Mother is an A.N.M. nurse in
Typhoid
Ranikhatanga of Bero Block.
Elder Sister—A pharmacist.
• Causes of Emergence Spread of typhoid bacillus.
:

CSV—What message would you • Mode of Transmission Infected water or milk : supplies. Human carriers,

give to our readers of CSV ? particularly food handlers, may be responsible for spread of infection.
like to

Kusum—Please, study very hard • Symptoms : Fever, headache, abdominal pain.

at the time of preparations, you should • Treatment/Prevention : General care, isolation, disinfection of all discharges.
Inoculation with vaccine containing killed Salmonella typhi.
be very sincere and honest to
yourself and to your hard work. • • •

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1714

Copyrighted material
Topic on Physics

— Er. D. K. Gupta

Reflection of Light If the plane mirror is rotated through an angle 6, the

The phenomenon of returning back of light in the first reflected ray rotates through an angle 26 from its

medium at the interface of two media is known as previous position.

reflection of light. This principle is used in optical levers, sextants etc.
Light moving in one medium when falls at the surface N N'
of another medium, part of it returns back in the first
medium. Apart from reflection at the interface, part of light
gets transmitted in the second medium known as
refraction and pan" of light absorbed at the interface by the
second medium.

Mirrors
A highly polished smooth surface is a mirror. To form
a good mirror a thin layer of silver is chemically deposited
on a glass surface.
Mirrors may be plane, spherical or paraboidai. If the object is placed between two parallel mirrors,

Laws of Reflection the angle between them being zero, the number of
:

images formed will be equal to °°.

When a ray of light is incident on a mirror, the point
9. The plane mirrors placed perpendicular to each
on the mirror where the ray meets the mirror is called the
other will give three images.
point of incidence. The angle between the incident ray
and the normal at the point of incidence is called angle of
incidence and the angle between the reflected ray and the
normal is called the angle of reflection.

The two laws of reflection are as follows !

(1) The angle of incidence is equal to the angle of
reflection. 'rmrnn »///////////////

(2) The incident ray, the normal at the point of

incidence and the reflected ray are in the same la* *"2
plane.
10. If the object moves with speed u towards the mirror
Important Observations then the image also moves with speed u towards

1 . The image formed by a plane mirror is virtual and the mirror. But the relative velocity of image with
erect when object is real. respect to object is 2 u.

2. It is as far behind the mirror as the object is infront

11. If the object and the mirror move away from each
of it.
other through a distance d each, then the image
moves away through a distance 3d.
3. It has the same size as the object.
12. Minimum size of the mirror required to see full size
4. The image shows lateral inversion.
image of one self is half the height of the observer.
In lateral inversion, the right hand side of the object
13. Focal length of the plane mirrors is infinity and its
becomes the left hand side of the image and vice-
power is zero.
versa.
14. A ray of light with the angle of incidence / gets
5. If displaced by a distance 'd'
the plane mirror is
reflected back by an angle of reflection /. So devia-
from an object, then the image formed by the mirror
tion of the ray due to single reflection is, 8 = (n - 2/).
is displaced by '2d' from its previous position.
6. The total number of images of an object formed by
two plane mirrors inclined at an angle 9 is

For
•-PH = 60°. n = 5
6
For 9 = 45°, n=7
For 8 = 72°, n = 5

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1715

Co
 15. Deviation of a ray to two successive Convex mirror— In a convex mirror reflection takes
at two inclined ateis8 = (2jt-26). place from the outer surface.

16. When a converging beam of light, whose point of

convergence lies behind the mirror, falls on a plane Common Terms Used in Spherical Mirrors :

mirror, a real image is formed which can be

(1) Pole—The mid point of the curved spherical
received on a screen.
surface is the pole of the mirror.
M2
Centre of the curvature— It
(2) is the centre of the
sphere of which the mirror is a part.

(3) Radius of Curvature— It is the radius of the

sphere of which the mirror forms a part. It is equal to the
distance between the pole (P) and centre of curvature (C)
of the mirror.

(4) Principal axis — It is the straight line passing

A M, through the pole and the centre of curvature of the mirror.

17. If after the action of the optical device, the rays (5) Aperture —The diameter of the circle formed of
appear to diverge from a point, a virtual image is the periphery of the curved mirror is the linear aperture of
formed. It cannot be obtained on the screen. the mirror.

(6) Angular aperture —

It is the angle formed by the

two ends of a diameter of the peripheral circle, at the

centre of curvature of the spherical mirror.

\ s/ Focal point or Focus—When a parallel beam of

(7)

r / light incident on a spherical mirror parallel to its

is

beam either converges to (as

/fy V i'\
principal axis, the reflected
in a concave mirror) or appears to diverge from (as in a

convex mirror) a point on the principal axis. This point is

known as the focal point or the focus of the mirror.
I
/ M
18. When an observed through a thick mirror,
object is

silvered at its back, a large number of its images are

obtained, in which, in general the second image is
the brightest. In this case, the first image is formed .
F C
by the reflection at the first surface, which is
unsilvered. The second image is formed after
reflection from rear silvered surface, which sends
maximum amount of light. Rest of the images
formed are due to internal multiple reflections,
occurring inside the mirror, which contain less and
(8) Focal length—The distance between the pole
less amount of light, so their intensity gradually
and the focal point of the spherical mirror is known as
diminishes.
focal length (0-
Spherical Mirror :

A spherical mirror is a part of a hollow sphere of glass Radius of curvature (i)

Focal length (f)
(or of metal) of which one of the surfaces is polished or 2
silvered. This polished or silvered surface of the sphere
reflects the light in a regular manner.
(9) Focal plane —
A plane passing through focus and
Concave mirror — In a concave mirror reflection takes perpendicular to the principal axis is the focal plane of the
place from the hollow side. spherical mirror.

CS.\. I February / 1999/ 1716

Copyrighted material
 Sign Convention
Identification of mirrors on the basis of images

1 . The light rays are allowed to be incident from the left.

2. All the distances are measured from the pole of the Nature of Image of real object Mirror
mirror along the principal axis.

The distances measured (1) Virtual, erect, same size Plane

3. in the direction of incident light
are taken positive. (2) Virtual, erect, diminished Convex
4. The distances measured in the direction opposite to the
(3) Virtual, erect, magnified Concave
direction of the incident light are taken negative.

5. The distances measured above the principal axis are (4) Real, inverted, magnified or Concave
taken positive and below the axis as negative. diminished
According to this sign convention the focal length of a
convex mirror is taken positive and that of a concave Newton's Formula
mirror is taken as negative. Magnification is positive for
If the distances of the object and the image, mea-
erect images and negative for inverted images.
sured from focal point, are x and y respectively then
Spherical Mirror Formula 2
xy = f
The algebraic relationship for all spherical mirrors is

Spherical Aberration
1
+
1
_ 2_1
u v r~ f The light ray from a point incident at different dis-
tances from the axis of a spherical mirror (i.e., marginal
where u is the distance of the object. and paraxial rays) after reflection from the mirror do not
v is the distance of the image, converge to (or appear to diverge from) a single point.

r is the radius of curvature. Marginal rays deviate more by reflection while

/is the focal length., paraxial rays deviate less. Thus instead of a point image,
(»•». a blurred image is formed. This defect of image, is called
Magnification spherical aberration. To remove spherical aberration from
(1) Linear or Transverse magnification— mirrors paraboidal mirrors are used.

_ Linear size of the image

Linear size of the object

M " ~u—u-f
And, v-f
M = -

(2) Axial or Longitudinal magnification

Maxial =
du =1]2 Uses of Mirrors

Plane mirror is used in dressing tables. The image is

erect, virtual and of the same size as the object.

It is used as a looking glass.

A concave mirror is used as shaving glass. When the

(3) Angular magnification- face is held between focus and pole of the mirror, a
magnified erect image is formed.
Angle subtended by the image
Concave mirror is used as a reflector for the head lights
at the pole of the mirror
M anguiar - Angle subtended by the object of motor cars, cycles and search lights etc.
A concave mirror is used in opthalmoscope for
at the pole of the mirror
examining eye, ear etc. by doctors.
Angle made by the reflected ray A concave mirror is used as objective in reflecting
with the principal axis telescope.
Also, M angu ar|
=
Angle made by the incident ray A concave mirror is also used for concentrating the
with the principal axis radiant energy of the sun at its focus. In this way fire
can also be produced.
Relation between these magnifications :
A convex used as view
mirror is finder in car etc. as it

provides the maximum rear field of view. It is also used

^linear - Maxial x Manguiar •
in street lightening.

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1717

Copyrighted material
 SOME IMPORTANT SOLVED EXAMPLES
Example 1. Calculate the angle between two plane or, 8 = 360° -360 + 2a
mirrors, if a ray after successive reflections from
or, 8 = 2a
them becomes parallel to itself.
Example 3. A shaving mirror produces an erect
Solution :
image of a man's face 3 times its actual size, when the
Since the ray after successive reflection becomes face is 30 cm infront of it. Find (a) whether the mirror
parallel to itself, hence is concave or convex; (b) what is its radius of

18O°-20 + 180°-29 2 = 180° curvature ?

1

or, + 92 = 90° Solution

&i
(a)The image has a magnification greater than 1 and
it is erect. In case of convex mirror the magnification is

always less than 1, therefore, the mirror is concave. A

concave mirror gives an erect, enlarged virtual image, if
the object distance is, less than its focal length.

(b) m = 3 for erect image

-v = 3 (numerically)

v = 3u = 3 x 30
= 90 cm
.-. Angle between mirrors For virtual image formation by a concave mirror
= 1 80 - [(90° -B,) + (90° - 0 2 )] u = -30 cm, v= 90 cm, f= ?

= e, + e2 1 _ J__ J_
f
~ 90 30
= 90°
'"
90
Short Method
=> f = -45 cm
If 8 is the angle between mirrors, total deviation
.-. Radius of curvature = 2 x 45
produced is 360° - 28. This must be 180° since
= 90 cm
incident and final reflected rays are parallel.
360° -29 = 180°
Second Method :

26 = 180° For a concave mirror forming virtual image

or, 8 = 90° --+-
1 1 1

u V /

Example 2. Two plane mirrors are inclined at u

" f
angle a. A ray of light falls on one of them making an
u
angle 6 with its surface, what is the total deviation ~ f
suffered by the ray if it is reflected once by each
u
mirror ?
f
Solution :

We see that total deviation will be given by i4-i

3 3
3x30
f
2
45 cm
r 2f=2x45
90 cm

Example 4. How far away from a concave mirror

of focal length 30 cm focal length should a real object
be located in order that its image be one fourth of its
actual size ?
8= P' + 8' = (180°-2p) + (180° -28)
Solution
= 360°-2(P + 8) A concave mirror forms a diminished real image of an
8 = 360° -2(180° -a) object if it is beyond 2F.

CJS.\. I February / 1999/ 1718

 v 1 Example The sun makes an angle of 0-54° at
Here m = -=t 6.
u~4 the pole of a concave mirror of radius of curvature
1 1 t 2m. What will be the size of its image ?
f
Solution
u
SUN
f

u
or,

or,
30 m

or, u = — *

1
4
= 150 cm
Focal length of the minor = J- «
Example 5. A concave
mirror has a radius of = 1 m
curvature of 50 cm. What are the two positions at
= 100 cm
which an object may be placed in order to give an
image four times as large ? Image is formed at the focus and its diameter sub-
Solution tends the same angle at the pole as the sun.

Here = 4 Diameter of the image = D= 8x

jj
^
or, v = 4u
_
= 9/
Two positions of object correspond to real and virtual
image respectively. where 6 is in radian.

For real image For virtual image

To-54 x k I
D =
u = —x and v -4x u = -y and v = + 4y biao-J* 100 cm
1 1
+ J_
1 1 1
•*
-4x -x 50 " +4y + -y " 50 » 0-94 cm
2 2 Note —Diameter of the image
5 2 -3 2
or, or, Sun's diameter x f
-Ax -50 4y -50
Distance of sun from earth
5x50 3x50
x = -g-cm y —em or, D =
9 x fx IT

or, X = 31-25 cm 18-75 cm 180

or, y

QUESTIONS FROM DIFFERENT COMPETITIVE EXAMINATIONS

1. A light bulb is placed between 3. At sun rise or sun set, the sun (B) 60 metre
two plane mirrors inclined at an looks reddish because (C) 90 metre
angle of 60°. The number of (A) The sun is coldest at these (D) 120 metre
images formed are times (CPMT.1984)
(A) 6 (B) 2 (B) Of the effects of reflection 5. All of the following statements
and refraction are correct except—
(C) 5 (D) 4
(C) The sun is hottest at these (A) The magnification produced
(NCERT, 1980) times by a convex minor is always
(D) Of the scattering of light less than one
2. It is desired to photograph the
image ofan object placed at a (CET, 1991) (B) A virtual, erect, same sized
distance 3m from the plane image can be obtained by
4. When a plane mirror is placed using a plane mirror
mirror. The camera, which is at a
horizontally on level ground at a
distance of 4-5 m from the mirror (C) A virtual, erect, magnified
distance of 60 metres from the
should be focussed for a distance image can be formed using
foot ofa tower, the top of the a concave minor
of—
tower and its image in the mirror
(A) 3 m (B) 4-5 m (D) A real, inverted, same sized
subtend at the eye an angle of
image can be formed using
(C) 6 m (D) 7-5 m 90°. The height of the tower is
a convex minor
(NCERT, 1971) (A) 30 metre (Manipal, 1995)

CSX. I February / 1999/ 1719 / 3

Copyrighted material
6. A pencil of light is incident on a ANSWERS
plane mirror and after being 1.(C) 2.(D) 3.(D) 4.(B) 5.(D)
1
deflected from it, forms a real 6.(C) 7.(B) 8.(D) 9.(C) 1 _L _
image. Then the pencil of light v 40 " -20
HINTS
incident on the mirror is—
—
360 1 .1 + !
(A) Parallel 1. Number of images n = -1 v ~ 20 40
(B) Divergent JL
Here 6 = 60° =
(C) Convergent 40
(D) Statement is wrong or, v = -40 cm
(MP. PMT, 1997) Therefore, the image is formed at
= 5
7. A plane mirror produces a magni- centre of curvature. So it is real,
2. The image is as far behind the
fication of— inverted and of the same size as
mirror as the object is infront of it.
(A) -1 the object.
Hence distance of the image
(B) +1 from the camera 9.
(C) Zero
= 4-5 + 3
(D) Between 0 and + «>
= 75m
(MP. PMT, 1998)
4. The angle subtended at the eye
8. An object is placed at a distance
by the top of the tower with
of 40 cm in front of a concave
respect to ground is 45°. This
mirror of focal length 20 cm. The
happens when the height of the
image produced is—
tower is equal to its distance
(A) Virtual and inverted
from the eye. The eye is assu-
(B) Real and erect For refraction through a convex
med to be very near to the
and dimini- lens
(C) Real, inverted mirror.
shed 6. When a convergent beam of
ii = i
inverted and of the incident
V u ~ f
(D) Real, light, converging at O, is

same size as the object on a plane mirror, a real image is =

formed at as shown in the v"-30 20
(MP. PMT, 1998) I

figure— v = 60 cm
9. A luminous object is placed at a
distance of 30 cm from the con-
Coincidence is possible when the
vex lens of focal length 20 cm.
image is formed at the centre of
On the other side of the lens, at
Only then
curvature of the mirror.
what distance from the lens a
convex mirror of radius of cur- the rays refracting through the
vature 10 cm be placed in order lens will fall normally on the

to have an upright image of the convex mirror and retrace their

object coincidental with it ?
path to form image at O. So the
distance between lens and mirror
(A) 12 cm (B) 30 cm
= 60-10
(C) 50 cm (D) 60 cm
(CBSE, 1998) = 50 cm

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1. The two adjacent walls and the (C) 0-5 metre back 5. A thick mirror produces a number
ceiling of a room are mirrored. ofimages of the object. Which
(D) 0-5 metre forward
The number of images formed of image is the brightest ?
an object inside the room will 3. When an moving away
object is
First (B) Second
(A)
be— with a speed of 5 cm/sec from a
(C) Third (D) Last one
mirror, its image will move away
(A) 9 (B) 7
from the mirror with a speed of 6. Two mirrors inclined to each
(C) 5 (D) 3 other produce five images of an
(A) 10 cm/sec (B) 15 cm/sec
object placed between them. If
2. A plane mirror which is at first (C) 5 cm/sec (D) 2-5 cm/sec
the angle between them is
1 metre from an object, is then
moved back 0-5 metre parallel to 4. Number of images formed in two reduced by 30°, what will be the
The image will then move
itself. mirrors parallel to each other number of images seen in the

from its position are — :

- -
two mirrors ?
(A) Zero (B) 2 (A) 15 (B) 12
(A) 1 metre back
(C) Infinite (D) 5 (C) 13 (D) 11
(B) 1 metre forward

C SX. I February / 1999/ 1720

Copyrighted material
 7. If x and y be the distance of the cation of the image is 3 times. (C) 10 cm
object and image formed by a What is the focal length of the
(D) Depends on the position of
concave mirror from its focus and mirror ?
the object
f be the focal length, then—
(A) 3 cm (B) 4 cm 21 . An object is placed at a distance
(A) xy=t (B) xy=/2 (C) 12 cm 36 cm
(D) x cm from a concave mirror of
(C)*«f (D)^* 14. For a man 1-6 metre tall, the
focal length 2 cm. The real image

minimum size of the mirror to of the objectis received on a

8. A ray of light making an angle look his image completely should screen placed at a distance of
10° with the horizontal is incident be— y cm from the mirror. The values
of x are changed and the
on a plane mirror making angle 8 (A) 16m (B) 0-8 m
corresponding values of y are
with the horizontal. What should (C) 3-2 m (D) 1-2m measured. Which one of the
be the value of 9 so that the
15. Two mirrors are inclined at an graphs shown in the figure rep-
reflected ray goes vertically
angle e. A ray of light strikes the resents the variation of - with - ?
upward ?
first mirror, parallel to the second
(A) 30° (B) 40° mirror, then goes to second
(C) 50° (D) 60° mirror and returns finally parallel

to the first mirror. The value of 9

9. A small plane mirror is placed at
the centre of a spherical screen
will be—
of radius r. A beam of light is (A) 30° (B) 60°
incident on the mirror. If the (C) 45° (D) 90°
mirror makes n revolutions per
second, what be the speed of
will
16. For shaving purpose, the best
the reflected light spot on the result obtained will be, by a—

screen ? (A) Plane mirror

(A) itnr (B) 2nnr (B) Convex mirror

(C) 3nnr (D) Annr

(C) Concave mirror
(D) Half mirror
10. A ray of light making an angle
20° with the horizontal is incident
17. A concave mirror of focal length f
produces an image n times the
on a plane mirror, which itself is
If the image is
size of the object.
inclined to the horizontal at an
real then the distance of the
angle 10°, with the normal away
object from the mirror is—
from the incident ray. What is the
angle made by the reflected ray (A) (n-1)f (B) ^j^jf
with the horizontal ?

(A) 10°
(C) (D) (n+1)/
(B) 20° (*jr)'
(C) 30° The
18. f'eld of view is maximum
(D) None of the above for-

11. The angle between (A) Plane mirror

the incident
ray and the reflected ray from a (B) Concave mirror 1
»
The diameter
\ ;
22. of the moon is
plane mirror is 60°. Through what (C) Convex mirror about 3500 km. What will be the
angle the reflected ray deviate
is (D) Cylindrical mirror diameter of the image formed by
with respect to the incident ray ?
19. While using an electric bulb the
a concave mirror of radius 3m?
(A) 150° (B) 120° Assume that the distance of the
reflection for street lighting should
be— moon is about 3-5 x 105 km
(C) 90° (D) 60°
(A) Concave mirror (A) 5 mm (B) 10 mm
12. Which type of mirror always forms
(B) Convex mirror (C) 15 mm (D) 20 mm
a diminished and virtual image of
the real object ? (C) Cylindrical mirror 23. A spherical mirror forms an erect

(D) Paraboloidal mirror image three times the linear size

(A) Convex (B) Concave
of the object. If the distance be-
(C) Plane (D) Parabolic 20. The largest distance of the image tween the object and the image
13. A concave mirror forms the real from a convex mirror of focal is 100 cm, the focal length of the

image an object which length 1 0 cm can be

of is mirror is—
magnified 4 times. The object is (A) 30 cm (A) 15 cm (B) 25 cm
moved 3 cm away, the magnifi- (B) Infinite (C) 37-5 cm (D) 50 cm

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1721

Copyrighted material
24. A concave mirror and a convex 30. Which one of the following is not
lens have the same focal length the case with the image formed
in air. When submerged in water- by a convex mirror ?

(A) The concave mirror would (A) It is erect

have a greater focal length (B) It is virtual

(B) The convex lens would have (C) It is diminished

a greater focal length (D) It lies beyond the focus
(C) They would have the same 31. An object is placed at the focus
focal length but different of convex mirror. If the focal
from that in air length of the mirror be f, then the Here XY is horizontal line.

(D) They would have the same distance of the image from the AO is incident ray and OB is

focal length as in the air pole of the mirror is— reflected ray.

(A) Less than f 9. The reflected ray turns through

25. Which one of the following optical
components form a perfect image (B) Equal to f angle 26, when the mirror is tur-

free from all aberrations ? (C) More than/ ned through angle 6. Hence rota-

(A) A plane mirror (D) tional speed of the light spot will
be 2n revolutions per second.
(B) A spherical mirror 32. An object is placed at the focus
10.
(C) A spherical lens of a concave mirror. If the focal
length of the mirror be 20 cm.
(D) A cylindrical lens
then the distance of the image
26. A virtual image larger than object from the pole of the mirror is

can be produced by— (A) 10 cm (B) 20 cm

(A) Concave mirror (C) 40 cm (D) Infinity

(B) Convex mirror

ANSWERS
(C) Plane mirror Here AO is incident ray, OB is
1.(B) 2. (A) 3.(C) 4.(C) 5.(B) the reflected ray.
(D) Concave lens
6.(D) 7.(B) 8.(B) 9.(D) 10. (D)
27. A concave mirror of focal length f
The reflected ray goes along the
11. (B) 12. (A) 13.(D)14.(B) 15. (B) horizontal. Hence angle made by
in air is used in a medium of
16. (C) 17. (C) 18. (C) 19. (B) 20. (C) the reflected ray with the hori-
refractive index 2. What will be
21. (C)22. (C) 23. (C) 24. (B) 25. (A) zontal is zero.
the focal length of the mirror in

the medium ? 26. (A) 27. (D) 28. (D) 29. (B) 30. (D) 11. 8 = 180-2/
(A) Af 31. (A) 32. (D) Here = 30°
/

(B) 2f 8 = 180-2x30°
HINTS
(C) = 120°
| 1 The number of images formed by
the 1st case

28.
(D) None of the above
Which one of the following is not
two adjacent wall will be three,
taking 6 = 90°. Further images
formed images by
of these three
13. In

m = — f
=4 ...(1)

the case with the image formed the ceiling be again. three.
will
In the 2nd
by a concave mirror ? There will be one direct image of /
= 3 (2)
the object formed by the ceiling. (u + 3)-/
(A) It may be erector inverted
So the total no. of images will be Solving equation (1) and (2) we
(B) It may be magnified or dimi-
get
3 + 3 + 1=7.
nished
6. For 5 images, 8 = 60° / = 36 cm
(C) rt may be real oc virtual
15. According to the diagram, the
Therefore the number of images
(D) Real image may be between incident ray AB and final reflected
at 8 = 6D q - 30° = 30° will be
pole and focus or beyond ray CD interesect at O, so
focus

29. A man runs towards a plane

mirror at 2 m/s. The relative f

speed of his image w.r.t. him will

7. We have m =
f-u
be— f-v
(A) 2 m/s f

(B) 4 m/s j
f
or.
(C) 8 m/s x f

(D) 10 m/s or, xy

CSS. I February / 1999/ 1722

Copyrighted material
 ZAOD = ZCOB CFD Since Hi is less than that of glass

= e (u.2 ), hence the focal length of

The deviation of the ray accord-

= 15 mm lens increases in water. But the
focal length of mirror remains
ing to the diagram 23. m = =3
~u unchanged.
0 = 7t + 6
or, v = 3u 27. Focal length of mirror does not
But 8 = 2k -29 Given that u+ v = 100 depend on the medium from
.". 271- 29 = Jt +9 u + 3u = 100 which the light is incident. It will

continue to be f.
71 __„ or, u = 25 cm
or, e = - = 60° 28. Real image cannot lie between
and v = 75 cm pole and focus.
Here D = 3500 km Here since the image is erect,
r = 3-5 x 10 5 km image must be vir-
therefore, the
tual.

/; -25 cm
v 75 cm
Released/
Now using -+-
1 1
1 TOURISM &
V u 7
TRAVEL MANAGEMENT
1
75 25 f (Diploma Examination)
f = -37-5 cm (Previous Year Paper-Fully Solved)

1-5 cm Mirror is concave. Bv : Dr. Lai & Jain Price : Rs. 1 15/-

CF = 1-5 m 9t contains
D _
1 ^2 ~ "1 t Test of Reasoning • English Language
Since ~
hh 24.
f Ri r
r CF Hi 2 • General Knowledge & Current Affairs

(From similar triangles as A ABC Here u 2 is the refractive index of UPKAR PRAKASHAN
2/11 A, Swadeshi Bima Nagar, AGRA-2
and AChla) lens and m is that of medium.

GENERAL SCIENCE
PKAR'J
PASSP° R
uPKAfi's
™ sooceSS

(Useful for State Public Service Commission — REASONING TEST

Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Rajasthan,
By : Dr. MB. Lai & A.K. Singh Price : Rs. 70/-

Madhya Pradesh, Other UPSC Exams,

Medical Entrance Examinations)
and &
By : Dr. H. P. Sharma
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE TEST
& Price : Rs. 55/- By : Dr. MB. Lai Price : Rs. 55/-
Dr. A. Singh
P.
(For Bank P.O. Cadre)
The book has been written in conformity with The books have been written in conformity with
the most scientific technique of understanding, the most scientific technique of understanding,
memorization and reproduction. A panel of highly memorization and reproduction. A panel of highly
renowned and experienced experts of the subject renowned and experienced experts of the subject
have classified the subject matter. have classified the subject matter and have added
From beginning to end the book has been to their utility.

designed to conform the requirements of the ex- From beginning to end the books have been
amination. This makes the book highly useful, self-
designed to conform the requirements of the
sufficient and unique in itself.
examination. This makes the book highly useful,
self-sufficient and unique in itself.
Purchase from nearest bookseller or get the copy directly by V.P.P.
Ask your nearest book-seller or send Rs. 40 in advance by M.O.
sending M. 0. of Rs. 30/- on the following address
direct to us.

UPKAR PRAKASHAN
Bima
Swadeshi UPKAR PRAKASHAN
2/11 A, Nagar, Agra-282 002
Phones 351238, 351002, 350002; Fax (0562) 351251
: :
2/11 A, Swadeshi Bima Nagar, AGRA-2

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1723

Co
 Topic on Physics

Discovery of X-rays Note —The intensity and the penetrating power of X-

X-rays were discovered in 1895 by a German rays can be controlled independently in a
physicist W. C. Roentgen who was honoured with nobel coolidge tube.
prize for it.
Spectrum of X-rays
When highly energetic electrons are made to strike a
If the X-rays coming from a coolidge tube are
metal target of high atomic weight and high melting point,
examined wavelengths present and the intensity of
for
electromagnetic radiation comes out. A large part of this
o
different wavelength components are measured, we
radiation has wavelength of the order of 0-1 nm (= 1A) obtain a plot of the nature shown in the figure. We see
and is known as X-rays. that there is a minimum wavelength below which no X-ray
is emitted. This is called cut off wavelength or threshold
Production of X-rays
wavelength.
Now-a-days X-rays are produced by coolidge tube
which was originally designed by Dr. Coolidge in 1913. It
has a filament and a metallic target fixed in an evacuated
hard glass chamber. The filament is heated electrically
and emits electrons by thermionic emission. A constant
potential difference of several kilovolts is maintained bet-
ween the filament and the target.

The electrons emitted by the filament are accelerated

between the filament and the target and hit the target with
a very high speed. These electrons are stopped by the
targetand in the process X-rays are emitted which are
brought out through a window.
In the process of production of X-rays, due to
continuous striking of the electrons with the target, large
amount of heat is developed (Actually only about 0-2%
energy of electrons is utilised for the production of X-rays, The X-rays emitted can be clearly divided in two
categories. At certain sharply defined wavelengths, the
the restis converted into heat). This heat is removed by
intensity of X-rays is very large as marked K a Kp in the ,
continuously running cold water.
figure. These X-rays are known as characteristic X-rays.
Control of Intensity of X-rays : At other wavelengths the intensity varies gradually so that
Intensity of X-rays depends upon the number of no definite line of separation can be drawn between any
electrons emitted and striking the target per second. Thus, two of them. These X-rays are called continuous X-rays.
to increase the intensity of X-rays, the current through the
Explanation of Continuous X-rays :

filament is increased.
Suppose the potential difference applied between the
Control of Penetrating Power of X-rays : target and the filament is V and that electrons are emitted

The penetrating power of X-rays depends on their by the filament with negligible speed. The kinetic energy
o of the electron when it hits the target is K = eV.
wavelength. The X-rays of shorter wavelength (= 1 A) have
The electron on entering into the target, makes
higher energy and are, therefore, more penetrating. These
several collisions with the atoms in the target, losing its
are called 'hard' X-rays: The X-rays of longer wavelength
kinetic energy at each collision before coming to rest.
(= 4A) have smaller energy. Hence, they are less pene- When the kinetic energy of the electron reduced in
is

trating. These are called 'soft* X-rays. a a part of the lost

collision, kinetic energy is converted

The wavelength of X-rays depends upon the kinetic into a photon of electromagnetic radiation and the remain-
energy of electrons which in turn depends on the potential ing part increases the kinetic energy of the colliding
difference across the tube. As the potential difference is particle of the target which produces heating of the target.

increased, the wavelength of X-rays produced decreases The fraction of kinetic energy appearing as the
i.e., their penetrating power increases. Hence, the pene- energy of a photon varies from collision to collision. In a
trating power of X-rays can be increased or decreased by certain collision, the electron may lose its entire kinetic
increasing or decreasing the potential difference across energy to bring out a photon or it may not create a photon
the tube. at all. Thus, the energy of the photon created can be

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1724

Cop
anything between 0 and eV depending on how much electron falls from L-shell, the K„ line occurs; when from
energy has already been lost to the target and what M-shell, we have K p line and so on.
fraction of the available energy is converted into the Similarly the L-series arises when the electrons fall

photon. The maximum energy of such a photon can be E into the vacancies of the L-shell. This series is excited by
= eV when the electron converts all its kinetic energy into small energies than the K-series because the L-electrons
a photon in the first collision itself. are less strongly held, the X-rays emitted have lower
The wavelength of the X-rays and the energy of the frequencies and longer wavelengths and are less
corresponding photon are related as penetrating.
_
E = hv
t
= —
he
Moseley's Law
X
Moseley measured the frequencies of the charac-
X = X-rays from a large number of elements and
or,
¥ teristic
plotted the square root of the frequency against its
As E can take any value between 0 and eV, the
position number in the periodic table (in earlier periodic
hc
wavelength \ can take any value between infinity and -y. table the elements were arranged in the increasing order
of atomic weight). He discovered that the plot is very close
This explains the origin of continuous X-rays and cut off
to a straight line.
wavelength. We have

Note that the cut off wavelength >, min depends only on

the accelerating voltage V applied between the filament

and the target. It does not depend on the material of the
target.

Substituting 10 20 30 40 50
h = 6-6 x 10-34 joule-second, Position number

c = 3x10*ms-1 A portion of Moseley's plot is shown in the figure,

and e = x 10~ 19 coulomb,

1 -6 K„ X-rays is plotted against the position
1-2375 X10-6 number. From this linear relation Moseley concluded that
we get A^in = y m there must be a fundamental property of the atom which
12375 ° increases by regular steps as one moves from one
element to the other. This quantity was later identified to
be the number of protons in the nucleus and was referred
Explanation of Characteristic X-rays :
to as the atomic number.
Characteristic X-rays are produced when an electron Thus, the elements should be arranged in ascending
knocks out an inner electron from the atom with which it order of atomic number and not of atomic weight.
collides. The lines of characteristic spectrum are produced
Moseley's observation can be mathematically ex-
only when materials are bombarded by high energy
pressed as
electron beams which are able to penetrate deep into
atoms and displace electrons from very 'deep* energy f m = a (Z - b)
levels. The subsequent fall of an electron from a higher where a is the constant of proportionality and b is the
level into one of these gaps causes the emission of a high screening constant. This relation is known as Moseley's
energy X-ray photon. law.

Bragg's Law of X-ray diffraction :

Free electron
X-rays are electromagnetic waves of short wave-
Zero- L lengths and may be diffracted by suitable diffracting
-N
centres. To have appreciable diffraction effects the
-M aperture should be of the order of wavelength i.e., of the
h^"S6ri©s order of 0-1 nm. Nature has provided us with such
^

apertures in the form of crystals. In a solid the atoms are

La Lp
arranged in parallel planes separated by a distance d.
L-series
Suppose an X-ray beam is incident on a solid, making
an angle 9 with the planes of the atoms. These X-rays are
diffracted by different atoms and the diffracted beams
interfere and the resultant reflected beam is strong only if
K-series
the path difference between successive planes is a whole
number of wavelengths of the incident X-radiation.
The K-series of X-ray lines is produced when an
Thus, reinforcement occurs for plane p and q only
electron is knocked out of the lowest or the K-shell. The
when
fall of an electron from other shells into the gap in the K-
shell causes the emission of a line of the K-series. If the AB + BC = nX

C.S.V. I February / 1999/ 1725

Copyrighted material
 S, S2

where n is an integer and X is the wavelength of the I I

X-rays -
X-rays. Now d is the distance between the planes of
atoms and 6 is the angle between the X-ray beam and the I I

crystal surface, called the grazing angle, clearly

AB + BC = 2dsin6
tableT of the spectrometer. The reflected beam passes
Hence, 2d sin 6 = nX through a third slit S 3 into an ionisation chamber where it I

This equation is known as Bragg's law. produces an ionisation current which is a measure of the
intensity of the reflected radiation.
Bragg Spectrometer
As the crystal and the ionisation chamber are rotated.
The Bragg X-ray spectrometer was developed to
The angle of reflection always being kept equal to the
measure (/) X-ray wavelengths and (//) the spacings of
angle of incidence, the ionisation current is found. Strong
atoms in crystals. The plan of the instrument is shown in
reflection occurs for glancing angles satisfying Bragg's
the figure.
law
X-rays from the target of an X-ray tube are collimated
by two slits S and S ? (made in lead sheats) and the
1
2dsin 8 = nX
narrow beam so formed falls on a crystal C set on the Knowing either d or X, the other can be calculated.

SOME IMPORTANT SOLVED EXAMPLES

Example 1 . An X-ray tube operates at 30 kV and he S-OxlO-^xSxIO 8

it is 2-0 m A Calculate
(iv)
the current through .
*"* " eV~ 1 6 x10- 19 x30x10 3
.

(i) The electrical power Input

= 0-41 x 10" 10 m = 0-41 A
(ii) The number of electrons striking the target
per second. Example Find the maximum frequency of the
2.

(Hi) The speed of electrons when they hit the X-rays emitted by X-ray tube operating at 30 kV.
target. Solution
(iv) The lower wavelength limit of the X-rays h umax =
- eV
emitted.
eV 1-6x1fr 19 x30x10 3
Solution ''max
:

h 6-6 x 10"34
(i) Power input = VI
3 = 7-2x10 18 Hz
= '(30 x 10
3
) x (2 0 x 10" ) = 60 W
(ii) The number n of electron striking the target per Example 3. An X-ray tube operates at 20 kV. A
second is given by particular electron loses 5% of its kinetic energy to
emit an X-ray photon at the first collision. Find the
I 20 x 10"
n = -= wavelength corresponding to this photon.
e~1-6x 1CT 19
Solution :

1-25 x 10 16
Kinetic energy acquired by the electron is

2
(iii)
| mv = eV K = eV
20x10 eV 3

V
=
2eV The energy of the photon
m _5_
" x20x10 3
100
'2x1-6x10- 19 x30x10 3
= 10 3 eV
\ 9-0 x10-31
10 x 108 ms" 1 Now, hv =
he
— = 10 3 eV

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1726

 he Solution
X =
10 3 eV From the energy level diagram of an atom with one
e-SxIO-^xSxIO 8 electron knocked out

10 3 x1-6x1(r 19

= 1-24x10_9 m
L
= 1-24nm •

r " ,

Example The K X-ray of molybdenum has

4. ,

wavelength 71 pm. If the energy of a molybdenum

atom with a K-electron knocked out is 23-32 keV, what
will be the energy of this atom when an L electron is
'
K
knocked out ?
Solution
E*
a
- El-Ek
Ka X-ray results from the transition of an electron from
E/cp = EM -E K
L shell to K shell. If the energy of the atom with a vacancy
in the K shell is E K and the energy with a vacancy in the L and E La = E M -E L
shell is EL , the energy of the emitted photon is E K - EL . Thus, E Kp = E ka+ E^
The energy of the 71 pm photon is

or,

e-exio-^xaxio 6 Example 6. What element has Ka line of

J
7ixicr 12 length 1-785 A?
6-6 x KT^xaxlO 8 R = 109737 cm" 1
X
71x10- 12 Solution

keV = R(Z-D 2
1-6x«r19 x10P l
17-4 keV
Now E K - E L = 17-4keV
4 1 1
E L = E K -17-4
~ 3 X
1-785 x10-«" 109737
= 23-32 -17-4
= 680-6
= 5-92 keV
Z-1 = 26
ExampleShow that the frequencies of Kp
5. X-ray
of a material equals the sum of the frequencies of Ka Z = 27
and La X-rays of the same material. Thus, the element is cobalt.

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1. An X-ray machine is operated at wavelength of this line is, d for (C) Hard X-rays can be pro-
40 kV. The short wavelength limit
NaCI = 2-82 A, sin 15-8 = 0 2723) duced by increasing filament
of continuous X-rays is current
(A) 1-53 A (B) 1 A (D) When voltage across a
(A) 1 A (B) 3-1 A
(C) 2-53 A (D) 1-35 A coolidge tube is increased,
(C) 0-31 A (D) 2-5 A more intense X-rays are
4. If the K„ radiation of M0 (Z = 42)
produced
2. An X-ray machine uses X-rays of
has a wavelength of 0-71 A, the
6. In order to study internal atomic
wavelengths 0-1 A and greater. wavelength of the corresponding structure of a crystal we should
What voltage does it employ ? radiation of Cu (Z = 29) will be—
use
(A) 12-4 kV (A) 2-51 A (B) 3-51 A (A) Ultraviolet light
(B) 100 kV (B) Infrared radiation
(C) 4-52 A (D) 1-52 A
(C) 12-4 x104 volt (C) Yellow light
5. Which statement is correct ?
(D) None of these (D) X-rays
(A) A coolidge tube acts as its

3. An X-ray tube witrrcopper target own rectifier 7. In producing X-rays a beam of

is operated at 25 kV. The (B) In a coolidge tube intensity electrons accelerated through a
glancing angle for a NaCI crystal and hardness can not be potential difference V are made
for the Cu K a line is 15-8°. The changed independently to strike a metal target. For what

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1727

Copyrighted material
 value of V out of the following, 1 5. The lattice constant of a crystal is coolidge tube,
20. In nearly what
X-rays have the lowest wave- o
2A. The maximum wavelength of fraction of incident energy is uti-
length ?
X-rays which can be analysed by lised in producing X-rays ?
(A) 10 kV (B) 20 kV
this crystal will be (A) 100% (B) 50%
(C) 30 kV (D) 40 kV
(A) 1 A (B) 2A
(C) 25% (D) 1%
8. The minimum wavelength of
continuous X-ray radiation is (C) 3A (D) 4A
16. Hydrogen atom does not emit X- ANSWERS
rays because 1.(0 2.(C) 3. (A) 4.(D) 5. (A)

< C> \Th « Ve (A) energy levels are very

Its

close to each other

6. (D)

11. (D)
7. (D) 8. (D)

12.(D)13.(C) 14. (C)

9. (B) 10. (C)

15. (D)
9. The shortest wavelength of X- (B) The energy levels are far 16. (A) 17. (D) 18. (A) 19. (A) 20. (D)
rays emitted from an X-ray tube apart from each other
depends on
(C) Its size is very small HINTS
(A) The current in the tube (D) contains only a single
(B) The voltage applied across
It

electron 1 JL. - —
the tube
17. The ratio of energies of X-rays of
(C) The nature of the gas in the eesxio-^xsxio 8
tube wavelengths 0 01 A and 0-5 A 16 x 10" 19 x40x10 3
(D) The atomic number of the will be
target material
= 0-31x10- 10 m
(A) 1 : 1 (B) 1 : 2
and (C) 1 : 50 (D) 50 : = 0-31 A
1 0. If Xi are the wavelengths
of characteristic X-rays and 18. In a coolidge tube, the potential
gamma difference between cathode and Short Method
rays respectively, then
the relation between them is anticathode is 120 kV. The maxi- 12375 °
= y "
(A) X, = 1/^2 (B) X, = mum energy of emitted X-rays Afnin

will be 12375
(C) Xi > X^ (D) k<i <X2
(A) 1-2x10 5 eV(B) 10 10 eV 40X103
11. The penetrating power of X-rays
(C) 10 15 eV (D) 102°eV
increases with the = 0-31 A
(A) Increase in intensity
19. If the minimum wavelength of X-
rays at V volt is \^m , which of the
(B) Increase in wavelength = A
following curves shows the 2- ^Tnin y
(C) Decrease in frequency
graphical relation between log V 12375
(D) Increase in frequency
and log X™, V =
?
12. X-rays passing through a strong (A)
12375
magnetic field ~ 0-1
(A) Get deflected in the direction
= 12-4 x 10 4 volt.
of the field

(B) Get deflected in the direction 3. From Bragg's law

opposite to that of the field
2d sin 8 = nX
(B)
(C) Get deflected perpendicular
or, 2x2-82x0-2723
to the direction of the field

(D) Do not get deflected at all

= 1 xk
13. X-ray region lies between or. X = 1-53 A
(A) Short radio waves and visible 4. From Moseley's law (b for K a line
(C)
region
= 1)
(B) Visible region and ultraviolet
(Z-1) 2 oc u
region
(C) Gamma rays and ultraviolet or, (Z-.1) 2 = A-- 5 -
rays region
(D) Short radio waves and long log V- where A is some constant,
(D)
radio waves region Thus
14. The velocity of X-rays of wave- (Zmo-1) 2 Xcu
length 1 A will be
j
(A) c/2 (B) c/3

(C) c (D) 3c/4 log V- (Continued on Page 1740 )

CJS.\. I February / 1999/ 1728

Topic on Physics

L ifflMI s II I iffliiliK wililS eH Hi lis iffinii M»u lolls

It is widely seen that students of Physics tend to tudes and directions, are capable of forming the three
apply the methods of balancing components of vectors in sides of a closed triangle.
almost problems related to equilibrium of bodies; but in
all Refer figure 2. If the three vectors of figure 1 are able
many cases, if they apply Lami's theorem instead, the to form a triangle, then we can redraw the figure 1 as
solution would be faster to arrive at. figure 2 and mark the angles as shown. Also a triangle
This theorem is very simple in its concept, derivation obeys the Sine law, hence we must have :

as well as its applications. Firstly one should be careful

Fi/ (sin (180° -a)) = F2 / (sin (180° - P)
that the body (or the particle) on which this theorem is to
be applied, is in equilibrium (i.e., the net force on it is = F3 / (sin (180° -7)
zero). Secondly there must be exactly three forces acting
on the body.
Statement The theorem states that if three forces
:

acting on a body keep it in equilibrium (See figure), then

r o/
we must have

180-p
—
F3 a V

After noting that sin (180° - A) = sin (A), we get the

theorem as in equation (1).

Also note that in applying Lami's theorem, many

F1 /(sin(a)) = F 2 /(sin(P))
times it is necessary to make use of the following facts
= F3 /(sin(7)) ...(1).
from trigonometry
Proof : The proof is very easy to follow. One must
first realise that the resultant of three vectors is zero, if
sin (180° -A) = sin (A)

and only if, the three vectors, maintaining their magni- and sin (90° + A) = cos (A)

SOME IMPORTANT SOLVED EXAMPLES

The following are certain solved problems where mg / sin (90°) T^sin (150°)
Lami's theorem can easily be applied :

T2 /sin (120°)
Example 1. Two strings are connected to the
horizontal ceiling,one making an angle of 30° and the Hence, Tj mg.sin (150°)

another making an angle of 60° and a mass of 10 kg is 100x0-5

connected to them which is hanging vertically. Find = 50 0 newtons
the tensions in the two strings.
and T 2 = mg. sin (120°)
i j /////////// ///////////
= 86-6 newtons
—
[Note One may try solving this problem by the
method of balancing components and the advantage in
method will be immediately apparent.]
this

Example 2. A body of mass 4 kg, at rest, explodes

into three pieces of masses 1 kg, 1 kg and 2 kg. The
first 1kg mass flies at an angle 30° to the x -direction

with a speed of 2 m/s; the second 1 kg mass flies at

Solution
Consider the point of contact as a particle where this an angle 60° below x-axis with a speed 5 m/s. Find
theorem is to be applied. Since it is in equilibrium, we the magnitude and direction of the speed with which
must have the third mass of 2 kg flies.

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1729

Co
 Example 3. A block of mass 5 kg is kept on a
rough table and a string is tied to it. Other strings are
tiedas shown with a mass hanging vertically. [See
figure]. If the co-efficient of friction is 0-30, find the
maximum value of m so that the block does not slide.
Solution

Solution
[See figure] Let the speed of the third mass be v in a
direction a° with the negative x-axis. Applying Lami's
theorem, we get
2v I sin (90°) = 2 / sin (1 20° + a)

= 5 /sin (150° -a)

Hence, 2 . sin (150° -a) 5. sin (120° + a)

or, cos (a) + ^3 sin (a) 2-5x[V3cos (a)'

- sin (a)]
Applying Lami's theorem at the knot
or, (2-5^3-1). cos (a) (Vi + 2-5) . sin (a)
mgl sin (135°) = Ffr /sin (135°)
Hence a 38-2°
Hence, mg = u . Mg
Therefore, the third mass [2 kg] flies off at an angle of
51-8° with the positive direction of y-axis with speed or, m = 0-3x5
2-5 = 1-5 kg
= 2-68 m/s
sin (111-2)

PROBLEMS FOR PRACTICE

The following are certain problems where Lami's (3) Rain is falling at an angle of 30° with the vertical
theorem is typically applicable (based on the types solved at a speed of 10 m/s. A man is moving in the direction of
above, for your practice); solve them and check with the rainfall and to him the rain appears to fall at an angle of
answers given alongwith 30° with the horizontal. Find the speed of the person and
(1) Three strings are connected as shown in the the relative speed of rainfali.

figure to two vertical walls and a mass of 2 kg. The strings

Speed of person = 1 0 m/s
Relative speed = 17-32 m/s

(4) The resultant of r.r->e vectors is zero. One vector

is of length 12 along positiv. direction of x-axis, second
vector is of length 8 at a direction 120° with the positive x-

axis. Find the magnitude and direction of the third vector.

Magnitude = 8,

at 60° + 180° = 240° with + ve x-axis.

•••

Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved

New Drugs
connected to the walls make angles 45° and 30° with the Taxol Refractory breast cancer
wa"s respeciively. Find the tensions in the two strings. Navelbine Advanced non-small-cell lung cancer
Ti = 10-35 N Zinecard Chemotherapy protectant
Aredia Bone metastases in multiple myeloma
T2 = 14-64 N
Casodex Advanced prostate cancer
(2) A large mass
6 kg breaks into three fragments
of Doxil Kaposi's sarcoma
of masses 1 kg, 2 kg and 3 kg. One mass (1 kg) flies Vesanoid Acute promyelocytic leukemia
along the x-axis with a speed 2 m/s, another (2 kg) flies at Ethyol Chemotherapy protectant
60° to the x-axis with a speed of 3 m/s. Find the speed Zoladex Advanced breast cancer
and direction in which the third mass goes. Photofrin Esophageal cancer
Arimidex Advanced breast cancer
a= 46-10° with negative x-axis at speed 2-4 m/s.

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1730

Copyrighted material
 velocity jyst above earth atmos-
Model Paper For Various Medical Entrance Examinations
phere. The initial velocity of the
satellite is parallel to the surface.
The maximum distance of the

PHYSICS satellite

(A) 2R
from earth
(B)
will

8 R
be—

(C) 4R (D) 3 R
10. Which of the curves given in the
1 . Which of the following measure- is 0-5 while there is no friction following graph represents the
ments is most accurate? between m2 and the table. The critical damping ?
(A) 50 00 m (B) 5 00 m table is rotating with an angular
(C) 5 00 cm (D) 5 00 mm velocity of 10 rad/s about a
vertical axis passing through its
2. Which of the following measure- centre O. The masses are placed
ments is most precise? Time
along the diameter of the table
(A) 50 00 m (B) 5 00 m on either side of the centre O
(C) 5 00 cm (D) 5 00 mm such that the mass m, is at the

3. A motor moves on a circular path

distance of 0-124 m from O. The
masses are observed to be at
of radius500 m with a speed of (A) 1 (B) 2
rest with respect to an observer
30 m/s. It speeds up at a rate of (C) 3 (D) 1 and 3 both
on the turn table. The frictional
2 m/s 2 Its acceleration will
. be—
force on is 11. Imagine a geostationary satellite
(A) 2-7 m/s 2 (B) 3-8 m/s 2 of earth which is used as an
(A) 36 N (B) 20 N
(C) 0.2 m/s 2 (D) 2 m/s 2 intercontinental telecast station.
(C) 10 N (D) 15 N
4. A particle of mass m is projected 7. A band playing music at a fre-
At what height will it have to be
upwards from a point P on the established ?
quency moving towards a
/ is
surface of the earth with a speed wall at a speed vb A motorist is .
(A) 10 3 m
v0 at an angle 6 to the horizontal. following the band with a speed (B) 6-4x103 m
The magnitude and direction of v m If v is the speed of sound, the
.

(C) 35-945 x106 m

the angular" momentum vector beat frequency heard by the
(D) At infinity
about the point P are given by— motorist is—
12. The constant potential gradient
m v0 sin 29\ a , A .
r vb (/+2 vj -l
(A) (/)
( (A) The electric field is zero
mv02 sin 9 •
cos 2 9 (B) The potential is uniform
(B)
( )<;, (C) The electric field is uniform

(D) The electric field is non-

uniform

13. The relative permittivity of poly-

mv03 sin 2 9 cos 9^
(D)
( 2g )(-£)
(D)
1 - 2 + vb2
J thene is—
8. The circuit shown in the figure (A) Zero (B) 1

5. Two freely hanging weights, each contains two diodes each with a (C) 2-3 (D) Infinity
having a mass of 60 g, are con- forward resistance of 50 ohms 14. The number density of free elec-
nected by a light thread which and with infinite backward resis-
trons for copper is
passes over a fixed pulley. The tance. If the battery voltage is6
mass of the pulley and frictional
V, the current through the 100 (A) 6x1023 m- 3
losses are negligible. If a 10 g ohm resistance (in amperes) is- (B) 10 6 m 3

weight is now added to one of (C) 8 x1028 m" 3

150 a
the weights,its downward acce-
-JNAAAAAA- (D) Infinite
leration, in cm/s 2 , will be appro-
ximately
1 5. The following curve belongs to

(A) 32 (B) 80
son I +
(C) 160 (D) 980
6. Two blocks of mass = 10 kg 100 n
-V/WW-
and m2 = 5 kg, connected to
each other by a massless inex- Voltage
(A) Zero (B) 0 02
tensible string of length 0-3 are m (C) 0 03 (D) 0 036
placed along a diameter of a
9. A satellite is projected with a
turn table. The coefficient of fric-
tion between the turn table and velocity VT5 times its orbital

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1731

Copyrighted material
 (A) Wire (metal) at constant 20. A source emits 31 -4 W of radiant 28. Thermoplastics—
temperature flux distributed uniformly in all
(A) Soften when heated and
(B) Bulb filament directions. The luminous effici- harden on cooling
(C) Diode (semi conductor)
ency is 60 lumen/watt. What is
(B) Soften whether heated or
the luminous intensity of the
(D) None of the above cooled
source ?
16. Magnetic flux density inside a (C) Harden when heated and
(A) 150 Cd (B) 100 Cd
solenoid with a core is given by- soften on cooling
(C) 50 Cd (D) 200 Cd
(D) Harden whether heated or
21. The primary colours are— cooled

(B)

(C)
B=
^
B = no n I
(A)

(B)
Yellow, red,

Magenta, blue, cyan

magenta 29. The channels
may be
for communication

(C) Cyan, green, yellow (A) Radiowaves and microwave

(D) B = u r Uonl
(D) Red, blue, green beam
17. The conductor given below is
(B) Metal cable
cutting magnetic flux. It moves a 22. The ratio of the diameters of
(C) Optical fibres
distance of 4m in 6 seconds, at Fresnel's fourth and ninth half

a steady speed. From the data period zones is (D) All the above
supplied, the potential difference (A) 2:3 (B) 3:2 30. The diagram represents three
across the ends of the conductor
(C) 2 : 4 (D) 4 : 2 possible energy levels of an atom
of hydrogen. When the energy of
23. Light of wavelength 6-5 x 10"7 m an electron changes from a
is made on two slits 1
incident
higher to a lower energy level, a
mm apart. The distance between quantum of electromagnetic radi-
third dark fringe and fifth bright
ation is emitted. The lowest
fringe on a screen distant 1 m
B= 2T wavelength emitted is
from the slits will be »

24x10" 19 J
3 m
(A) 0-35 mm (B) 0-65 mm
Energy 54x10" 19 J
(C) 1-63 mm (D) 3.25 mm
24. A capacitor is charged by a -21-8 x10"19 J
battery and then discharged
through a resistor. Increasing the (A) 102x10"7 m
(A) 4 volt (B) Zero resistor renders 0-7
(C) 6 volt (D) 0 01 volt
(B) 10-2x1 m
(A) A slower discharge
The phasor diagram
(C) 13-6x10-7 m
18. following (B) A faster discharge
corresponds to— (D) 9-1 x 10"7 m
(C) Damage of capacitor
(D) No discharge at all 31 . Consider the fission reaction of
uranium-235 resulting in the
25. The probability of a radioactive
formation of the stable elements
atom to survive 5 times longer
molybdenum and xenon
c than its half value period is—
90 92U 235 + (/J
1
>
(A) 2/5 (B) 2x5
42 Mo 9a + 54Xe 136 + 2 0 n 1
+ 4_ 1 30
(C) 2" 5 (D) 2 5
(A) An ohmic circuit [ 92
U 235 = 234-9931/, o"1 = 1 009u,
26. Sodium has a threshold freque-
42 M 0
98 =
(B) An inductive circuit 97-883U,
ncy of 4-4 x 10 14 Hz. What is the
(C) A capacitor circuit 54Xe 136 = 135-878u,
stopping potential when the
(D) An L-C-R circuit sodium is irradiated with light of ^p^o-ooosu]
19. Which of the following properties frequency 6 0 x 10 14 Hz ?
The energy equivalence is—
is not associated with an amor- (A) 0-66 volt (B) 20 volt
phous solid ?
(A) 5x10-1° J
(C) 6-1 volt (D) 5 volt
(A) They are isotropic (B) 1 xlO^J
They do not have a sharp 27. A monitoring device aboard an
(B) (C) 6x10" 12 J
melting point
aircraft registers a dose equiva-
lent rate of 16 u.S v hr1 . What is (D) 3-32 x 10" 11 J
(C) They are not bounded by flat
the dose equivalent during a
Which hands
surfaces 32. of the following in a
7-hour flight?
(D) They have orderly arrange- solid never remains empty ?
(A) 160 nS v (B) 112 uS v Valence band
ment of atoms and mole- (A)
cules (C) 100 uS v (D) 200jiS v (B) Conduction band

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1732

Copyrighted material
 (C) Forbidden band 39. Reynold's number is— length of such thermal neutrons
(D) None of the above (A) Inertia) force/viscous force
may be expressed as—
3h
33. In the circuit shown, A and V are (B) Viscous force/inertial force (A) (B)
ideal ammeter and voltmeter. The (C) Viscous force x inertial force 3 Vm/cT
voltmeter reading will I
(D) Inertial mass / gravitational k h
(C) (D)
2V mass VinT '
'
V3m*T
h 40. The unit of coefficient of viscosity 46. The dimensions of a rectangular
in SI system is
parallelopiped are 1 cm x 1 cm x
(A) m/kg-s (B) m-s/kg2 100 cm. If its specific resistance
kg/m-s2 is 3 x 10" a x m, the resistance
7
(C) (D) kg/m-s
between its rectangular faces will
41. Characteristic X-rays are pro-
(A) 2 V (B) 1 V duced when the bombarding be—
(C) 0-5 V (D) Zero electron (A) 3x10" 9 £2 (B) 3x1(r 7 £2
34 A thermodynamical system (A) Knocks out an electron from (C) 3x10- 5 fl (D) 3x10" 3 n
absorbs 100 calories of heat and the inner shell of the target
47. The cause of diamagnetism is
performs 30 joules of work. If J = atom
(A) Orbital motion of electrons
4-2 joules/calorie, the change in (B) Is brought to rest by the
(B) Spin motion of electrons
its internal energy will be— nucleus of the target
(A) 14 joules (C) Paired electrons
(C) Exchanges position with an
(B) 140 joules electron of the inner shell of (D) None of the above
(C) 390 joules the target atom 48. The relation between \i and H for
(D) 450 joules (D) Passes out through the tar- a specimen of iron is as given
get atom below
35. Molar specific heat of oxygen at
constant pressure. C p = 7-2 Cal/ A plate current of 10mA ob-
42. is
2 x 1 0- 4 henry/meter
more and R = 2 calorie/mol°C. tainedwhen 60 volts are applied
u= £^ + 1
J
At constant volume 5 mol of oxy- across a diode tube. Assuming The value of H which produces
gen is heated from 10°C to 20°C, the Langmuir-Chi Id equation i <* flux density of 1 Tesla will be
p
the quantity of heat required is vp 3 ' 2 to hold, find the dynamic (A) 250 A/m (B) 500 A/m
approximately resistance rp in this operating
(C) 750 A/m (D) IC^A/m
(A) 25 Cal (B) 50 Cal condition.
49. The electromagnetic waves out
(C) 250 Cal (D) 500 Cal (A) 1 kQ (B) 2 kfl
of the following are—
36. For Cu-Fe couple, the thermo (C) 3 k£J (D) 4 kQ (A) X-rays
e.m.f. (temperature of cold (B) Cathode rays
43. The focal length of a thin lens in
junction = 0°C) is given by E= vacuum is f If the material of the
. (C) Positive rays
(149 - 0029 2 ) uV. The neutral lens has a refractive index of 3/2, (D) B-rays
temperature will be its focal length, when immersed
4 50. The ratio of the velocity of a body
(A) 350°C (B) 350 K in water of refractive index x will
3 and the velocity of sound is
(C) 560°C (D) 560 K known as
37. The exposure time is— (A) Mach number
(A) /
(A) Inversely proportional to the (B) Boltzmann's constant
square of diameter of the (C) 2f (D) 4f (C) Wave number
aperture (D) Laplace number
An ideal heat engine operates in
(B) Directly proportional to f-

number a Carnot cycle between 227°C

(C) Inversely proportional to f-
and 127°C. It absorbs 104 J of
number heat at the higher temperature. 1.(A) 2. (D) 3. (A) 4.(D) 5. (B)

(D) Inversely proportional to The amount of heat converted to 6. (A) 7. (B) 8. (B) 9.(D) 10. (B)
square of f-number work is
11. (C) 12. (C) 13. (C) 14. (C) 15. (B)

Two soap bubbles of radii 4 cm (A) 2000 J (B) 8000 J 16. (D) 17. (A) 18. (B) 19. (D) 20. (A)
38.
and 5 cm coalesce to form a (C) 4400 J (D) 5600 J 21. (D) 22. (A) 23. (C) 24. (A) 25. (C)
common surface. The radius of The thermal neutrons in a nuclear 26. (A) 27. (B) 28. (A) 29. (D) 30. (A)
45.
curvature of this common surface
reactor may be regarded as a 31. (D) 32. (A) 33. (D) 34. (O 35. (C)
will be— gas, at a temperature T, which 36. (A) 37. (A) 38. (A) 39. (A) 40. (D)
(A) 20 cm (B) 1 cm obeys the postulates of the kine- 41. (A) 42. (D) 43. (D) 44. (A) 45. (0)
(C) 1-25 cm (D) V4Tcm tic theory. The de Broglie wave-
46. (B) 47. (A) 48. (B) 49. (A) 50. (A)

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1733

Copyrighted material
 HINTS
1. L AL AL
L
—^ XX10O 1UO
5. The accelerating force F

= 10.g (flf=980cm/s2 )
50 00 m 001 m 2 x 10""4 0 02% Accelerated weight W
5 00 m . 001 m 2X10-3 0-2% = (60 + 60 + 10) = 130 g
5 00 cm 001 cm 2X10-3 0-2%
5 00 mm 001 mm 2x10-3 0-2%

The first measurement is most accurate since it in-

volves least percentage error.

2. The last measurement is most precise, for it has been

obtained from an instrument of minimum leastcount
•01 mm.
60gL_l CZ] 60
3. Resultant acceleration = V a/2 + af2 L_l 10g
v2 30 x 30 Let a be the acceleration
Centripetal a, = _
f 500
= I'Sm/s2
F = Wa
and tangential acceleration = 2 m/s2 10 x 980 = 130 xa
Resultant acceleration V(1-8) 2 + (2) 2
a = —
10x980
— - 80 cm/s 2
= V 3-24 + 4
= 2-7 m/s2
6. Given r, = 0-124 m
r2 = 0-3-0-124 m
4. If r be the position vector at maximum height, then
= 0-176 m
fx f * \ x Range
v 02 sin 29 , Av
= 2f~<n
and r (f)
y
= max. height

v 0 2 sin 2 9
2g
— Centrifugal force on m-\ /TJ-| (0
2
moment at the highest point p
Frictional force on rr?i F
= mv 0 cos9(i)
.. Resultant force on (m, r^-F)
angular momentum
= moment of momentum
Centripetal force on m2 n?2 ^2 a)2

For equilibrium
m 1 ^ to
2 _p m2 r2 (o
2
To
or, F (m^ - m2 r2) <» 2
= (10x0-124-5
x 0-176) x10 2
= (1-24-0-88) x 100
« 36N
7. The frequency heard by motorist

f">' ~ f
= (rx *+ry f) x(p, Upy v+vb
j )
Frequency heard at wall
2 2 2
(v 0 sin 2 94 v0 sin 9/>\
fw > =
v- b
(mv 0 cos9?) Frequency reflected by wall and heard by

mv0 3 sin 2 9 cos 9

<-*)
2g
CS.V. I February / 1999/ 1734

Copyrighted material
 V+
V
V.

v-vb
16. B = n r n<, n\, here ^ is the permeability of free space,
u r the relative permeability of the material, n the no.
of turns per unit length and I is the current.
V- b 17. Area of flux cut A = 3x4 = 12 m2
:. Frequency of beats heard by motorist
Flux cut = BA = 2x12
'
Af = fm m"-fm = 24 Wb
V+ V. m -
V+V,m AO 24
f
v-vb v+vb

= (v*v
, T(
m )fx^
—J3_^
v+ vb)-(y~ v&;
b 1
2
)

j
18. In an inductive
by an angle of 90°.
circuit, the voltage leads the current

_ 2vb (v + v )
20. Luminous efficiency

v 2 - vb2 Total luminous flux

Total radiant flux
8. In the circuit only the diode will conduct as it is
forward biased.
.-. Total luminous flux

Di = Luminous efficiency x total radiant flux

= 60x31-4

nence I = —F = —
4re
60x31-4
4n
-

60x31 4
4x3-14
= 150 Cd.

22. " rn = Vno~X

So current I =
(50 + 150 + 100) a
D„ = 2rn = 2-\fnbX
A
300
D4 = 2V4D~X.
002 A
9. mv2 =
GMm GMm D9 = 2V9o~X
2 R R+h
^oRi D4 _ 2 V4bX 2
or,
1
2
2**- flRf
R R+n
•••
D9
=
2^9bX
?>
p—
or,
2
V ~ SR R+ /7
23. Distance of 3rd dark fringe from centre

or.lx(V^)«. gR-^i x3 = (2m-1)|£

or, 0-75Rg=gR-^ = (2x3-1)-^ = -^

or, 0-75 = 1 - Distance of 5th bright fringe from centre
R+h
or, h = 3R
nXD 5X0
x* " = ~d~
~d~
10. In critical damping, the time taken by the oscillating
system for the displacement to settle to zero is a _ SkD 5XD 5XD
*s *3 - d ~ 2d ~
•••

minimum. 2d
,3/2 5x65x1Q-7 x1
11. T = 2*
2 x 10"3
RVg
= 16-25 xlO-^m = 1-63 mm
24. Time constant = RC. On increasing R, the time
constant increases; as a consequence the discharge
is slowered down.
24 x 3600 x 6-4 x 1
6 x ^9^8 1 2/3
6-4 X106 25. Total time of decay = half life x no. of half lives.
[ 2x3-14 J
t = f 1/2 xn
35-945 x10 6 m
Given t = 5f1/2
14. By number density we mean the number of free
5r 1/2 = f 1/2 xn
electrons per unit volume (per m3 )
n = 5
CJS.V. / February / 1999/ 1735 1

Copyrighted material
 Survival probability of radioactive atom H = nC v dJ
_N /iv = 5x5x(20-10)
= =
No v) = 250 Cal.

36. Given E = (146 - 0 0292 ) uV

26. r> \) = h v 0 + eV0 (V0 -» Stopping potential)

—
de
= 14-0-04 9

h (\) - Dp) At neutral temperature

V0 =
e pJE
= 0
d8
i-6xio- 19 0 14-0-04 8
6-6x 1-6x1Q- 1 e = 350°C
1-6
exposure time
= 0-66 volt 37.
d -» diameter of aperture
27. Dose equivalent = Dose equivalent rate x time
Ri R 2
= 16x1(T*x7 38. R =
R 2 - Ri
= 112 x 1CT6
5x4
= 112uSv = 20 cm
-
5-4
30. The widest gap corresponds to lowest wavelength. 42. In = kv/2
ThUS = 1/2
Jg- = k
dvf
eeaxio-^xaxio 8 dv
-2-4 x 10" 19 - (-21-8 x 10~ 19) 3k vp vz

6-63x3x1(T26 dvD £
xi? k- k 3/2 _
(21-8 - 2-4) x10" 19
di
p 3k vp 1/2 =3^
6-63 x3x 10" 7
dvp 2^
dL 3 /„
19-4
2 60
= 102x1(T7 m X
3 10x 10"3
31. Before After 4 x 103Q = 4kfl
42 M 0
235 98
92 U 234-993 u 97.883 u
54X e 136
1
on 1 009 U 135-878 u 43. (.Mfl-1)Q
2 0 n1 2018 u
Total mass 236 002 u 4 .,(3° 0 002 u (1-5-1)G =
|
Total mass 235-781 u 2
G =
Mass defect Am = 236-002-235-781 u f"

= 0-221 u
m. 0-221 x 1-660 x10"27 kg
/ aMfl-aMw \ G
= 0-369 xlfr27 kg \ aHw /
Energy equivalence E = mc2 / 3/2-4/3 \ r
= 0-369 x10"27 x (3 x10s )
2 \
12
«* r
= 0-369 x 10"27 x9x10 16 X =1
8 f 4/"

= 3-32x10~ 11 J fm = 4 f

33. The voltmeter connected across an ammeter with

is 44. Ti = 227°C = 227 + 273
zero resistance. So the reading will be zero. 500 K
34. dQ = du+dw T2 = 127° C= 127 + 273
100x4-2 = du + 30 400 K;
du = 390 joules Q
35. C„ = C p - R
= 7-2-2 = 5Cal/mol°C (Continued on Page 1833 )

CJS.Y. I February / 1999/ 1736

 Best Fifteen Questions

1 . A motor boat covers the distance its length hanging over the edge. from the vertical line. The electric

between two spots on the river in If the chain has a length / and field is given by
r t = 8 hr and t 2 = 12 hr down mass m, then the work required
(A)
stream and upstream respecti- to pull the hanging part back on
vely. The time required for the the table is

boat to cover this distance in still

(A)
mg 50 m/ (B) ^JW^d*
water is 50/
_gd_
(A) 4-3 hr (B) 9-6 hr (C)
50 mg
(C) 0-21 hr (D) 0-42 hr
(C)
I
mg^ll 2 -d2
2. Four M, N are
persons K,
initially at the four corners of a
L,
6. A wire 9 a/cm 3 is stre-
of density (D) ^^7^
tched between two clamps 100
square of side d. Each person cm apart, while subjected to an 10. Find the potential difference bet-
now moves with a uniform speed extension of 0 05 cm. What is the
ween the plates of the capacitor
v insuch a way that K always lowest frequency of transverse
C in the circuit shown. The inter-

moves directly towards L, L vibrations in the wire assuming nal resistance of the sources are
directly towards M, M directly negligible
Young's modulus of the material
towards N and N directly towards 3on
to be 9 x10 11 dyne/cm 2 ? /WWNA—
K. The four persons will meet at
a time— (A) 35-3 Hz
(B) 15-2 Hz
(A) 2d/v (B) V20W W/A^- -/www
(C) 46-4 Hz 2on ion
(C) d/v (D) v/Vi d
3. In figure, ABCD is a channel in a 7.
(D)

A man
None
is
of the above
travelling along a
44V
vertical plane, part BCDE being straight line joining two sources (A) -2 volt (B) +1 volt
circular with radius A ball is
r.
each 1000 vib/sec. How fast
of (C) +2 volt (D) - 1 volt
released from A and slides with- should he move, so that he may
out friction and without rolling. It
11. A loop of flexible conducting wire
hear 15 beats per second ?
will complete the loop path if— of length 0-5 m lies in a magnetic
(Velocity of sound = 330 m/s)—
A field of 1 -0 testa perpendicular to
(A) 1-46 m/s (B) 2-48 m/s the plane of the loop. When
(C) 3-93 m/s (D) 0-53 m/s current is passed through the

loop it opens into a circle. The

8. A jar contains a gas and a few
tension developed in the wire if
drops of water at TK. The
the current is of 1 -57 amp is—
pressure in the jar is 830 mm of
mercury. The temperature of the (A) 1 -25 newton
jar is reduced by 1%. The (B) 0-125 newton
(A) h is greater than 5r/2 (C) 2-93 newton
saturated vapour pressure of
(B) h is less than 5r/2 water at the two temperatures is (D) 0-293 newton
(C) It will not complete the loop 30 and 25 mm of mercury. The 12. A glass cube of edge 1 cm and
(D) is equal to 7/75 new pressure in the jar will be— ii=1-5 has a small spot at the
4. An insect is crawling up a fixed (A) 125 mm of Hg centre. What parts of the cube
hemispherical bowl of radius R. It (B) 436 mm of Hg face must be covered to prevent
can only crawl upto a height h of the spot from being seen, no
(C) 81 7 mm of Hg
the radius of the bowl if the matter what the direction of
coefficient of friction is 1/3. The (D) 1125mmofHg viewing ? Neglect the case of
value of h should be equal to internal reflection
9. A covered with tinfoil
pith ball
having a mass of m kg hangs by (A) With a circular path of radius
(A) R (B) 0 051 R
a fine silk thread / meter long in 0-45 cm
(C) 0-949 R (D) 1-523R
an electric field E. When the ball (B) With a square of side 1 cm
5. A uniform chain is held on a is given an electric charge of q (C) It can not be covered
frictionless table with one fifth of coulomb, it stands out d metre (D) None of the above

C.S.V./ February/ 1999/ 1737

Copyrighted material
13. Four independent waves are 14. The nuclear radius of a nucleus EA < E B < Ec . If k v X2 ,
X.
3 are the
with nucleon number 10 is wavelengths of the radiation
(i) =a 1
sin ©f 3 x 10~ 15 metre. Then the nuclear corresponding to the transition C
radius of a nucleus with nucleon to B, B to A and C to A res-
(ii)
y 2 = a 2 sin 2<of
number 80 is— pectively, which of the following
(iii) y3 a 3 cos cor
relations is correct ?
(A) 3 x 10-15 metre
(iv) y4 = a 4 sin (<of+jt/3)
(B) 1-5 x10-' 5 metre (A) Aa-Xt + Aa
The interference is possible bet-
ween— (C) 6x10- 15 metre
(A) (i) and (iii) (D) 4-5 x10~ 15 metre
(B) (i)and(iv)
15. Energy levels A, B, C of a (C) X, + + *3 = 0
(C) (iii) and (iv) certain atom correspond to
(D) X32 = >.
1
2 + X2 2
(D) Not |
increasing values of energy i.e.,

ANSWERS WITH HINTS

1.(B) 2.(C) 3. (A) 4.(B) 5.(D) shown in the figure by the dotted which is converted into kinetic

6. (A) 7.(B) 8.(C) 9. (A) 10. (D) arrows. energy.

11. (B) 12. (A) 13. (D) 14. (C) 15. (B) K Let vfc be the velocity of the ball
atB.
1. Let s be the distance between
Then mgh = \ mv^ 2 ...(1)
two spots. Now assume that the
velocity of the motor boat in still The ball now rises to a point D,
water is vand the velocity of flow where its potential energy is
of water is u. mg (h - 2r). If v D be the velocity
For downward journey of the ball at D, then

f- - v+u •(1)
mg(h-2r) = | m vD 2 ...(2)
•1 A little new posi-
letter K' is the
Now to complete the circular
For upward journey tion of K, his speed same v (by
path, it is necessary that the
s the problem given uniform) now centripetal force acting at point D
r- = v-u ...(2)
points along K'L' and its two
'2 should be equal to or greater
Adding equations (1) and (2), we components one along K'O and than the force mg acting
have other at right angles to it (shown downward
s s by dotted curves) each again Therefore,
r+r
•1'2
= 2v
has value 1W2. Similar results > mg
s(t, + t2) follow for other persons L, M, N.
or, or, v Dz > rg ...(3)
f,fa Components towards O will bring
them closer and closer to O, till From equation (2),
s
or, they meet at O, while the other v 02 = 2g(h-2i)
V ('i + '2)
component gives them motion .:2g(h-2r) > rg
But
2*1 h along the circle of shrinking
v"(f 1+ r2) radius. Time taken by the two or, h > \r
2x8x12 components on their respective
~ paths from start uptothe moment 4. The insect will crawl up the bowl
(8+12)
they meet at O are equal. till the component of its weight
= 9-6 hr down the plane just equals the
Now, the distance covered with
2. In the square drawn with thick force of limiting friction
speed v/Vi is equal to KO
line and dotted line, the four F = W sin a
persons are shown moving (= 61 Vi. where d is the side KL rN
directly towards the next. In of the square)

accordance with the problem, Hence, time taken till they meet
speed v of person K is along KL atO,
(at t = 0) its two components,

one along KO of value v cos 45°

i.e.,vl^iz and other at right 3. Let m be the mass of the ball.
angles to KO, incidently of the When the ball comes down to B, Wcosa Wsina
same value v/Vi, are also it_ loses its potential energy mgh

CAV. / February / 1999/ 1738

Copyrighted material
 and N = Wcosa = area of cross-section Applying Charles law
u = tana
= 9A
x density
j = — we have,
= F/N = 1/3
But tan (7t/2 - a) = cot a 1
Pi =
n = j
2x10005
800 x 99T
'

VR2-X 2 Putting value of F/A from equa- =

tion (1),
100T
= 3 = 792 mm of Hg
45 x 107 Now saturated vapour pressure
so that x = 3R/V7o
= 0-949 R
1

2 x 100 05 V 9 atT,
= 25 mm of Hg
Now n = R-x 35-3 Hz
.-. Total pressure in the jar
= 0051 R 7. The situation is shown in the = Actual pressure due to gas +
5. Mass of the hanging part of the figure.The frequency of the first
saturated vapour pressure
chain source heard by the observer is
= 792 + 25
given by
= m/5 = 817 mm of Hg.
330-^0
The weight mg/5 acts at the n' = 1000 ,
...(1)
330 9. In equilibrium, the following for-
centre of the gravity of the han-
ces act on the ball
ging chain, i.e., at the distance = Observer
//10 below the surface of the *0
table. -> v
Sound "
Sound
I source II source

The frequency of the second

source as heard by the observer

rr . ioo^...<2)
From equation (1) and we get
The gain in potential energy in (2), (i) weight mg acting vertically
pulling the hanging part on the 1000 downward
n"
n n' =
table, 330 (ii) tension T in the thread
[330+ v0 -330+ v 0 ] (iii) electric force qE horizontally
u x
5 10 1000 to the right
~ x 0 From
mgl 330 figure
~ 50 200 Tsine = qE
Work done = 33 V°
.-. and T cos 0 = mg
mgl But it is given that 5J
U = tan 6 =
50 n"-n' = 15 mg
6. Young's modulus 200
or 33" v <>
or, E = ^tan 9
' = 15
~ - But, tane =
l/L /A 33x15
or, vo = 2-48 m/s
200
nr
or £ — mg
'
A = L 8. The pressure of the gas P in the
E =
9x10" x005 jaratTK,
100 = (Total pressure
10. The current distribution is shown
saturated vapour
in the figure. When the conden-
= 45 x 107 dyne/cm 2
pressure) ser has been fully charged, there
= 45x107 = (830-30) will be no current in this branch.
or, j ...(1)

= 800 mm of Hg 3on
The fundamental frequency of
transverse vibration of the wire
When the temperature is redu-
is
ced by 1%, the new temperature
given by

<3
M
n =
2L VI =
2on
where, 100
•

m = mass per unit length Let the new pressure become

of the wire 4V
Pi-

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1739

Copyrighted material
 Applying Kirchhoff's first law at Z MON = critical angle C
Ac u = 0.71 (iy
junction M In AOMN,
h + '2 = '3 • •O) MN = 1-52 A
Applying Kirchhoff's second law -d)
to meshes NLKMN and PNMOP 1 2
5. In a coolidge tube electrons
we have Again sin C = -=3 emitted by the filament strike the
30/2-20/3 =1 .-(2) target only during one half-cycle
of the alternating potential diffe-
and 10/1+20 f3 = 4 ...(3)
cos
rence i.e., only when the target is
Solving (1), (2) and (3) we get
positive with respect to the fila-
k = '3
Now tan C = (2) ment. During the other half, tar-
= To am P get becomes negative with res-

From equation (1) and (2), we pect to the filament and the elec-
and i\ = gamp have, trons are repelled by the target.
Thus, the tube acts as its own
mesh PBALP,
Considering the MN = MOxtanC
rectifier.
we have
= 0-5 x-p
Vab-1 = -10/1 \5 7. In case of voltage being 40 kV, v
for X-rays will be maximum.
= -10x^--2 = 0-45 cm
Hence, wavelength will be mini-
V AB = - 2 + 1 =- 1 volt We have to cover a circular path mum.
on each edge with M as centre
11. The situation is shown in the and 0-45 cm as the radius. 10. Energy of X-ray photon is less

figure. Force on every element than that of gamma ray photon.

13. Here, the sources are not co- Hence, X 1 >
= / Bdl. This is perpendicular to Xg.
herent, i.e., they are indepen-
the element. Hence, the loop
dent of each other. 11. Penetrating power depends on
opens into a circle.
1/3 energy h u of X-ray photons.
14. R oc (A)

Rjo _
Rio "

^80 = 2
W
/80\ 1/3

P110
12. X-rays,
magnetic
undeflected
electric field.
like

waves
in
light, are electro-
and remain
a magnetic or an

= 2x3x10" 15 waves
14. X-rays are electromagnetic
= 6x10" 15 m travelling with velocity of light

Now 2T sin a/2 = Bdl / 1 « (E2-EO 15. From Bragg's law

15.
or, Ta = /Bo7 \ X = 2d sin 6

(Since sin a/2 = a/2) ~ (Ec-Eb) 2d=4A

f
X1
iBdf
or, T = = /Br
a Jj_ - (E B -E A ) 17.
Ei
E2 "
—
he X2
xr
he
X,
cff \
( Sifce 7-) 1_ Xj
<* (Ec-Ea)
T =
iBt h
2n and E C -E A = (E C -E B ) +
0-5 50
1-57x 10x0-5 (Eb-Ea) - 0 001 1

2x3-14 — - —+— 18. -max = ®V

= 0-125 newton X3 X^ X2
= 16x10~19
ON be the ray which is just j_ _ \,
+ Xg
12. Let x 120 x 10 3 joule
or,
totally reflected as shown in the X3 A. 1 X2
= 1-2x10 5 eV
figure.
^•i ^2
X, =
1
\-\ + Xg 19.
M NJ
A •••
where A is a constant.
c

r
A / 1

'
(Continued from Page 1728
This
logXmin =
is
log

the equation of a straight

A- log V
o«
/41\2 Xqu line with negative slope.
= 1-5
\28/ " 0-71 •••

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1740

Cof
 Numcricals in Physics

LAWS OF MOTION, WORK AND ENERGY

Acceleration of rocket in earth's influence

I mass m = —
a
• Newton's second law of motion Acceleration of rocket in outer space
—» — V f /Am1 !

F = ma a =
m
• Apparent weight when lift is moving up with acce-
Work W = F •
d
R = m(g+a)
Kinetic energy = | mv2
• Apparent weight when lift is moving down with acce-
leration Potential energy = mgh
R = m(g-a) For an elastic spring, the restoring force

-> -» F = -kx
• Momentum P = m v Potential enerav stored in a srjrina

-»
u
• Impulse = F xAf

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1. A block of mass M is pulled down a wall of height '/)' from The velocity of the gases ejected
along a horizontal frictionless the ground. Before he reached from the rocket is 5 x 10* m/s.
surface by a rope of mass m. If a the ground he experienced a The thrust on the rocket is
force P is applied at the free end load of— (A) 2 x 10 3
N (B) 5 x 10 4 N
of the rope, the force exerted by (A) 2w (B) w
the rope on the block
(C) 2x10«N (D) 2x10 9 N
will be (C) w/2 (D) Zero
Pm 8. The mass of a rocket is 10000
P 5. An elevator weighing 6000 kg Is
(A) (B) kg. The velocity of the gases
M+m pulled upward by a cable with an
escaping from it is 1000 m/s. At
PM Pm acceleration of 5 ms"2 Taking g .
(C) (D) what rate should the fuel be
M+m M -m to be 10 ms
-2
the tension in the
,
burnt so that the rocket may just
cable is
2. A ship of mass 3 x 10 7 kg initially takes off ?
(A) 6000 N (B) 9000 N 9-8 kg/sec
at rest in water is pulled by a (A)
(C) 60000 N (D) 90000 N
force of 5 x 104 N through a dis- (B) 19-6 kg/sec
tance of 3m. Assume that the
6. Three solids of masses n»i, m2 (C) 19-6 kg/minute
and m3 are connected with
resistance due to water is negli- (D) 98 kg/sec
gible, the speed of the ship is— weightless string in succession
and are placed on a frictionless
9. A cricket ball of mass 150 gram
(A) 1-5 m/s (B) 60 m/s moving with a velocity of 12 m/s
table. If the mass is dragged
(C) 0-1 m/s (D) 5 m/s strikes against the bat. It re-
with a force T, the tension in the
string between m 2 and m 3 ls-»
bounces with a velocity of 20
3. A body of mass 2 kg has an m/s. The ball remains in touch
initial velocity of 3 m/s along OE m2 T with the bat for 0 01 second. The
(A)
and it is subjected to a force of m-( + nij + /7J3
average force applied by the bat
4N in a direction perpendicular to - on the ball is
(B)
OE. The distance of the body m-\ + /7?2 + /T?3
(A) 840 newton
from O after 4 seconds will I
m + /r>2
(C)
1 , (B) 480 newton
(A) 12m (B) 20 m (C) 804 newton
(C) 8m (D) 48 m (D) 408 newton
(D)
A thief
m 1 + rr»2 + m$
4. stole a box full of valuable 10. Action and reaction act on—
articles of weight wand while 7. In a rocket of mass 1000 kg fuel (A) Same body in opposite
carrying it on his back, he jumped is consumed at a rate of 40 kg/s.

C S.\. / February / 1999/ 1741

Copyrighted material
 (B) Same body in the same (A) 9-8 cm (B) 98 cm 3. Acceleration
direction (C) 9-8 m (D) 8-9 m = a = | = 2 m/s2
(C) Different bodies in opposite
16. A particle moves under the effect
directions a zero in direction OE.
of a force F = Cx from x = 0 to is
(D) Different bodies but in the x = . The work done in the Displacement along OE in 4 sec
same direction
process is = si
11. An object lying on a horizontal
(A) Cx, 2 (B)|cx, 2 = uf = 3x4 = 12m
table is pulled by applying a force
equal to 100 newton. The direc- Initial velocity along the direction
(C) Cx, (D) Zero
tion of force makes an angle of of force * 0.

60° with the horizontal. The work 17. A lead ball falling freely from a Displacement along the direction
height strikes the ground. As a of force
done in pulling the object by 1
result its temperature rises. This
metre will be = s2 = \ at2
is due to
(A) 1000 joule (B) 500 joule
(A) Friction due to air
(C) 250 joule (D) 125 joule = £x2x4 2
(B) Conversion of mass into
12. A diesel engine lifts 50 kg. water
heat = 16
from depth of 5 metre in 100
second. Its power shall be (C) Conversion of chemical .-. Resultant displacement
2 energy into heat
(g= 10m/s ) 2 + s 22
(D) Conversion of mechanical
= Vs 1
(A) 50 watt (B) 25 watt
(C) 100 watt (D) 200 watt energy into heat = Vl22 + 162
13. If the kinetic energy of a body is.
18. It is easier to draw up wooden = 20 m
increased by 300%, the incre- block along an inclined plane
4. A freely falling body does not
ase in the momentum of the than have it up vertically, princi-
experience any load.
body will be pally because
The reduced 5. Tension in this case is equal to
(A) 400% (B) 200% (A) friction is
apparent weight.
(C) 100% (D) 50% (B) The mass becomes smaller
T = m(g + a)
14. A block of mass m, attached to a (C) Only a part of weight has to
= 6000(10 + 5)
spring of spring constant k, osci- be overcome
= 90000 N
llates on a smooth horizontal (D) g becomes smaller
table. The other end of the spring 6.
is fixed to a wall. If has a speed
it
ANSWERS
v when the spring is at its natural
length, how far will it move on the 1.(C) 2.(C) 3.(B) 4.(D) 5.(D)
table before coming to an instan- 9. (B) 10. (C)
6. (C) 7. (C) 8. (D) Acceleration of the whole system
taneous rest
11. (B) 12. (B) 13. (C) 14. (D) 15. (A) T
a =
16. (B) 17. (D) 18. (C)
m, + m2 +
(A) (B)
Required Tension
HINTS
= (m, + m2 x a )
(D) v
(C) v
•vf 1 . Acceleration of the system (m 1 + m 2 )T
15. Figures shows a smooth curved P (m, + mz + 073)
track terminating in a smooth m+M
horizontal part. A spring of spring The force exerted by the rope on 7. Thrust = 5x10 4 x40
constant 400 N/m is attached at the mass = 2X10PN
one end a wedge fixed rigidly
to MP
A 40 g 8. The force required to take off
with the horizontal part. m+M must be equal to the weight of
mass is released from rest at a
Acceleration = a
height of 4-9 m on the curved the rocket.
2.

track. The maxiriium compre- 5x10*

F = mg
ssion of the spring is 3x107
v = V2as Am mg
T Af
E 2x5x10 4
x3
-V 3x107
10000 x 9-8
1000
10 4 = 98 kg/sec.
1 106
= 0-1 m/s
(Continued on Page 1813 )

CS.\. I February / 1999/ 1742

Co
Topic on Chemistry

Organic Compounds Classification of Organic Compounds

For more than 200 years, chemists divided the For convenient and for systematic study organic
materials into two categories. Those isolated from plants compounds are divided into two main groups
and animals were classified as organic, while those (1 ) Aliphatic or Open chain compounds.
extracted from minerals were known as inorganic. At one (2) Cyclic or Closed chain compounds.
time chemists believed that organic compounds were
1. Aliphatic or Open chain compounds
fundamentally different from inorganic, because organic
compounds contained a vital force that was only found in These are the organic compounds which contain
living systems.
open chain of carbon atoms. All such compounds are
known as aliphatic compounds. The term aliphatic is
The synthesis of urea from inorganic starting material used for these compounds because the earlier com-
by Friederich Wohler marked the first step in the decline pounds discovered in this category were acids derived
of vital force theory. from fats (Greek; Aleiphor = Fat). Some examples of this
category are as

AgOCN (ap)+ NH 4 CI (aq) -

AgCI (s) + NH 4OCN(aq) CH3 — CH2 — CH2- -CH3 CH3 — CH —CH3
Silver cyanate Amm. cyanate
r^butane
CH 3
Isobutane
NH4OCN- -* NH 2 CONH 2
Urea

The synthesis urea from inorganic material,

of CH3COOH CH 3—C—CH 3
inevitably led to the removal of vitalism from the list of Acetic acid Acetone
theories. If the difference between organic and inorganic Cyclic or Closed chain compounds
2.
compounds is not the presence of some mysterious vital
These organic compounds contain at least one ring
forces, required for their synthesis, what is the basis for
or closed chain of atoms. Depending upon the structure
distinguishing between these two classes of compounds ?
and the composition of ring, these compounds are further
Most compounds extracted from living organisms contain
divided into two categories—
carbon. It is, therefore, tempting to identify organic
(A) Homocyclic or Carbocyclic Compounds
chemistry as the chemistry of carbon. But this definition
includes compounds such as calcium carbonate (CaC0 3 ), (B) Heterocyclic Compounds
as well as elemental form of carbon such as graphite and Homocyclic or Carbocyclic—The ring in these
(A)
diamond are clearly inorganic. Therefore, perhaps the best compounds is made up of carbon atoms only. Such com-
definition identifies organic chemistry as the chemistry of pounds are further divided into two groups
compounds that contains both carbon and hydrogen. (i) Aromatic or Benzenoids.
Several years ago an unmanned Viking spacecraft (ii) Alicyclic compounds.
carried out experiments designed to search for evidence
of on Mars. These experiments were based on the
life
Aromatic or Benzenoids These compounds
(I) —
contain a benzene ring i.e., a carbocyclic ring of six
assumption that living systems contain carbon and the
carbon atoms having alternate single and double bonds.
absence of any evidence for carbon-based life on that They mostly have fragrant odour (aroma) and hence they
planet was assumed to mean that no life existed. Several
are called aromatic compounds. Some examples are as
factors make the carbon essential for life.
CH 3
(i) The ease with which it forms bonds to itself i.e., it

shows the inordinate tendency for catenation. CH

(ii) Its tendency to form multiple bonds to N, O, P HC
/ \
CH HC CH
and S atoms.

(iii) Bonds formed by carbon are considerably strong.

HC CH HC CH
These an utmost infinite variety of
factors provide
compounds. No other
potential structures for organic C
%/C
element can provide the variety of combinations and H H
permutations necessary for life to exist. Benzene Toluene

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1743

 CH 3 0=C-OH Organic Compounds

HC
A CH HC
A CH
(1) Open chain or Acyclic or (2) Closed chain or
A.ip hafrco.pounds Cyclic compounds
H3C — C C — CH3 HC CH etc.

^C C Saturated compounds Unsaturated

H H (Alkanes and their
Mgsi ty lonQ
compounds
derivatives) (Alkenes, alkynes

and their derivatives)

(ii) Allcycllc compounds—These compounds are
also homocydic i.e., they have identical atoms in the ring I
but they do not have benzene ring. The properties of Homocydic or Heterocydic
these compounds resemble more with aliphatic com- Carbocyclic • Examples
pounds. Therefore, the term alicyclic (cyclic compounds (i) Pyridine
with aliphatic properties) is used for such compounds. (ii) Pyrrole
Aromatic or Alicyclic (Hi) Furan
Some examples of alicyclic compounds are Benzenoids • Examples (iv) Thiophene
• Examples Cyclic alkanes,
Benzene and its alkenes and
CH 2 H 2C CH 2 derivatives their derivatives

H 2C
/\CH2 H 2C
I I

CH 2
all

Classification of Aliphatic Compounds and

Cyclopropane Cydobutane Homologous Series
Many organic compounds resemble each other in

theirchemical properties and have identical constitution.

H 2C CH 2 On account of this they have been grouped in various

HC
I

=
Cydobutene
CH
I
etc. classes or families, each having a common functional
group and is known as a Homologous Series and
members are said to be homologues.
Thus, homologous series may be defined as a
—
(B) Heterocyclic These are also cyclic compounds class or a group of organic compounds with similar
but the ring in these compounds is made up of more than
constitution having a common functional group with
one kind of atoms. As the rings in organic compounds are similar chemical properties and a graded set of
mainly due to carbon atoms, the atoms other than carbon
atoms present in the ring are known as heteroatoms. Following are characteristics of a homologous series-
Nitrogen, oxygen and sulphur are some main hetero- (a) All the members of a particular homologous series
atoms present in heterocyclic compounds. Some familiar are represented by same general formula. For example
Homologous Series General Formula
Alkanes C„H 2n+2
CH Alkenes C„ H 2 „
// \ HO- CH Alkynes C„H 2n _ 2
HC CH HC- CH Alcohols C„H 2n + 1 OH etc.

(b) Each member of a homologous series is known

II HC CH
as homologue and differs from its preceding and succee-
HC CH \ / HC CH
ding members by CH 2 — —
Thus, there is a constant
% N/ N \
O
/ .

difference of CH 2 between the molecular formulae of two

H consecutive members.
Pyridine Furan
the members of a homologous series can be
(c) All
prepared by same general methods of preparation.
HC CH Due to the presence of same functional group all
(d)
the members of a homologous series have similar
chemical properties.
etc.
HC CH (e) Physical properties like solubility, melting and
\
S
/ boiling points of a homologous series register a gradual
change. They increase as one moves from lower to higher
members in a series.

C.S.V. I February / 1999/ 1744

Copyrighted material
 According to the group in a particular homologous (ii) CH 3 OH is known wood spirit as it is obtained by
series, the aliphatic organic compounds are classified destructive distillation of wood.
(iii) CH3COOH is known as acetic acid as it is obtained
Compounds having functional groups with from vinegar (Latin name acetum).
or without Oxygen
(iv) HCOOH is known as formic acid as its main source
Name of is formica (ants).
Formula Class of Compounds
Group
(v) CH 3 CH (OH) COOH is known as lactic acid, as it is

Alkyl CnH 2n +1 or R— Alkanes or Paraffins found in milk (Lactum).

Alkenyl C n H 2n-1 Alkenes or Olefins CHOHCOOH
Alkynyl C n H 2n _3 Alkynes or Acetylenes (vi) I
is known as malic acid as it is found in,

ntuui mill* OH CH 2 COOH pynjs ma US | (apple).

Halo- —X Alkyl halides (R—X) (vii) NH 2 CONH 2 is known as urea, as it is found in urine.

Ether Ethers (R—O— R)

Aldehydic —CHO
/On four
are so
In the paraffin series (saturated hydrocarbons)
members
named
methane, ethane, propane and butane
viz.,

names of corresponding alcohols.

after the
first

Miuenyaes f —o" — 1
j The next higher members are named according to the
Greek numerals indicating the number of carbon atoms
Ketonic —CO— with the suffix— ane. According to this system straight
Ketones \JR —C —R J chain hydrocarbons are called normal (abbreviated as n-)
Carboxylic O Carboxylic acids and branched chain hydrocarbons containing a tertiary
II
carbon atom are called iso and those having a quaternary
—C —OH carbon atom are called neo.
( \
\R-C—OH)
)
For example
Ester O H
—C —OR Esters l^R —C —OR ) CH3 — CH 2 — CH 2 —CH 2 —CH3, CH3
I

—C— CH — CH3 2
n-pentane I

Functional groups containing Nitrogen or Sulphur

CH 3
Iso-pentane
Name of Formula
Class of
Group Compounds CH 3 CH 3
Amino — NH 2 Amines (R—NH 2 I
I

CH3 — C — CH3,
)

— CONH Amides (R —CONH CH 3 — CH — CH 2 — CH 2 — CH 3

Amide 2 2) I Iso-hexane
Nitro Compounds CH 3
Nitro <- (R— N02 Neo-pentane
-**c )

0 CH 3
Nitrite — 0— N = Nitrites I

(R—O— N =0) CH3—C — CH 2 CH 3 —

Nitrite or — C=N Nitriles or Cyanides CH 3
Cyanide (R—CN) Neo-hexane
Isonitrile or — N^C Isonitriles or Isocya-
The various isomers of hexane
and higher alkanes
Isocyanide nides (R— NC)
cannot be differentiated by using prefixes n, iso and neo.
Thioethers — S— Thioethers This is due to the reason that with increase in number of
(R—S— R) carbon atoms, the number of isomers increases rapidly.
Thioalcoholic — SH Thioalcohols or Common or Trivial names of compounds of various
mercaptans (R— SH) families are enlisted below—
Alkenes or Olefins
Nomenclature of Organic Compounds Molecular formula Common or Trivial
Trivial or Common System CH 2 — CH 2 Ethylene
In the earlier times, when the number of organic CH3 — CH ~~ CH 2 Propylene
compounds was limited, they used to be named according CH 3—CH == CH —CH3 P-butylene
to the source or on the basis of their special characteristic.
CH 3vv
For example
y C — CHo
^ Iso-butylene
(i) CH 4 is known as marsh gas as it is found at marshy CH 3
places. CH 2 — C — CH 2 Allene

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1745

Copyrighted material
Alky nes or Acetylenes :
CarbOxylic Acids

CH=CH Acetylene HCOOH Formic acid

CH 3 — C = CH Methylacetylene CH 3—COOH Acetic acid

(Allylene) CH 3—CH 2—COOH Propionic acid

CH 3 — CH 2 — C = CH Ethylacetylene CH 3—CH 2—CH 2—CH 2—COOH r>-valeric acid

CH 3 -C = C-CH 3 Dimethylacetylene CH 3—CH 2—CH 2—COOH n-butyric acid

(Crotonylene) CH 3
Halides :
CHg^
z CHCOOH Iso-butyric acid

CH 3 CI Methyl chloride
CH 2 =CH—COOH Acrylic acid
CH 3CH2CI Ethyl chloride
O
CH 2 = CH — CI Vinyl chloride II

CH 3—C-COOH Pyruvic acid

CH 2 = CH — CH 2 -Br Allyl bromide

CH 3-CH —CI Iso-propyl chloride Ethers

CH 3
CH 3 -0-CH 3 Dimethyl ether

CH 3— O— CH 2— CH 3 Ethylmethyl ether
Alcohols CH3— CHz— O— CHz— CH 3 Diethyl ether
CH 3OH Methyl alcohol
CH 3 ^ . CH 3
(Carbinol)
/ CH — O— CH\ Di-isopropyl ether
CH 3 CHa^ CH 3
CH 2 =CH— O—CH 2—CH=CH 2 Allyl vinyl ether
CHa-CHOH Dimethyl carbinol

CHa—CH 2 OH Ethyl alcohol

CHa—CHz—CH 2 .OH n-propyl alcohol O

CH 3—CHz—CH 2—CH 2 OH
II
n-butyl alcohol
H-C—OCH 3 Methyl formate
CH3—CHz—CH 2—CH 2 CH 2OH r>-amyl alcohol or O
n-pentyl alcohol II

GM$—C — OCH 3 Methyl acetate

CH 3
^ CH—CHz-OH Iso-butyl alcohol O
CH 3 II

= CH—OH CH 3-CH 2-C-OCH 3 Methyl propionate

CH 2 Vinyl alcohol
O
CH = CH—CH OH
2 2 Allyl alcohol II

CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2-C—OC 2 H 5 Ethyl valerate

CH B C—CH —OH 2 Propargyl alcohol

Acid Chlorides
HCOCI Formyl chloride

HCHO Formaldehyde CH 3 COCI Acetyl chloride

CH 3 CHO Acetaldehyde CH 3 CH 2 COCI Propionyl chloride

CHs—CH 2—CHO Propionaldehyde

Acid Anhydrides
CH3—CH2—CHr- CHO n-butyraldehyde O
CHs—CH 2—CH 2—CH2—CHO
II
n-valeraldehyde
CH 3 — N
CH 3 . (CH 3 CO) 2 0 or, /O Acetic anhydride
CH— CHO
Z. Iso-butyraldehyde CH 3—
CH 3 II

CH 2 = CH—CHO Acrolein O
(CH 3 CH 2 CO) 2 0 Propionic anhydride
CH 3—CH = CH— CHO Crotonaldehyde
or
O
II

CH 3COCH 3 Dimethyl ketone or CH 3 — CH 2 —C\

Acetone zO
CH 3COCH 2 — CH 3 Ethylmethyl ketone
—CH — 2
II

CH 3 COCH = CH 2 Methyl vinyl ketone O

CJS.V. / February / 1999/ 1746

Copyrighted material
 Primarv Aminpc; *

Br
CHoNHo MpfhvlaminA I

CH 3 — CH— CH Iso-butylidene
CH3CH2NH2 Ethylamine I I
bromide
CH3 — CH2 — CH2NH2 ^propylamine CH 3 Br

CH2CI2 Methylene chloride

Secondary Amines *

CICH 2 CH 2 CI Ethylene chloride

CH, — NH CHi vj\ 11 icu ly icii 1 111 10
CH 3 — CH — CHo

CH3CH2— NH— CH
^ CH 3
Ethyl isopropylamine
CI
I I

CI
Propylene chloride

^CH CI— CH 2 — CH 2 — CH 2 CI Trimethylene chloride

3

Glycols
Tertiary Amines
(CH 3 ) 3N Trimethylamine CH 2 OH
I
Ethylene glycol
(C 2 H 5 ) 2 N-CH3 Diethylmethylamine CH 2 OH
Amides CH 3 — CH — CH — CHo Iso-pentylene glycol
I I

HCONH 2
I

Formamide CH 3 OH OH
CH3CONH2 Acetamide
HO—CH2—CH2—CH2—OH Trimethylene glycol
HCON(CH 3 ) 2 N, N-Dimethyl
formamide (DMF) Bond Line Notation of Organic Molecules
wri3 wv^in^ 0113^2 in, in— uimeinyi
It is simple, brief and convenient method of repre-
acetamide senting organic molecules. In these notations the bonds
CH 2 = CH—CONHCH3 N-Methyl acrylamide between the carbon atoms are shown by a line. A single
line shows a single bond, two parallel lines (==) show a

Cyanides double bond and three parallel lines (=) represent a triple
bond. The intersection of lines shows carbon atoms
CH 3 CN Acetonitrile
having appropriate number of hydrogen atoms. Thus,
or Methylcyanide
ethane is represented as / but when this symbol ( / ) is
CH 3 CH 2 CN Propionitrile attached to some other molecules then it will represent
or Ethylcyanide
only methyl group. For example-
CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CN Butyronitrile
is known as methyl cyclopropane.
or propyl cyanide
CH 2 =CH—CN Acrylonitrile
Likewise—
CH 3—CH=CH—CN Crotononitrile
yv represents propane but it becomes ethyl group
CH 3 / when attached to some other molecules. For
|
example—
CH 3—C— CN Tertiary butyl cyanide

CH 3
» k •
^± is known as ethyl cyclopropane.

iso-cyanides :
represents propene or vinyl group or ethynyl.
CH3NC Methyl isocyanide
fi\
CH3CH2NC Ethyl isocyanide
/\/ represents butane or propyl group.
CH 2 =CH—NC Acryloisonitrile

CH 3—CH= CH—NC Crotonoisonitrile /S/\ represents pentane or butyl group.

Dihalides t\/\l represents hexane or pentyl group.

CH3CHCI2 Ethylidene chloride

represents butadiene and represents
Br
I allyl group.
CH 3 — C — CH3 Iso-propylidene
bromide Application of bond line notations in IUPAC system of
Br nomenclature will be discussed in next issue.

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1747

Copyrighted material
 Points to Remember Some Important Common names to remember
CH 2
• Some alkyl groups are abbreviated as—
1.1 y. O Oxirane or
Methyl (Me)
CH 2 Ethylene oxide or
Ethyl (Et) oxocyclopropane
o-propyl(P r ")
Iso-propyl (P r ')
2. CH3COCOOH Pyruvic acid

n-butyl (B n 3. CCI4 Pyrene

)

Iso-butyl (B') 4. CH3COCHO Pyruvaldehyde

Sec-butyl (B s ) (Methyl glyoxal)
Ter-butyl(B')
5. CH 3 CH(OCH 3 ) 2 Methylal
• Camping stoves often use liquid butane and
alkane, both normal and isomeric, are the principal
liquid
6. Q—Chfe—CHg—S—CH2—CHgCI Mustard gas

components of various petroleum products, such as 7. CH 2 (COOH) 2 Malonicacid

gasoline, kerosene, fuel oil and diesel oil.
8. (CH 3 ) 2 C(OH) C(OH)(CH 3 Pinacol
) 2
• The alkyl group derived from iso-butane by removing H
9. (CH 3 2 (COH)CCI 3 Chloretone
atom from the central C atom is known as ten butyl )

group. 10. CCIsCHO Chloral

• Butyric acid gives rancid butter its unpleasant odour and 11. CCI 3 CH(OH) 2 Chloral hydrate
the name is related to the Latin word for butter,
12. C(N02 )CI 3 Chloropicrin
butyrum.
• The names of caproic (C 6 acid as well as caprylic (C 8 )
)
13. CHCI = CHAsCI 2 Lewisite
and capric (C 10 ) acids, are all derived from the Latin
word caper for goat, since these acids combine to give
14. CHCI 2 — CHCI 2 Westron

goats, their characteristic odour. 15. CCI 2 =CHCI Westrosol

• HOOC—CH 2—CH 2—COO H is known as succinic acid, 16. NH 2 CONH 2 Carbamide (Urea)
it is found in Fossils, Lichens and was discovered by
Agricola.
Trivial or Common names of Some Aromatic
Compounds—The term aromatic derived from Greek
• HOOC—CH 2 CH 2 CH 2—COOH goes by the name Glu-
is

taric acid . It is found in sugar beets.

word aroma which means pleasant smelling compounds.
The families of aromatic compounds are similar to those
• The common name of CH 2OH—CHOHCH^H is
of aliphatic compounds. The trivial or common names of
glycerine or glycerol.
some aromatic compounds are given on next page.
• Until about the middle of the 19th century, it was
generally believed that organic compounds were
from other chemical compounds in that organic
different
compounds could be formed only by living organisms
and that they contained a 'Vital Force' somehow Jaipur
associated with the life

was gradually abandoned after 1828 when Friederich

process. This vital force theory
National Pustak Mela
Wohier found that urea, a compound present in human
urine, could be synthesized from purely inorganic salt
2 Jan. to 10 Jan., 1999
ammonium cyanate. At
• The common name of HOOC —COOH is oxalic acid and
Dussehara Mai dan, Adarsh Nagar
it is derived from word oxalis i.e., the oxalis family of

e
plants (wood sorrel) contains this acid in the form of
salts.

The common name of the compound having molecular

JAIPUR
formula HOOCChfeCCOOH
O
II

is oxaloacetic acid. I * WELCOME * ;

e CH 3 (CH 2 3 COOH ) goes by common name n-valeric We shall be all the time ready to welcome
acid as it is obtained from plant valerian, you at the book-stall on behalf of Upkar
e The common name of (CH 3) 3 C —OH is trimethyl Prakashan and Pratiyogita Darpan at the
carbinol. 'Jaipur National Pustak Mela'.
We earnestly request all our learned
readers, book-sellers and the men of letters to
Compound is known as ethyl cyclohexane oblige us by paying us a visit at our stall. The
publishers will be highly grateful for this
generous gesture.

and is known as Isopropyl cyclohexane. Pratiyogita Darpan

(Hindi Monthly)

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1748

Co
 Hydrocarbons
CH 3 -0-<^)cOOH Anisic acid
Formula of Common
compound name
Benzene (in the older
CH=CH 2 COOH
American and British
l^y]
k^>J
Cinnamic acid
literature it is designated ^Q^j
as benzol.)
CH 3 -OH Pyrogallol CONHCH2COOH Hippuricacid
Toluene (found in urine

Q ] of horse)

Hydroxyquinol
Styrene
HO Gallic acid
ho—1 y^— COOH
Ketones :

Phloroglucinol
Mesitylene CO— CH 3
Acetophenone

m-cresol
o-xylene
O
II

c-^^ Benzophenone

Halogen Derivatives Benzyl alcohol

Esters
CI
OH
Chlorobenzene Oil of winter green

° 2N N°2 COOCH3
CH 2 -CI "tO]~ Picric acid
OH
Benzyl chloride (of sai01

Aldehyde ^^COOCeHs
a CHO Ethers
CH<
a !— OH
Benzal chloride O Salicylaidehyde
<(Q>-0-CH 3 Anisole

CHO
/CI Anisaldehyde
0-°-CH CH 2 3 Phenetole

c -a
s
a Benzotrichloride 1st Chart of Common name
OCH 3 system
Carboxylic Acids 1. R—X Alkyl halide
Phenols and Alcohols 2. R—OH Alkyl alcohol

OH COOH 3. R— SH Alkyl thioalcohol

.qh Salicylic acid 4. R —NH2 Alkyl amine

Phenol or 5. R—CN Alkyl cyanide
Carbolic acid
6. R—NC Alkyl isocyanide
7. R—O— R Dialkyl ether
OH —COOH Phthalicacid 8. R-O-R' Alkyl alkyl' ether
COOH 9. R—NH—R Dialkylamine
OH Catechol
R—NH-R' Alkyl alkyl' amine
H O 10. R-C-R Dialkyl ketone
I
II
II
OH HO—C— C— OH O
Mandelic acid
r_C_r' Alkyl alkyl ketone
Resorcinol

OH
C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1749

Copyrighted material
 2nd Chart of Common name system
No. of Common Alde- Acid Acid Acid Ester Cyanide Iso- Anhydride
Carbon Name hyde Chloride amide cyanide
Atoms

O o O O
II II II II
-C= N — N^C
—C— —C—OH —C— —C—NH CI I
2
II

o
or or or or or or or or

—CHO —COOH —COCI —CONH —COOR 2 ate —CN — NC — (CO) 2 0

aldehyde ic acid ylchloride amide o-nitrile o-isonitrile ic-anhydride

1 C Form.
Examples
2C Acer.

3C Propion.
(a) CH3—CH— CH 2COOH 5 C atoms — Valer is used. Isovaleric acid (As structure belongs
to iso group)
CH 3
-ISO
4C Butyr
ter

n (b) CH3 —CH = CH—COCI 4 C atoms + ( =) — Croton is used. Crotonyl chloride

iso
5C Valer^ SGC
ter

3C + t=) Acryl (c) CH 2 = CHCN 3 C atoms + ( =—

) Acryl is used. Acrylonitrile

4C + (=) Croton

(Will continue to next issue.)

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1. Which one of the following is a (B) Capric acid 10. The common name of pentanoic
heterocyclic compound ? (C) Formic acid acid is

(A) Methyl cyclobutane (0) Propionic acid (A) n-valeric acid

(B) Cyclohexane (B) Isc—valeric acid

6. The compound which is present
(C) Pyridine in urine of horse is known as
(C) n-butyric acid

(D) Chlorobenzene (D) Butanoic acid

(A) Uric acid
2. Alicyclic compounds are (B) Hippuricacid 1 1 . Ethylidene chloride is a—
(A) Open compounds
chain (C) Glutamic acid (A) Gem-dihahde
(B) Aromatic compounds (D) Oxalic acid (B) Vic-dihalide

(C) Heterocyclic compounds 7. The common name of CH3CI (C) Both A and B
(D) Cyclic aliphatic compounds is (D) None of these

3. Which of the following statements (A) Methyl chloride 12. Which one of the following is not
is correct ? (B) Chloromethane an aromatic compound ?
(C) Methylene chloride (A) m-xylene
(A) Homocyclic compounds are
aromatics (D) None of these (B) Cyclohexane

Homocyclic compounds are (C) Anisole

(B) 8. Which of the following com-
aliphatics pounds has a quaternary carbon (D) Anisaldehyde

(C) A and B both are correct atom ? 1 3. Which of the following statements
(D) A and B both are wrong (A) Neo-amyl chloride is wrong ?

Which one of the following is a (B) Tert. amyl alcohol (A) Homologues have same
4.
(C) n-butyl chloride functional group
heteroatom in the furan ?
Nitrogen (D) Iso-amyl chloride (B) Homologues are isomeric
(A)
with each other
(B) Sulphur 9. Methylene chloride is the common
(C) Homologues of series have
(C) Oxygen name of
similar characteristic proper-
(D) Phosphorus (A) CH 2 CI— CH 2 CI
ties
5. Which of the following acids is
(B) CH 2 CI 2
found in the fat of goat ? (C) CHCI3
(A) Acetic acid (D) CH 3 — CHCI 2 (Continued on Page 1791 )

C.S.V. / February / 1999/

1750

Co
Topic on Chemistry

[flWATION, REDUCTION HHP REDOX REACTIONS

Process of Discovery P40io(S + 6 H 20
) (l)
-> 4H 3 P04(aq)
The first step towards a theory of chemical reactions oxygen theory of combustion was even-
Lavoisier's
was taken by George Ernst Stahl in 1697, when he tually accepted and chemists began to describe any

proposed the phlogiston theory, which was based on reaction between an element or compound and oxygen as
following observations oxidation.

• Metals have many properties in common. 2 Mg (s) + 0 2(g) -» Mgq s)

• Metals often produce a calx, calx when heated. The By the turn of the twentieth century, seemed that all
it

is the crumbly residue left after a mineral or a metal is oxidation reactions had one thing in common. Oxidation
roasted. always seemed to involve the loss of electrons. Chemists,
• These calxes are not as dense as the metals from therefore, developed a model for these reactions that

they are produced. focussed on the transfer of electrons. By convention, the

element or compound gained the electrons was said to
• Some of these calxes form metals when heated with
undergo reduction.
charcoal.
• With only a few exceptions, the calxes are found in
2Mg + 0 2 > 2[Mg 2+ ][0 2-]
nature, not the metal. oxidation
J
These observations led Stahl to the following reduction

conclusions
• Phlogiston (From the Greek Phlogistos, to bum') is
Chemists eventually recognised that oxidation-
givenoff whenever something bums.
reduction reactions do not always involve the transfer of
electrons. There is no change in the number of valence
• Wood and charcoal are particularly rich in phlogiston
electrons on any of the atoms in the following reaction
because they leave very little ash when they burn.
Candles must be almost pure phlogiston because C02 + H 2 > CO + HjO
they leave no ash. Chemists, therefore, developed the concept of
• Metals form a calx by giving off phlogiston. Oxidation number to extend the idea of oxidation and
reduction to reactions in which electrons are not really
Metal -) Calx + Phlogiston
gained or lost. Thus,
• Metals can be made by adding phlogiston to the calx.
Oxidation involves increase in the oxidation number
Calx + Phlogiston -» Metal
of an atom. Reduction occurs when the oxidation number
• As charcoal is rich in phlogiston, heating calx in the of an atom decreases.
presence of charcoal, sometimes produces metals.
Oxidation Process
there was only one problem with phlogiston
Initially,

theory.As early as 1630, Jean Rey noted that tin gains (A) When an element or a compound combines with

weight when it forms a calx. From this point of view, this oxygen or any other electronegative atom, the element or
seems to be a fatal flaw. If phlogiston is given off when thecompound is said to be oxidised
metal forms calx, why does the calx weigh more than a 2Mg + 02 -> 2MgO
metal.
Mg + CI 2 -> MgCI 2
The phlogiston theory was the basis for research in
chemistry for most of the 18th century. It was not until
3 Mg + N 2 -» Mg3N 2
1772 that Antoine Lavoisier noted that non-metals gain H 2 + CI 2 -> 2HCI
weight when burnt in air. The magnitude of the change led
(B) The removal of hydrogen or any other electro-
Lavoisier to conclude that phosphorus must combine with
positive element from a substance is known as oxidation
something in the air when it burns. This conclusion was
of that substance
reinforced by the observation that the volume of air
reduced by a factor of 1/5th when phosphorus burns in a H2S + H 2 02 -> 2H 2 0 + S
limited amount of air. 2KI + H 2 02 2KOH + 2 l

Lavoisier proposed the name Oxygene (literally, the (C) According to electronic definition, when any atom,
acid former) for the substance absorbed from the air when molecule or ion loses electrons, they are said to be
a compound bums because the products of combustion of Hence de-electronation of any species is called
oxidised.
non-metals such as phosphorus are acids when they oxidation of that species
dissolve in water. Na - e~ -> Na +
P 4(S + 5
)
02 (g)
-> P4O10 (S) Al-3e~ -> Al 3*

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1751 / 5

Co
 cr-e -> CI Oxidation Number (O.N.) of an element is defined
H2S-2e- -> 2H+ + S as the residual charge which its atom has or appears to
have when all other atoms from the molecule are removed
Sn2+ -2e~ Sn 4*
as ions.
Cu + -e -> Cu**
During the removal of atoms, the electrons are
(D) When oxidation number of any chemical species
counted according to the following two fundamental rules
is increased, the species is said to be oxidised. An
(1) Electrons shared between two similar atoms are
increase in oxidation number is a tendency of losing
divided equally between sharing atoms. For example, in
electrons.
chlorine molecule as—
Reduction Process
:6V !
• CI:
(A) The attachment of hydrogen or any electro- • • \ mm

positive atom to any substance is called reduction of that There will be no net charge on each atom of chlorine.
substance This means, the oxidation number of chlorine in Cl 2 mole-

Cl 2 + H2 -» 2HCI cule is zero.

CI 2 + 2Na -> 2NaCI (2) Electrons shared between two dissimilar atoms
are counted with the more electronegative atom. For
02 + 2H 2 -> 2H 2 0 example, as in HCI molecule—
N 2 + 3H 2 -» 2NH 3
(B) The removal of oxygen or any other electro- H j ? CI

negative atom from a substance is called reduction of that As a result of this chlorine acquires a unit negative
substance charge. Hence oxidation number of CI atom is - 1. On the
2MgO -> 2Mg + 02 other hand H atom is without electron will have a unit
2HgO -» 2Hg + 02 positive charge. Hence oxidation number of H atom is + 1

Fe 2 03 + 3C -> 2Fe + 3CO- Thus atoms can have positive, zero or negative
values of oxidation number depending upon their mode of
(C) According to electronic transition, any atom,
combination in a molecule. Actually the oxidation number
molecule or ion is said to he reduced when accepts
is the charge assigned to the atom in a species according
electrons.
to some arbitrary rules as described below
F + e- -> F-
e" ->
Cl + cr Rules for Assigning Oxidation Number of an
-
S + 2e -» S2_
Atom
Sn^ + 2©- -» Sn2 * • The oxidation number of an atom is zero in a neutral
substance that contains atoms of only one element.
Fe^ + e - -» Fe 2+
Thus,
(D) Decrease in oxidation number of any species is
Oxidation number of inert gases (He) = 0
called the reduction of that species. The decrease in
Oxidation number of chlorine in Cl 2 = 0
oxidation number is tendency of gaining electrons.
Oxidation number of sulphur in S 8 = 0
Concept of Oxidation Number Oxidation number of phosphorus in P 4 = 0

The oxidation is always accompanied by an • The oxidation number of monoatomic ions is equal to
equivalent amount of reduction. Therefore, the reactions the charge on the ion. The oxidation number of
which involve oxidation and reduction simultaneously are sodium ion is + 1 and that of chlorine is - 1 in NaCI
known as redox reactions. The redox reactions involve molecule.
transference of electrons from one species to another. • The oxidation number of hydrogen is + 1 when it is
The transference of electrons can be easily understood in combined with a non-metal. Oxidation number of
case of ionic species because the charge on them also hydrogen is + 1 in CH 4 NH 3 HgQ and
, .
HCI.
changes during redox changes. However, the redox • Oxidation number of hydrogen is - when
1 it is
changes in case of covalent compounds cannot be easily
combined with metals. Hydrogen is, therefore, in - 1
explained in terms of transference of electrons. For oxidation number in LiH, NaH, CaH 2 and LiAIH 4 .

example, in a chemical change between zinc and copper

ions
• Oxidation number of fluorine is always - 1 in all its
compounds.
Zn (s) + Cu 2+ (aq) -> 2n 2+(aq) + Cu(s)
• Oxygen is assigned oxidation number of - 2 in most
it is quite evident that zinc loses electrons and Cu 2 + of its compounds, however, in peroxides like H 0
2 2 ,

gains the electrons. But in a chemical change between H 2 Ba02 Na2 02 etc., its oxidation number -1.
.

and Cl2
Similarly, the exception also occurs in compounds
H 2(0) + C(2
(g)
-» 2 Hq g)
of fluorine and oxygen like OF 2 and 0 2 F2 in which

the loss and gain of electrons is not easily under- the oxidation number of oxygen is + 2 and + 1
stood. Thus
order to explain transference of electrons in
in respectively.

either of the species in a more convenient way, the • The algebraic sum of the oxidation numbers of all the
concept of oxidation number has been introduced. atoms in a neutral molecule is zero. But in case of

C JS.V. I February / 1999/ 1752

Copyrighted material
 complex ion the sum of oxidation numbers of all its The sum must be equal to the total charge i.e., - 3.
atoms is equal to the charge on the ion. -3 x-8 =
Example (A)—To determine oxidation number of x = -3 + 8
each element in following compounds—
x = +5
(A) Ba02 (B) (NH 4 ) 2 Mo0 4 (D) Oxidation number of Mn in K 2 Mn0 4 :

(C) Na 3 Co(N0 2 ) 6 (D) CS 2

Let O.N.ofMn = x
(A) If the oxidation number of oxygen in Ba0 2 is - 2, O.N. of each O atom = - 2
the oxidation number of Ba will be + 4. But Ba always has O.N. of each of K atom = + 1
oxidation number of + 2. Thus this compound must be
Sum of O.N. of all atoms = 2 (+ 1 ) + x + 4 (- 2)
[Ba 2+ [Og" Barium is + 2 and oxygen is - 1
] ].
= 2+X-8
(NH 4 ) 2 M0O4 contains Nh£ ions in which hydro-
(B) = x-6
gen is in + 1 state and nitrogen in - 3. Because there are Sum must be equal to zero
two Nh|J ions, the other half of the compound must be x-6 = 0
Mo04 ~ ion in which Mo is in + 6 and oxygen is in - 2. x = +6
(C) Sodium is in + 1 oxidation state in all its (E) Oxidation number of N in NHj ion :

compounds. This compound, therefore, contains the

3- Let O.N. of N = x
[CotNO^e] ion. This complex ion contains six NOj ions
O.N. of each H atom = + 1
in which oxidation number of nitrogen is + 3 and oxygen is
- 2. The oxidation state of the cobalt atom is, therefore,
Sum of O.N. of all atoms = x + 4(+ 1 ) = x+ 4
+ 3. x + 4 = +1
The most electronegative element in a compound
(D) x = -3
always has a negative oxidation state. Since S tends to Example (C)—The oxidation number of any element
form - 2 tons, the oxidation number of S in CS2 is - 2 and can never be in fraction. If oxidation number of any
that of carbon is + 4. element is in fraction, it is resultant oxidation number of
Example (B) —To calculate oxidation number of that element
underlined elements in the following species To determine oxidationnumber of underlined ele-
(A) Cl 2C$~ (B) £H 2 CI 2 ments in the following compounds
(C) EOj" (D) K 2 M0O4 (A) Efi 3 04 (B) Na 2S203
(C) Na 2S406 (D) N3H
(E) nh;
- (A) Oxidation number of Fe in Fe 304 .

(A) Oxidation number of Cr in Cr^ :

Let the oxidation number of Fe = x

Let O.N. of Cr be x O.N. of each O atom = -2
O.N. of each O atom = -2 Sum of O.N. of all atoms = 3x + 4(-2) = 3x-8
Sum of O.N. of all atoms = 2x + 7(-2) Sum of O.N. must be zero
= 2x-14 Hence, 3x-8 = 0
Sum of O.N. must be equal to the charge on the ion
x = |, = + 2|or + 2-6
2x-14 = -2
-2 + 14 We know that Fe 3 04 is a mixed oxide (FeO + Fe 20 3 )
x =
g In FeO, the O.N. of Fe is + 2 and in Fe 2 0 3 is + 3. it

+6 x = 2+3+3 8
(B) Oxidation number of C in CH 2 CI 2 Hence resultant O.N. +
:
3
Let O.N. of C = x Note : The Pb 3 04 is also a mixed oxide (2 PbO +
O.N. of each H atom = + 1 Pb02 ). In PbO, the O.N. of Pb is + 2 and Pb0 2 it is + 4.
O.N. of each CI atom = -1 2+2+4 8
Hence resultant O.N.
" 3
3
Sum of O.N. must be equal to zero.
(B) Oxidation number of S in Na 2 S2 0 3 .

.-. x + 2(+1) + 2(-1) = 0

Let the O.N. of S = x
or, x+ 2-2 = 0
O.N. of all Na atoms = + 1
Sum of O.N. must be zero, hence
-2
O.N. of all O atoms =
x = 0
Sum of O.N. of all atoms = 2(+1) + 2x+3(-2)
Hence O.N. of C is zero. = 2x-4
(C) Oxidation number of P in PO^ :

Sum of all O.N. must be zero.

Let O.N. of P = x Hence 2x-4 = 0
O.N. of each O atom = -2
x-8 x = o=+2
Sum of O.N. of all atoms = x + 4(-2) =

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1753

Copyrighted material
 When we write structural formula of Na 2 S203 mole- Difference Between Oxidation Number and Valency
cule, S atoms are differently linked.
S* Oxidation Number Valency
II
Oxidation number Valency the com-
Na—O—S—O—Na
is 1. is

residual charge which bining capacity or

II

O an atom has or power of an element.

appears to have when It is expressed as
The oxidation state of central S atom is + 6 and that
other atoms from the number of H atoms
of S' atom is -2.
molecule are removed which combine with
Hence resultant O.N. = = +2 as ions by counting the one atom of the
shared electrons with element.
(C) Oxidation number of S in Na2S406 . more electronegative
Let O.N. of S = x atoms.

O.N. of all Na atoms = + 1 Oxidation number Valency is a number

-2 refers to the charge. It only and does not

O.N. of all O atoms =
can be + ve, zero or refers to any charge.
Sum of all O.N. = 2(+1) + 4x+6(-2) - ve. For example, in For example, in
= 4x- 10 CCI4, the oxidation CCI4, the valency of

Sum of all O.N. must be zero number of C is + 4 and carbon is 4 and that
that of CI is - 1. of chlorine is 1.
4x-10 - 0
10
3. Oxidation an number of Valency of an ele-
X = j-m + 2-5 element is in whole ment is always in
number. However, the whole number. It can
When we write the structural formula of Na 2 S 4 0 6
resultant oxidation never be in fraction
molecules S atoms are differently linked.
number of an element number.
O O in a compound may
II II
have fractional value.
Na—O— 1
— 2— 3— 4—O—Na For example, in
II II
Na 2 S4 06 two S atoms
O O ,

are in O oxidation state

Two S atoms namely S 2 and S3 are joined together while two S atoms are
and with two other S atoms S and S4 therefore, their 1

,
in + 5 oxidation states.
oxidation state will be zero. S atoms namely S and S 4 1

The resultant O.N.

have oxidation number + 5 each.
0+0+5+5 „ „
Hence resultant oxidation number of sulphur in 4 = 2-5
Na 2 S 4 06 will be
4. Elements like C, N, O Most of the elements
0+0+5+5
4 have constant valency
= + 2-5 of representative
can have variable oxi- groups show cons-
(D) Oxidation number of N in N3H :
dation numbers. For tant valency.
Let the oxidation number of N atom example valency of
= x carbon is 4 but it O.N.
can vary from -4 to + 4
O.N. of hydrogen atom = + 1
as below
Sum of O.N. of all atoms -4 -2 0
= 3x+1 CH4 CH3CI CH 2 CI2
• .

+2 +4
Sum of oxidation numbers must be equal to zero CHCI3 CCI4 •

Hence 3x + 1 = 0
1
x= "3 Redox Reactions
Since oxidation involves loss of electrons and
When we write structural formula of N 3 H, then we find reduction involves the gain of electrons it is evident that if

that N atoms are differently linked.

one substance loses the electrons, another substance at
1
the same time must gain electrons because the electrons
N \ 3 cannot be the products of any chemical change. This
II >N-H
2
N/ means that in any chemical process, oxidation can occur
only if reduction is also taking place side by side and vice
The oxidation number of N 1 and N 2 is zero and that of versa. This is the reason that reactions involving oxidation
l^is-l. and reduction are called redox reactions. During redox
reaction there is transference of electrons from the
Thus resultant O.N. of N = °*°3 = - reducing agent to the oxidising agent.

CSX. I February / 1999/ 1754

Copyrighted material
 -
e 4 Ag (s) + 2H 2 S (g) + 02(g) > 2 Ag^, + 2H20 (g)
I |
-> A- + B+
The tarnishing of silver is just one example of a broad
Oxidising Reducing Reduced Oxidised
class of oxidation-reduction reactions that fall under
agent (A) agent (B) product product
general heading of corrosion.
Oxidation : Loss of electrons Another example is the series of reactions that occurs
Reduction : Gain of electrons when iron or steel rusts. When heated, iron reacts with
Oxidising agent : Species which gains electrons and oxygen to form a mixture of iron (II) and iron (III) oxides—
itself is reduced 2Fe (s) + 02(g) »2FeO(8)
Reducing agent : Species which loses electrons and 4 Fe (s) + 302 > 2 Fe20 3<8)
itself is oxidised.
Molten iron even reacts with water to form aqueous
solution of Fe2* ions and H 2 gas—
Points to Remember
• Highest oxidation number of an element is equal to its
Fe (l)
+2 rfjPfl > Fe^
}
+ 20H^ + H^,
group number in periodic table. For example : Halogens At room temperature all above three reactions are so
(except F) have highest oxidation number of + 7. stow, they can be ignored.
e.g., Cl 2 07, IF 7 etc.
Iron only corrodes at room temperature in presence
Sulphur has upto + 6. of oxygen and water. In the course of this reaction, the
Nitrogen and phosphorus have upto + 5. iron is oxidised to give a hydrated form of Fe (II) oxide.
• Highest negative oxidation number of an element is 2 Fe (s) + 02(aq) + HgOd) > 2 FeO.HgO^,
given by 8-group number.
As the compound FeO.H 2 has same empirical 0
For halogens, 8-7=1; hence upto - formula as Fe(OH) 2 it is often mistakenly called iron (II) or
,

For oxygen and sulphur, 8-6 = 2; hence upto - 2 ferrous hydroxide. The FeO.H 2 0 formed in this reaction is
For nitrogen and phosphorus, 8-5 = 3; hence upto - 3. further oxidised by 02 dissolved in water to give hydrated
• Strength of oxyacids formed by an element is directly form of iron (III) or ferric oxide
proportional to the oxidation number of the element. For 4FeO.H 20 (8) + 02(ap) + 2H20 (l)

example > 2 Fe^.3 H 20(8

+1 +3 +5 +7 )

HCJO< HCJ02 < HCJ0 3 < HC104 FeO.H^ formed at the surface of metal combines
-2 +4 +6 with Fe203 .3H 2 0 to give a hydrated form of magnetic
H2S * h 2 so3 < H 2S0 4 Iron oxide (Fe 3 04 )—
+3 +5
HN.0 2 < HN.O3 FeO.H20 (s) + Fe 20 3 .3 H 20 (s) Fep4 .nH20(8)
• Strength of alkalies is inversely proportional to the Recognizing Redox Reactions —Chemical reactions
oxidation number of cation.
are often divided into two categories redox-reactions and
+1 +2 +3
NaOH > Ca(OH) 2 > AI(OH)3 metathesis reactions. Metathesis reactions involve acid-
base reactions that involve the transfer of H+ ions from
• General oxidation number of oxygen is - 2. However, it
Dronsiea acia to oronsiea oase.
has -1 state in peroxides ( —O—O— in superoxides
^ CHaCO"^
),

(0 2 ~), + 2 in oxygen difluoride (OF2 ) and + 1 in dioxygen

CHaCO^ + OH-aq) + H&q
difluoride (0 2 F 2 ). Bronsted Bronsted Bronsted Bronsted
acid base base acid

Redox-Reactions in daily life We find examples of — Metathesis reactions also involve sharing of pair of
redox reactions almost every time we analyse the electrons by an electron pair donor (Lewis base) and an
reactions used as a source of either heat or work. When electron pair acceptor (Lewis acid)
natural gas bums, a redox reaction occurs that releases
more than 800 kJ/mol of energy. °°m + 6N0^aq) ^ raNQdefo
Lewis acid Lewis base
CH 4(g) + 202 (g) > C02 (g) + 2H2 0 (g)
Redox reactions involve the transfer of one or more
Within our body, a sequence of redox reactions bums
sugars, such as glucose (C 6 H 12 6 ) and the fatty acids in 0
the fat we eat— Cu (s) 2 Ag*^ Cu^, + 2 Asm
C6Hi20 6 (aq) + 602(g) > 6 C02(g + 6H 20(|)
)
They can also occur by the transfer of oxygen,
CH3(CH2)i6C02H( aq) + 2602 (g) hydrogen or halogen atoms—
> leCO^ + IBH^,) C02(g) + H2 (g) > CQ( g) + H 20 (g)
We do not have to restrict ourselves to reactions that
can be used as a source of energy, however, to find
SF 4(g) + F2(g) > SF m
method of
Fortunately, there is an almost fool proof
example of redox reactions. Silver metal, is oxidised when between metathesis and redox reactions.
distinguishing
it comes in contact with a trace quantity of H S or S0
2 2 in Reactions in which none of the atoms undergoes a
the atmosphere, or food, such as eggs, that are rich in change in oxidation number, are called metathesis
sulphur compounds. reactions.

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1755

Copyri
 Following are examples of i
I" + S 2 0f r + s 4 o6
+3-1 +1 -2 +1 +3 -2 +1 -1
P Cl 3 + 3H 2 0 H3 P 03 + 3 H CI +2 -1
3
+3. +3-2 +3 +3-2 Reduction
+ 6NO2 [CotNO^] 3- Oxidation
J
Following are examples of redox
Step-4 Divide the reaction into oxidation and
:

0 +2 +1 reduction half-reactions and balance these reactions,

C02 H2 CO H 20
Oxidation— s 4 or
J
+2
-3 +1 -1 1-
Reduction— I3
2 NH3 ocr N 2 H4 +.H 2 0 + cr
1
"3 -1
J Our goal is to balance half-reaction in terms of both
charge and mass. It seems reasonable to start by
Balancing Redox-Reaction Equations balancing number of atoms on both sides of a half-
reaction.
Goals of Balancing chemical i

Reduction — l^ 31-
(1) The same number of atoms of each element is
We then balance the charge by noting that two
found on both sides of the equation and, therefore, mass
electrons must be added to an 1
3
ion to produce 3I~ ions
is conserved.
as can be seen from the Lewis Structures of these ions
(2) The sum of +ve charge and -ve charge is the i below—
same on both the sides of the equation and, therefore, • • • • — — m m m— • a _ • * mm
charge is conserved, because electrons are neither : I— —I:
•••••• I
z
f\
^ :l:
•
+ :l: + :l:
created nor destroyed in a chemical reaction

Reduction— I3" + 2e~ » 3I~

of Balancing
Equation We now turn to oxidation half-reaction, the Lewis

The powerful technique for balancing redox reaction Structures of S2 3~ and S 4 Og~ suggest that we can get
0
equations involves dividing these reactions into separate an S4G§~ ion by removing two electrons from a pair of
oxidation and reduction half-reactions. We then balance S2O3" ions.
the half-reactions, one at a time, and combine them so
that electrons are neither created nor destroyed in the 2- 2-
O: :0:

The steps involved in half-reaction method for O— S— S: S-hS— O:

balancing equations can be illustrated by considering the
reaction used to determine the amount of tri-iodide ion
: O:
(l^) in a solution by titration. -2©"
Step-1 Write a skeleton equation for the
:
*'
reaction. The skeleton equation for the reaction on which : O: :0:
this titration is based, can be written as follows mm '
• • 771 I .

:0— S— S: • •
S--S— O:
• •

i; + s2o£- i- s4o*" J

:0: :0:
Step-2 : Assign oxidation numbers to atoms on
both the sides of equation. The negative charge on the -|2-
l is formally distributed over three iodine atoms, which
:0: :0:
3
• • • 1 I ..
means that the average oxidation state of the iodine :0— S— S+S S—"O:
• • r
1 2-
atoms in this ion is - g • In the S 4 06 ion, the total I

mmm
: O:
a a
:0: J
oxidation state of S atoms is + 10. The average oxidation

state of S atoms is, therefore,

1 Step-5 : Combine these half-reactions, so that
2g
2-
S2 O (2S 2cf - -> S4 0f 2e")
+
1 +2 -1
+ 2f
+ (i; + 2e- - -> 31-

Step-3 Determine which atoms are oxidised and

:

ch are reduced.
i; + 2S 2 Gf > 31- + S4 Gf
CJS.V. / February / 1999/ 1756

Copyrighted material
 Step-6 Balance the remainder of equation by
0=S—0 :0—S=0
:
: < > : <r ->
inspection, necessary. Since, overall reaction is
if

already balanced in terms of mass and charge, we simply

introduce the symbols describing the states of the
2s-
I-
reactants and products

3(aq) 2S^>3~ (aq) * 31

(aq)
+ S4°6 (aq) !Q
-H
Redox-Reactions in Acidic Solutions
:
<f&° :
Step-1

SOz
:

+ Cr2 0*
_
— ^
Skeleton equation for the reaction
SOj" + Cr3*
[ ]

Step-2 : Assign oxidation numbers to

both the sides of the equation.
£02 + Cr2 07
_
> sof + Cr3*
on
A
H H
+4 +6 +6 +3

2+
3+ H H
S0 2 + Cr 2 o|" SOj" + Cr
\/
+4 +6 +3 O
I J
Divide the reaction into oxidation- half
J :Q O:

and reduction half-reactions O

Oxidation— SOz > SpJ" /\
+4 +6 H H
Reduction— Crfij~ > Cr3*
+6 +3 -2H*
I
Balancing the charge and mass in both the half-
reactions
:0^ H
Cr2c£ + 6e" -> 2CI3*
_
20^ + 702
" : O — S-— O:
Cr-O*- + 6e ->

Note— does not make sense to unite this half-

It

i_
/O:
reaction in the above form. The reaction is in acidic H •

medium, O2- ion is a very strong base that would

Thus, two electron oxidation of S0 2 in presence of
immediately combine with H + ions to give water. -
Hg) leads to the formation of a SO* ion and four H*
Following is more realistic equation for this half-
ions.
reaction
oiQp—o . vOmuine two naii-reaciions so inai <

CrzO?" 14H< + 6e" > 20^ + |7H 20

trons are neither created nor destroyed.
Oxidation 14H+ +6e > 2Cr* + 7H zO)
Balancing the charge and mass in both sides of
+ 3(S02 + 2H 20 SO4 + 2er + 4H + )
oxidation nait-reaction

so2 - -> SO*" 2er CrjO

2."
+ 3 S02 + 14H + + 6H 2 0
The key to balancing the charge on both sides of the 2 Cr3* + 3SO!
,
4
4r 12H* + 7H 20
equation remembering that the reaction is run in acid,
is
Step-6 : Balance the remainder of the equation by
which contains both H + and H 2 0. We can, therefore, add inspection, if necessary Although the equation—
H+ ions or to either side of the equation, as needed.
appears balanced, we are not quite finished with it. We
The only way to balance charge on both the sides of this can simplify the equation by subtracting 12H + ions and
equation is to add H + ions to the product side 6H 2 0 molecules from each side to generate the following
S02 > SOj" + [4HF] + 2e" balanced equation.

We can then balance the number of hydrogen and Crj-O^aq) + 3S02 (ap) + 2H+
oxygen atoms on both the sides of this equation by adding
a pair of H 20 molecules to the reactants side.
> 2Cr£, + 3SOj(
}
^+ H2 0 (l)

Redox Reactions in Basic Solutions

S02 + 2H 2 0 + 4H+ + 2e-
Step-1 Skeleton equation
This equation can be understood in terms of Lewis
0hr
structures shown below— MnO; + H 2 02 ) Mn02 + 02
CS.V. I February / 1999/ 1757

Copyrighted material
 Step-2 : Assign oxidation numbers to atoms on Step-5 : Combine two half-reactions so that
electrons are neither created nor destroyed
MnOl + H 2 02 -» Mn0 2 + 0 2 2(MnO; + 3e- + 2H 20 > Mn0 2 + 40H")
+ 7-2 +1-1 +4 -2 0
+ 3(H 202 + 20H- > Oz + 2H 2 0 + 2e"
Step-3 : Determine which atoms are oxidised and

2MnO; + 3H 2 02 + 60H" + 4H 2 0 >

MnO; + H 2 02 -> Mn0 2 + 0 2
+7 -1 +4 0 2Mn0 2 + 302 + 80H" + 6H 2 0
deduced
Step-6 Balance the remainder of the equation by
Oxidised 1 inspection,
:

if necessary
Step-4 Divide the reaction into oxidation half
:
2Mn0 4(aq + 3H 2 0 2 (aq)
)
>
and reduction half-reaction and balance these half-
2Mn0 2(s) + 302(9) + 20HJ"aq) + 2H2 0 ())

MnO; -» Mn02 Molecular Redox Reactions

+7
Lewis structures can play a vital role in understanding
Oxtdatiorv- Hz02 -> o2 oxidation-reduction reactions with complex molecules.
-1 0
Consider the following reaction, for example, which is
Let us start by balancing the reduction half reaction. It
used in the Breathalyser to determine the amount of
takes three electrons to reduce Mn from the +7 to +4
ethyl alcohol or ethanol on the breath of individuals who
are suspected of driving while under the influence
Reduction— MnOT + 3e~ ->MnQ2
3CH 3CH 2OH (g) + 2Cr2 0^aq) + 16H*aq) >
We now try to balance either the number of atoms or
the charge on the both sides of the equation. Since the
3CH 3 C02H (aq) + 4Cr£q) + 11H2 0 (I)

reaction is run in basic solution, we can add either OH~ We can balance the oxidation half reaction in terms of
ions or H 2 0
molecules to either side of the equation, as the molecular formulas of the starting material and the
needed. The key to deciding which side of the equation product of this half reaction :

gets each of these reagents is simple. The only way to

Oxidation— 2 H 60 C2H 402
balance the net charge of -4 on left side of equation is to
- Now we
add four OH ions to the products assign oxidation number to each of the
carbon atoms in the Lewis structures of the components
Reduction— MnOl + 3e~ -> Mn02 + 40H
of this reaction. The C atom in CH3 group in ethanol is —
We can then balance the number of hydrogen and assigned oxidation number - 3 so that it can balance
oxygen atoms by adding two H 2 0 molecules to the oxidation states of three substituents it carries. Applying
reactants. the same technique to the —
CH 2OH group in the starting
MnO; + 3e" + |2H 2 0 material gives an oxidation state - 1

-> MnQ2 + 40H- H* 1

H +1
We now turn to oxidation half reaction. Two electrons
are lost when H 2 02 is oxidised to form 0 2 molecule.

Oxidation— H 2 02 -> 02 + 2e"

We can balance the charge by adding a pair of OH~

ions to the reactants. H O-2
Oxidation- H 2 02 + 20H —— > 02 + 2er
— — +3 —o —
H C_ 3
1
11

The only way to balance H and O atoms is to add

HgO molecules to the products. H
Oxidation— 2 02 + 20H" > Cfe + 2H 2 Q" +2e" Acetic acid

Lewis structures of oxidation of H 2 02 are shown as— One C atom in acetic acid has same oxidation
number as it in ethanol i.e., - 3. There is a change in
had
H— O— the oxidation number of the other C atom, however, from
- 1 to + 3. The oxidation half reaction, therefore, formally
+ 20H- corresponds to the loss of four electrons by one of the C
atoms.
:0-0: + 2H 2 0
Oxidation— CH 3 CH20H > CH3COOH + 4e"
i-2e
As this reaction is run in acidic medium, we can add
:O^0 H + or Hp as needed to balance the equation.
imm •

mm mm
Oxidation— CH3CHPH + HjO
0=0 CH3COOH + 4e~ + [4HJ;

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1758

Copyrighted material
 The other half reaction involves
-
a six electron reduc- The Relative Strengths of Common Oxidizing Agents
tion of the C^O2 . ion in acidic solution to form a pair of and Reducing Agents
Cr3* ions.
Reduction — Cr C%~ + 6e" ^2Cr3+
K+ + e _: ^K Best

2 Ba2+ + 2e"=# Ba reducing

Adding H+ ions and H 20 molecules as needed gives Ca2+ + 2e

_
^ Ca
the following balanced equation for this half reaction. Na+ + e"^ Na
Mg2 + + 2e-=# Mg
Reduction— Ct2 Oj + |14H»| + 6e" -
H 2 + 2e =^ 2H~
•20^ 7H 2 0 Al^ + ae"^ Al

Mn2+ + 2e"=# Mn :

We are now ready to combine the two half reactions

by assuming that electrons are neither created nor des-
Zn 2+ + 2e
-
^ Zn

troyed in this reaction.

0^ + 36"^ Cr
-
S + 2e-^=S2
3(CH 3CH 2 OH + HjjO > CH 3 COOH + 4e" + 4H + + H 2C 2 04
2 C0 2 + 2 H + 2e~
)

2
2(Cr20 .~ + 14H + + 6e- 2CI3* + 7H 2 0) Cr*+e~^ Cr2*
Fe2+ + 2e-=# :
Fe
3CH 3 CH 2 OH + 2Cr207~ + 28H+ + 3H 2 0 > Co2+ + 2e" Co
3CH 3 COOH + 4Cr* + 12H + + 14H 2 0 Ni
2+
*2e-=# Ni

Sn 2+ + 2e _: #:
Sn
Simplifying this equation by removing 3H 20 and 12H + Pb2+ + 2e-=^ Pb
from both sides of the equation gives the balanced Fe^ + ae"^ Fe
equation for this reaction.
2H+ + 2e-=#= H 2
2
3CH 3CH 2OH (g) + 2Cr2 0^aq) + 16H^ > S40^ + 2e-^ 2S20 ,-
3CH 3COOH (aq) + 4 CrJq) + 1 1H 20 Sn 4+ + 2e"#i Sn2 *
(1)
Cu2 * + e Cu +
Common Oxidising and Reducing Agents : 02 + 2H 2 0 + 4e-=# 40H- :

• Atoms, ions and molecules that have an unusually Cu + + e~

-
Cu ^
2 + 2e =#
large affinity for electrons tend to be good oxidising l
21"
agents. Elemental fluorine, for example, is a Oxidizing Mn04 +2H 2 0 + 3e"=# Mn02 +4 0K" :
T
strongest oxidising agent. F 2 is such a good oxidising power 02 + 2H + + 2e-^ H 202 Reducing
agent that metals, quartz, asbestos and even water
burst in to flame in its presence. Other good oxidising
increases Fe^ + e"^ Fe 2 *
+
agents include 0 2 0 3 and Cl 2 which are the
,
i HgJ + 2e-^2Hg
elemental forms of second and third most electro- Ag + + e~ ^ Ag
negative elements, respectively.
Hg2+ + 2e Hg ^ -

• Another place to look for good oxidising agents is H202 + 2e-=# 2 0H-
among compounds with unusually large oxidation
HN03 + 3H + + 3e-=^ NO + 2H 20
states, such as Mn04 Cr04 ~ Cr20^~ as well as
, ,

HN03 HCIO4 and H 2 S04 These compounds are .

Br2 +2e"=^ 2 Br
,

strong oxidising agents because elements become 2IO3 + 12H + +10e-=^ 2 + 6H 20 l

more electronegative as the oxidation state of their Cr0 4~ + 8 H + + 3e"=# Cr3* + 4 H^O
atoms increase.
R 2+ + 2e-^ Pt
• Good reducing agents include the active metals such Mn02 + 4H + + 2e -: # :
Mn2+ + 2H 20
as Na, Mg, Al and Zn, which have relatively small
ionization energy and low electronegativity. Metal 02 + 4H + + 4e-^ 2H 20
2.~
hydrides, such as NaH, CaH 2 and LiAIH 4 which , Cr20 + 14H + +6e-:# 2Cr3+ + :
7H 20
-
formally contains H ions are also good reducing 2e~^ 2Cr
Cl 2 +
agents.
Pb02 + 4H + + 2e"^ Pb2+ + 2H 20
• Some compounds can act either oxidising or reducing Mn04 + 8H + + 5e-^ Mn2+ + 4H 2 0
agents. One example is hydrogen gas, which acts as
Au + + e " <«s— Au
an oxidising agent when it combines with metals and
as a reducing agent when it reacts with non-metals. H 20 2 + 2H + + 2e-^ 2H 20
Another example is hydrogen peroxide, in which Co 3* +6-^ Co2+
"
oxygen atom is in - 1 state. Since this oxidation state SgOj" +2e-#t 2S0 4
lies between the extremes of the more common 0
and - 2 oxidation states of oxygen H 2 02 can act
oxidizing 05 + 2^ + 26"^02 +H 20
agents F 2 + 2H + + 2e-=# 2HF
either as an oxidising agent or a reducing agent.

CSX. I February / 1999/ 1759

Copyrighted material
 Points to Remember
The ratio of moles of MnQ, to moles of H 2 0 2 consumed is different in acidic and basic solutions. This
the fact that MnOJ is reduced all the way to Mn 2* in acid but the reaction stops at Mn0 2 in base.

Reactions in which a single reagent undergoes both oxidation and reduction are called disproportionation reactions.
Bromine for example, disproportionates to form bromide and bromate ions when a strong base is added to an aqueous
bromine solution.
Or"T*
Br2 Br + B1O3

Order of increasing reducing strength of some reducing agents.

HF < Cf~ < Cu < H2 < Pb < Zn < H~

Order of increasing oxidising strength of some oxidising agents.

Na* < Cr3* < H* < Cu2* < 02 < Cr-jO2- < 03 .

Molecular weight of oxidising agent

Equivalent weight of an oxidising agent =
Decrease in O.N. of an effective atom in 1 mol
of oxidising agent x No. of effective atoms

Molecular weight of reducing agent

• Equivalent weight of a reducing agent
increase in u.rn. 01 an enecnve atom in 1 moi
of reducing agent x No. of effective atoms

Some substances which are oxidising and reducing agents both : These are those substances in which oxidation state of
element can be increased or decreased.

Examples : S0 2 HN02 , ,
H2SQ3, etc.

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1. In which of the following com- 5. The average oxidation number of 9. Which one of the following can
pounds, the metal atom has frac- iinl
3 ion is— be both an oxidising agent and a
tional oxidation number ? reducing agent ?
[Ni(CO)4] (B) PbgCU (A) -1 <B)-£
(A) (A) H2 (B) l
2
(C) MnA. (D) Fe 2 03 (C) H 20 2 (D) All of these
(C) +1
2. Which of the following groups of
10. Which of the following transition
iodine compounds shows incre- 6. Which of the following metals is strongest reducing
asing order of oxidation number is a redox reaction ?
agent ?
of iodine ? (A) PCI 3 + 3H 20
(A) HIO4, Ci HI
(A) Cr (B) Mn
1 ,
i
2 ,
H3PO3 + 3 HCI
(B) HI, Ig, ICI, HIO4 (C) Ni (D) Co
(B) Co 3* + 6 N02 Co(NCv>£"
(C) l
2 , HI, HIO4, ICI 11. Which of the following solutions
(D) ICI, HIO4, HI, l 2 (C) Hg 2Cr04 + 2 0H- is strongest oxidising agent ?
-» Hg2 0 + CrOj" + H 2 0
3. Which one of the following is (A) MnO; in acid
correct balanced reaction ?
(D) Br 2 + OH-->Br + BrO; (B) MnO; in base
(A) 2MnO; + H 202 + 6H +
7. In the redox reaction (C) Mn02 inl
-»2Mn2+ + 302 + 4H20
Cu (8) + 2Ag+ -»Cu2+ +2Ag. (D) CrOj" in I

(B) 2 MnO; + 3 HgOa + 6 H+

the weakest oxidising agent and
-+2Mn2+ + 402 + 6H20 12. Which one of the following
weakest reducing reagents are not be a reducing agent ?.
(C) 2Mn04 + 5H 202 + 6H* "

Cu 2 * and Ag respectively
(A) (A) Cr (B) CaH2
-2Mn2+ + 50 2 + 8H 20 Ag and Cu 2* respectively
(B) (C) Fe 2* (D) Br2
(D) 2 MnO; + 7 HjjOjj + 6 H+ (C) Ag* and Cu respectively
13. Which of the following reactions
2 Mn2* + 6 02 + 10 H^ (D) Ag* and Cu 2 * respectively
is a redox reaction ?
4. Which one of the following is a 8 Which of the following pairs of (A) Ca 3 P2 + 6H20
metathesis reaction ? ions cannot coexist in aqueous
+ ->3Ca(OH) 2 + 2PH 3
(A) Hg^ + 2 0H--»Hg20 + H20 solution ?

(B)
+
Hg 2 + Sn2+ -»2Hg + Sn*+ (A) C^andMnO; (B) PH 3 + HCI-»PH4CI

(C) Hgr + H 2 S (B) Fe^andCrgCf" (C) PCI 3 + 3H20

-»Hg + HgS + 2H* (C) Cr^andi; ->H3P03 + 3HCI
(0) None of these (D) Mn 2*andCr (D) None of these
CSX. I February / 1999/ 1760

Copyrighted material
14. Which of the following species in compounds ? and is known as chromic acid ?
does not contain hydrogen in (A) Chlorine (B) Carbon (A) CrA, (B) CrjAj
negative oxidation state ? Oxygen Cr02
(C) Nitrogen (D) (C) Cr0 3 (D)
(A) UAIH4 (B) CaH 2
20. The reaction occurring at cathode 24. Which of the following com-
(C) NaH (D> N3H
is pounds shows - 1 oxidation state
15. The oxidation number of under- (A) Oxidation of Mn?
lined atom in the molecule (B) Reduction (A) [Mn(CO)5]-
Fe 4 [Efi(CN)6]3 is— (B) [Mn 2 (CO) 1(J
(C) Hydrolysis
(A) +3 (B) +2 (D) None of these (C) K6[Mn(CN) 6]-2NH3
(C) +1 (D) 0 (D) K5[Mn(CN) 6
21. The oxidation number of chro- ]

16. The oxidation number of sulphur mium in CrOfO^ is

25. Electrolytic oxidation of K 2 Mn04
in K 2 S208 is
(A) +10 (B) +5 leads to the formation of—
(A) +2 (B) +4 (C) +6 (D) + 3 KMn0 4
(A)
(C) +7 (D) +6
(B) Mnjpy
22. Compound (NH 3) 3 Cr04 is penta-
17. Which of the following com- (C) Mn04
gonal bipyramidal in structure
pounds has lowest negative
involving two peroxo linkages. (D) None of these
oxidation number of oxygen ?
The oxidation number of chro-
(A) HjOz (B) 0 2 F2 mium atom is
(C) K02 (D) IF2
ANSWERS
(A) 0 (B) +2
1.(B) 2.(B) 3.(C) 4. (A) 5.(B)
18. The number
oxidation of iron in (C) +4 (D) +6
6.(D) 7. (A) 8. (A) 9. (D) 10. (B)
[Fe(H 20) 5 NO]S04 is—
23. Which of the following com- 11. (A) 12. (D) 13. (D) 14. (D) 15. (B)
(A) +3 (B) +2
pounds is a product of metathe- 16. (D) 17. (C) 18. (C) 19. (A) 20. (B)
(C) +1 (D) 0 sis between concen-
reaction 21. (C) 22. (C) 23. (G) 24. (A) 25. (A)
19. Which of the following elements trated solution of H 2 S04 and
shows highest oxidation number saturated solution of K 2 Cr20 7

What is the use of traditionally

written old fashioned
when books written
books
upkar s g
with new
technique, scientific
and better style of Combined Engineering
easy to remember pattern.
Leave the obsolete, March
forward and base your studies Admission Examination
on latest publications of UPKAR
M.N.R. Engineering Chemistry Price : 110/-
M.N.R. Engineering Physics Price : 115/-
M.N.R. Engineering Mathematics Price : 150/-
M.N.R. Engineering College Combined Exam. Price : 325/-

HINDI EDITIONS ARE ALSO AVAILABLE

Solved Question papers of previous years
(3- According to Word to Word (Pre & main) syllabus
83= Helpful in preparing the whole syllabus
ITS* Enables to memorise all important points
BSl Objective questions and their explanatory solutions
Helpful in solving very important problems
ear Model Papers for self-assessment
UPKAR PRAKASHAN 2/11A, Swadeshi Bima Nagar, AGRA-282 002 PH. 351238, 351002, 350002, FAX : (0562) 351251

CS.\. I February / 1999/ 1761

Co
Model Paper for Various Medical Entrance Examinations The heat given off, when 0-16
gm of methane reacts with ex-
cess of oxygen in a bomb calori-

CHEMISTRY meter with heat capacity of

958 J/°C,
1
if the temperature of
-00 kg of water in the bath sur-
rounding the bomb increases by
1. Carbon and oxygen are known (B) Both A and B have same
1-56 K, will be—
to form two gaseous compounds. number of molecules (Given C water = 75-376 J/mol-K)
The carbon content in one is (A) -802kJ/mol
(C) B will have more number of
42-8% while in other 27-27%. -80-20 kj/mol
molecules than A (B)
These observations show
(D) The number of atoms and (C) -0-958 kJ/mol
(A) Law of constant proportions
molecules will be same in (D) -9-58 kJ/mol
(B) Law of multiple proportions
both the flasks
13. Which one of the following is an
(C) Law of conservation of mass
7. 80 gm of hydrogen (H 2 ) is made incorrect statement ?
(D) Law of reciprocal proportions
to react with 80 gm ofoxygen (A) The heat given off or absor-
2. The number of gram-atoms and (02 ). The mass of water formed bed when the reaction is run
gram-molecules in 25 4 mg of willbe at constant volume isequal
iodine will be (A) 80-00 gm (B) 90 00 gm to change in internal energy
(A) 2x 10"4 gm-atems and 36 00 gm (D) 72 00 gm (B) The heat given off or absor-
(C)
1 x 10
-4
gm-molecules bed when the reaction is run
8. What volumes of 6M HCI and 2M
at constant pressure is equal
(B) 1x10-* gm-atoms and HCI should be mixed to get one to change in enthalpy
2x10"* gm-atoms of 3M HCI solution ?
litre
(C) The change in enthalpy
(C) 6 02 x 1023 gm-atoms and (A) 0-25 lit. 6M and 0 75 lit. 2M during a change is equal to
HCI change energy
3 004 x 1023 gm-molecules in internal

(B) 200 ml 6M and 800 ml 2M (D) The difference between AH

(D) 127 0 gm-atoms and 254.0
HCI
gm-molecules and AE for a system is rela-
(C) 0-75 lit. 6M and 0-25 lit. 2M tively small for reactions that
3. 6 02 x 1020 molecules of a HCI involve liquids or solids
compound weigh 92 mg. The (D) 800 ml 6M and 200 ml 2M
molecular mass of the substance 14. For which one of the following
HCI
reactions, AH is roughly equal to
9. Fuse wire contains
(A) 9200 00 (B) 92000 00 AE?
(A) CuandNi
(C) 92 00 (D) 920 00 (A) CaC0 ->CaO (s) + C0
(B) PbandSn 3(s) 2(g)

4. The density of water at 4°C is

(C) CuandSn (B) 2NH 3(g) -+ r^ + 3H
-3 (g) 2(g)
1-0 gm cm . The volume occu-
PbandBe
(D) (C) Fe 2 0 + 2AI ->
pied by 3 01 x 10 24 molecules of 3(s) (s)

water is— 10. Commercially available concen- Al 2 03(8) + 2Fe (8)

trated hydrochloric acid contains
(A) 180 cm 3 (B) 90 0 cm 3 (D) None of these
38% of HCI by mass and its
(C) 45 0 cm 3 (D) 18 0 cm3 density is 1-19 gm cm -3 The . 15. Which one of the following is an
A complex of iron contains 45-6% molarity of this solution is exothermic change ?
5.
iron by mass. The number of iron (A) 18 M (B) 24 8 M (A) H& (s)
-+H 2 0 (t)

atoms in 5 00 gm of this complex (C) 12-4 M (D) 17 M

will be
(B) HjPu-H^
Which one of the following subs-
(A) 2-45 xlO22
1 1 .

tances is used as Jewellers

(C) H20
(g)
^H 2 0 (|)

(B) 24-50 X1022 rouge? (D) None of these

(C) 2-55 x 1023 (A) Haematite

16. The standard-state molar enthal-
(D) 25-50 xlO23 (B) Boron nitride pies of the reaction for the forma-

Two (C) Silicon carbide tion ofwater as both a liquid and

6. flasks A and B of equal
capacity contain 10 gm of oxygen (D) Graphite a gas have been measured as
and ozone each. Under similar The methane ">
conditions which one of the follo-
12.
with
natural gas,
oxygen as
reacts
\) + 2° 2 (g) ^°(D :

wing statements is correct ? Here, AH 0 = -285-83 kJ/mol

CH 4(0) + 2O2(g) ->
Both A and B have same
(A)
number oxygen atoms 00^ + 2^0^. % + 2-°2(g>^0 (g) :

CSX. I February / 1999/ 1762

Copyrighted material
 Here, AH 0 = -241 -82 kJ/mol. 23. A piece of wood was found to (C) RCH2CH2OH
C 14 (D) RCHOHR
AH 0 for the change have ratio 0-7 times that in a
be— The when 30. Which one of the following ions
H20 |)
-> 1-^0(9) will living plant. period the
(
gives coloured aqueous solu-
(A) -241-82kJ/mol plant died, is— (Half-life of C 14
= 5760 year) tion ?
(B) 241-82kJ/mol Cu +
(A) 2967 year (A) Zn 2+ (B)
(C) 44 01 kJ/mol Cr3* (D) Ti
4*
(C)
(B) 2880 year
(D) -44 01 kJ/mol
(C) 5760 year 31. Which one of the following is not
17. Which one of the following com- related with arene compounds ?
(D) 29700 year
pounds transforms baking soda (A) They are stable
into baking powder ? 24. Sodium extract of an organic
compound gives dark red colour (B) They involve delocalisation
(A) NaHC0 3 (B) KHC03 of electrons
with ferric chloride. The com- 71
(C) KHC4 H 406 (D) KCI
pound contains— (C) They involve resonance
18. Compound which is used in (A) Nitrogen (D) They undergo electrophilic
manic-depressive patients, is
(B) Sulphur addition reactions
(A) MgC03 (C) A and B both 32. Which one of the following metals
(B) Li 2 C03 (D) None of these cannot be extracted without
(C) MgS0 4 -7H 2 0, Mg(OH) 2 25. Boiling point of a liquid can be
using cryolite ?

(D) Ca 5 (P04 ) 3OH increased by— (A) Tin (B) Magnesium

(A) Increasing pressure (C) Aluminium (D) Lead
19. The principal component of both
bone and tooth enamel is hydro- (B) Decreasing pressure 33. The compound which behaves
xyapatite, Ca 5 (P04 ) 3OH. The (C) Purifying liquid as a covalent compound, is—
idea behind adding fluorides to (D) Mixing water (A) BaCI 2 (B) CsO
toothpastes is to (C) AICI3 (DJ PbCI 2
26. Which of the following com-
(A) Increase the flexibility of
pounds on acetylation gives 34. The rate expression of a reaction
acetyl salicylic acid ? is given as
- 1 '2
(B) Protect gums from bacteria
(A) c-dihydroxy benzene
3/2
Rate = KC A C B
(C) Convert hydroxyapatite into (B) o-hydroxy benzoic acid
Ca 5 (P04 ) 3 F The order of the reaction will
(C) m-hydroxy benzoic acid be—
(D) Increase the lubrication of (D) p-dihydroxy benzene
(A)
§
(B) -\
27. Which one of the following esters
20. Electromagnetic waves with will not give claisen condensation (C) 1 (D) 2
maximum wavelength are reaction ?
35. Which one of the following elec-
(A) Ultraviolet radiations (A) CeHsCOOCaHii does not
tronic configurations
(B) Radiowaves (B) CeHsCHgCOOCaHs belong to alkaline earth metals ?
(C) X-rays (C) CsHTC^COOCaHs (A) [Kr]5s 2

(D) Infrared radiations (D) HCOOC2H5 (B) [Xe]6s 2

10 2
21. The ratio of U 238 to Ra226 atoms 28. Which one of the following com- (C) [Ar]3d 4s
in the natural uranium is— pounds will undergo electrophilic (D) [Rn]7s*
(Given are substitution reaction most faster ?
36. Compounds which decompose
f 1/2 U 238 = 4-49 x 10 9 years
for (A) Benzene on their boiling point are dis-
and f1/2 for Ra226 = 1622 years) (B) Toluene
(A) 277:1 (C) Chlorobenzene (A) By fractional distillation

(B) 2-77x106 :1 (D) Phenol (B) By steam distillation

(C) Under reduced pressure

(C) 1 :2-77x1CP 29. Chfe—CHo when reacts with

(D) 1:277
\ / (D) By simple distillation
O 37. In the reaction
22. Total number of alpha (a) and
R-MgX gives an intermediate
beta (B) particles emitted in the product (A) which on hydrolysis
Cu + 2Hj>S04 -> CuS04 + SO2
disintegration of goTh 232 to yields final product (B). The + 2H 20.
kPd 208 will be— product B is H 2S04 acts as a—
(A) 6ctand4B (B) 4aand6B (A) R2CHCH2OH (A) Reducing agent
(C) 7a and 3p (D) 3a and 7p (B) RCHOHCH 3 (B) Oxidising agent

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1763

Copyrighted material
 (C) Dehydrating agent Rate of effusion of gas A (C) 8-11 x108 pm 3
(B)
(D) All of these Rate of effusion of gas B
(D) 11-8x108 pm 3
38. Which one of the following com-
-4 3RT/(Mof gas A)
'

49. Which one of the following com-

pounds will have highest boiling 3RT/(M of gas B)
pounds has highest lattice
point? _ Rate of effusion of gas A energy ?
(
(A) n-pentane ' Rate of effusion of gas B
(A) LiF (B) CsF
(B) n-octane
'
3RT/(M of gas B) (C) RbF (D) NaF
(C) 2,2,3,3-tetramenthyl butane
3RT/(M of gas A)
(D) Iso-octane 50. Oxygen has a Henry's law cons-
Rate of effusion of gas A
39. Which one of the following com- '
' Rate of effusion of gas B
tant of 1-7 x 10~ 6 molal per mm
Hg when dissolved in water at
pounds is used as automobile

V
25° C. What is the concentration
antifreeze in cold countries ?
V^of gas A of 0 2 in water at 25°C, when 02
(A) 1 , 2 ethanediol
(B) Tert. butanol V^of gas B has partial pressure of 150 mm
Hg?
(C) Both of these 44. Which one of the following terms
(D) None of these in the van der Waal's equation
(A) 8-8 mg of 02 in one kg of
water
corresponds to the correction for
40. 0-1 gm a compound of em-
of
(B) 88 0 mg of 02 in one kg of
intermolecular forces ?
pirical formula CH 2 F2 occupies

0 047 lit. at 298 K and 755 mm of

Hg. The molar mass of the
(A) (B)«(5j (C) About 8 0 mg of 02 in one
compound is
kg of water
gm 02
(A)

(B)
52-4gm/mol
24-5gm/mol
45.
(O

Which one
bn (D)
HI
of the following ions
(D) 0-8
water
of in one kg of

(C) 42-5gm/mol
has very high hydration energy ? ANSWERS
(D) 254gm/mol
(A) Na + (B) K+ 1(B) 2. (A) 3. (C) 4. (B) 5. (A)
41. According to the reaction
(C) Mg2 * (D) Cs+ 6. (A) 7.(B) 8. (A) 9. (B) 10. (C)
2AI + 2NaOH + 6H 20 ->
46. 1-0 litre of water is placed in a 11. (A) 12. (A) 13. (C) 14. (C) 15. (C)

2NaAI(OH) 4 + 3H 2 t. small room that has volume of 16. (C) 17. (C) 18. (B) 19. (C) 20. (B)
2-30 x 104 lit. About how much 21. (B) 22. (A) 23. (A) 24. (C) 25. (A)
If 5-6 gm of Al powder and
water will evaporate at 25°C ? 26. (B) 27. (A) 28. (D) 29. (C) 30. (C)
excess of NaOH were used, how
many litres of hydrogen mea- (Density of water = 0-997 gm/cm 3 31. (D) 32. (C) 33. (C) 34. (C) 35. (C)
sured at 742 mm of Hg and and vapour pressure of water at 36. (C) 37. (B) 38. (B) 39. (A) 40. (A)
22 0°C were produced ? 25°C is 23-8 mm Hg) 41. (B) 42. (A) 43. (C) 44. (B) 45. (C)

(A) 5-6 litre (B) 7-7 litre

(A) All water will evaporate 46. (B) 47. (A) 48. (A) 49. (A) 50. (C)

(C) 77 0 litre (D) 0-77 litre

(B) About half of the water will

evaporate HINTS
42. 22 gm
propane and 11 gm of
of
isobutane were mixed together (C) About \ th of the water will 1. In first compound
and the mixture was then forced evaporate Carbon = 42-8%
into a can until the total pressure Oxygen = (100-42-8)
(D) None of these is correct
was 1-5 atm. The partial pres-
= 57-2%
sure of propane and isobutane 47. Which one of the following com-
are pounds is non-stoichiometric and In second compound

(A) 1-1 atm. and 0-42 atm. semiconductor ? Carbon = 27-27%

(B) 0-42 atm. and M atm. (A)
(B)
Cadmium
Sodium
sulphide
chloride
Oxygen = (100-27-27)
(C) 1-1 atm. and 2-2 atm. = 72-73%
(D) M atm. and 0-22 atm. (C) Quartz
(D) Ice
compound the number of
In first

43. Which one of the following is a parts by mass of oxygen that

wrong expression ? 48. The radius of the Na + ion is combines with one part by mass
-
116 pm and the radius of CI ion of carbon
Rate of effusion of gas A 167 pm. The volume of
(A) is unit
Rate of effusion of gas B pm 3 133
cell in is
42-8 ~
M of gas B (A) 1-81x108 pm 3 In second compound the number
M of gas A (B) 18-1x108 pm 3
of parts by mass of oxygen that

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1764

Copyrighted material
 combines with one part by mass Now, Here, oxygen is a limiting reac-

of carbon tant. Therefore,

'•'
56 gm of iron contains
v 32 gm oxygen gives 36 0 gm
2-66 = 6023 xlO23 atoms
27-27 " of water
The masses of oxygen
ratio of .-. 2-28 gm of iron will contain .-. 80 gm oxygen will give
that combines with fixed mass 6023 xlO^x 2-28 36 x80
(1 part) by mass of carbon is 56 =
32
1-33 2-66
= 2-45 x 1022 atoms
:

b 90 00 gm of water
1 : 2
6. Molecular mass of oxygen = 32 Hence, 90 00 gm of water will be
Since, the ratio isa simple whole
Molecular mass of ozone = 48 formed.
number ratio, hence it illustrates
the law of multiple proportions. Now, 8. Suppose the volume of 6M HCI
required to obtain 1 litre of
2. Gram atoms of iodine '•'
32 gm of oxygen have
3 M HCI = x litre.
Mass (g) 2 x 6 02 x 23 oxygen atoms
- 1
GAM 10 gm of oxygen will have
Therefore,
.-.
The volume of 2M HCI required
25-4x10-3g
2x602x1023 x10 = (1 - x) litre
127g = 32 Applying the molarity equation
- 2 x KT* gm-atoms
6 02 X1024 M V +M 2V2 =M 3V3
1 1
Gram-molecules of iodine atoms
16 6MHCI 2MHCI 3M HCI
Mass in (g)
" Similarly, 6x + 2(1 - X) = 3x1
G.M.M
v 48 gm of ozone have 6x + 2 - 2x = 3
25-4x10-^
3 x 6 02 x 1023 oxygen atoms Ax = 3-2 = 1
254g 1

= x 10"4 gm-molecules
.-. 1 0 gm of ozone will have x =
1 4
3. 92 mg = 92x1(r3 gm Sxe^xlO^xlO =. 0-25 litre

48 Hence, volume of 6M HCI requi-

••
6 02 x 1020 molecules weigh
602 xl O24 red - 0-25 litre

= 92 x 10"3 gm 16 Volume of 2M HCI required

.-. 6 02 x 1023 molecules will
Hence, number of oxygen atoms = (1-0-25)
weigh be same in both flasks
will = 0-75 litre
92x1Q-3 x602x1023 Again, 1 0. Mass of 1 000 cm 3 of commercial
602 X1020 - 32 gm of oxygen have HCI = 1000x1-19
= 92 x 10"3 x 103 = 602 xlO23 0 2 molecules = 1190 gm
,

= 92 Now, the mass of HCI in 1 190 gm

.-. 1 0 gm of oxygen will have
ofHCI solution
Hence, molecular mass is 92. ^xlO^xlO 1190x38
4.
'•'
6 02 x 1023 water molecules 32
100
will weigh = 18 gm 602 xlO24
molecules of 02 = 452-20 gm
.-. 3 01 x 1024 water molecules 32
Molar mass of HCI
will weigh Similarly,
= 36-5 gm
18X301 X1024 '•'
48 gm of ozone have Hence, no. of mole of HCI in
602 X1023 1000 cm 3
= 602 xlO^.Oa molecules
= 9000 gm 452-20
.-. 10 gm of ozone will have =
Since, density of water is 36-50
1 0 gm cm
-3 602x1023 x10 = 12-4 moles
Hence, 1 0 gm = 1 cm 3 48 Hence, molarity of HCI solution
9000 gm = 90 cm 3 602 x 1024 = 12-4 M
Hence, volume will be 90 cm 3 .
48 11. Jewellers rouge is a red pow-
602 xlO24 602 xlO24 dered haematite which is a mild
5. v 100 gm of iron complex con- Then > abrassive used in metal cleaning
tains = 45-6 gm of iron and polishing.
Hence, flask A will have higher
.-. 5 gm of iron complex will
number of molecules 12. Moles of water which capture the
contain heat
7. According to reaction lOOOg
45-6 x 5 =
= gm of iron 2H 2 + 02 > 2H2O 1802g
1Q0
= 2-28 gm of iron 40 gm 320 gm 360 gm = 55-49 mole

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1765

Copyrighted material
 Qwater = "CAT tartrate(KHC 4 H 40 6 ) which is 3 NaCNS + FeCI 3
used to transform baking soda
= (55-49 mol)x ->Fe (CNS) 3 + 3NaCI
(NaHCOa) into baking powder.
(75-376 J/mol-K)
Red
19. Main component of tooth and
x(156K) bone enamel is hydroxyapatite
= 6525 J Ca 5 (P04 ) 3OH. Fluorides to tooth

Heat absorbed by bomb is

pastes are added to convert o-hydroxy benzoic
Ca 5 (PC-4) 3 OH into Ca 5 (POJ 3 F acid or Salicylic acid
because it is harder and more
Qbomb CAT resistant to decay. Pyridine OCOCH 3
= (958J/°C)x COOH
21
(1-56°C) '
N2 " (f1/2) 2 Acetyl Salicylic

= 1494 J acid or Aspirin

4-49 X109
Total heat absorbed is given as 1622 27. Reaction in which two ester

6525+1494 = 8019 J molecules having a-hydrogen

= 2-77 x 106
We can, therefore, atoms react together in presence
conclude that The ratio of U 238 to Ra226 of sodium ethoxide to give keto
the reaction gives off 8 02 kJ of
= 2-77x106 :1 ester, is known as Claisen
energy in the form of heat.
number a -particles condensation reaction.
^reaction = -8 02kJ 22. Let the of
emitted C6H5COOC2 H 5 does not have
Since, 0-16 gm ofmethane
= a a-hydrogen atoms and it will not
corresponds to 0 01 moles of
methane undergo Claisen condensation
and number of p-particles emitted
reaction. Claisen condensation
8 02 kJ = b reaction is as—
••-obTrnd = -802kJ/mol. Here, 4a = 232-208 CH 3 COOC 2 H 5 +
14. For reaction (C), no there is
24 C H ONa
significant change in the volume HCHzCOOCzHs 2 s )

because, the reactants and pro- CHgCOCHjjCOOCaHs +C 2 H 5OH

Hence, a-particles = 6
ducts are solids. Therefore, AH (3-keto ester
Similarly,
and AE will be roughly equal for
2a -b = 90-82 / :6h A
- b = -2a + 8 28. Phenol releases elec-
15. Reaction (C) is exothermic be-
cause it is the opposite of the (A) => b = 2a-
and (B) reactions. The steam => b = 2x6-8
causes more severe bums than trans to benzene ring by
hot water because it also relea-
b = 4 resonance effect or mesomeric
ses heat to the skin as it conden- Hence, p-particles =4 effect more effectively. Electron
ses to form the liquid.
23. Here, ty, = 1 release by :OH group stabilises
16. According to Hess's Law N, = 0-70
the carbocation more effectively
HPw ->H2 ({, )+ !o 2(g) Ua = 5760 year and hence activates the aromatic
0-693 ring for electrophilic substitution.
AH° = 285-83 kJ/mol Calculation of K
'1/2
29. CH, CH2R
0-693
%) + 2°2 (g)~*^°<o) 5760
O+R—MgX I

AH° = -241-82kJ/mol CH 2 OMgX

We know that CH, (A)
2-303
H 2O -»H2 O g .AH0 = 4401 kJ
K = log
(, ) ( )
t N, H20
0-693 2-303 1
i
.

- R-CH2-CH 2 OH + HOMgX
or 5760 r ^0-70
!°9i
Alcohol
2(g)
+ 2?2(gl 2-303x5760x0-155
r (B)
0-693 -1/2
A H°= 285-83 / AH 0 =-241 -82
\Ar 34. Rate = KC A
3/2
= 2967 year Cr
kJ/mol/ \ kJ/mol

24. When N and S both are present Order of the reaction will be
" 2 0</ * 3 _ 1 2
in an organic compound, it gives = _1
AH 0 = 44-01 kJ/mol
2 2 2
NaCNS when fused with sodium.
17. The only potassium salt com- NaCNS on reacting with FeCI 3 40. We know that
monly used in cooking is cream gives deep red coloured PV
of tartar or potassium
hydrogen Fe(CNS) 3 n =
.
RT
C.S.V. I February / 1999/ 1766

Copyrighted material
 1 atm. \ Since, 48. One face of the face centered
P = 755 mm NaCI unit cell wil! look as—
( 760 mny Xc3 h 8 + H C4 H 10
= 0-993 atm. = 0-72 + X C4H10 t— ci-
.-. n = 1 = 0-72 + XVCf 4 H 10
(0-993 atm) (0 047 lit) -Na +
••Xc4 h 10 = 1-0-72= 0-28
(0 082057 lit atm/K-mol) (298 K)
= 0 00191 mole Now,

Hence, molar mass

Partial pressure of C4 H 10
0-1 gm = 0-28xPTota ,
This means that one edge of the

0 00191 mole = 0-28 (1-5 atm) unit cell is equal to

= 52-4gm/mole = 0-42 atm 2(167pm)+2(116pm)=566pm

Alternately Pc3H 8 + pC4H 10 Since, crystal is cubic, the

pM = volume of the unit cell is the cube

1-5 atm
Density (d) =
^ •*•
PcsHa = 1-5 atm -0-42 atm
of an edge

Volume of unit cell

d = 2 13 9 m/lit
- = 1-1 atm
=O047 = (edge) 3
{ } 46. The approach to solving this pro-
= (566 pm) 3
blem is to calculate the amount
of water that must evaporate in
= 1-81 x 10 8 pm 3
(2-13 gm/lit) (0 082057 lit
50. From Henry's law, we have
order to exert a pressure of
atm/K-mole) (298K)
0-993 atm
23-8 mm Hg in a volume of Molarity of 02
2-30x'l04 litat25°C = (1-7x10- 6 molal/mmHg)
= 52-5gm/mole
(This molar mass is equal to the n moles =
PV (150 mm Hg)
empirical formula weight). = 2-6x1(T 4 m
41. Moles of Al '.'
When molality is 1, then the
10 mole Al \ ~ oxygen weighs 32 gm
= 5-6 gm Al (0 0821 lit-atm/K-mole)(298K)
( 27 0 gm Al / .-. When molality is 2-6 x 10" 4
H 20
,

n = 29-4 moles of
0-21 mole of Al the oxygen will weigh
Moles of H 2 produced by alumi-
294,mo eo.H 2 0,(^§^)
l = 32x2-6x10" 4
nium
= 83-2x10_4 gm
mole of H 2\ = 531 gm
(3 83-2 x 10" 4 gm
2 mole of A?
) 1cm 3 \ _ 532
531 gm ~ cm 3 = 83-2 x 10~ 4 x 1000
= 0-31 mole of H2 ( 0-997 gm)
Now, from Thus, nearly half of the water will = 8-32 mg
evaporate in order to achieve an Hence, nearly 8 0 mg of oxygen
PV = nRT equilibrium at 23-8 Hg and mm is dissolved in 1 kg of water.

-- v - 25°C. • ••
p
(0-31 mole) (0082057 lit-

atm/K mole) (295K) jTRead Upkar'slE

(0-976 atm)

m 7-7
(••' 742
lit
mm = 0-976 atm.)
of H2 ECORRECT
EARN TO WRITE
ENGLISH
CORRECT-ENGLISH
& w HOW TO WRITE IT
:

42. Moles of C3H8

(English-Hindi Medium) (English Medium)
(10 mol C 3 H 8 \ RS. 11500 Rs. 10500
44-1gmC 3 H 8 )
= 0-5 mole Dr. B.B^Jain^>
<^J5y :

Moles of C4 H 10 As the Latest and All Comprehensive Books for

/ 10 moleofC 4 H 10 \ Competitive Examinations.
= HgmC 4 H 10 se^gmc^
All
^ ) Purchase from nearest bookseller or get the copy byV.P.P. sending M. 0. of Rs. 50/- on
- 0-19 mole the following address

Mole fraction of C 3H8 UPKAR PRAKASHAN

0-5 mole C 3 Ha 2/11 A, Swadeshi Bima Nagar, Agra-282 002
= 0-72 Phone : 351238, 350002 351002; Fax (0562) 351251
0-69 Total moles v :

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1767

 3 Best Fifteen Questions

1 . When the value of n + I is not (C) Gattermann Koch reaction following is main product of the
more than three which of the (D) Gattermann aldehyde syn- reaction ?
following sub-shells is not possi- thesis (A) Ca 3 N 2 (B) NH4CI
ble to exist ?
7. When the vapours of benzene (C) N2 (D) CaO
(A) 2s (B) 3s are passed through a red hot
13. Which of the following metals has
(C) 3p (D) 2p tube
the lowest metallic conductivity ?
2. The ionization energy of hydro- (A) Oiphenyl is formed
(A) Silver (B) Copper
gen atom is 13-6 eV. The (B) Diphenyl benzene is formed
2+ (C) Sodium (D) Zinc
ionization energy of Li ion will (C) Both A and B are correct
be— (D) Both A and B are wrong 14. Reduction potentials of some half

(A) 13-6 eV (B) 40-8 eV reactions are given as

8. Which of the following compo-
(C) 122-4 eV (D) 84-6 eV unds is not reduced by ozone ? Fe 2+ + 2e -» Fe ;

3. The energy required to send (A) Ba0 2 E° = - 0-47 volts

hydrogen electron from n = to Ag2 0 Fe 3*
1
(B) + 3e -» Fe
n = 2 will be Na 2 0 2
(C)
E° = - 0057 volts
(A) 13-6 eV (B) 27-2 eV (D) K4[Fe(CN) 6 ]
(C) 10-2 eV (D) 102eV Fe^ + e-^Fe2 *;
9. Which of the following oxyacids
E° = + 0-77 volts
4. The reaction of benzaldehyde of phosphorus is monobasic and
with ammonia (NH 3 )gives
reducing in nature ? Fe0 4 2" + 3e + 8H*-» Fe 3* + 4H 2 0;
(A) Benzaldehyde ammonia (A) Metaphosphoric acid E° = + 220 volts
(B) Benzaldimine (B) Pyrophosphoric acid Which of the following state-
(C) Hydrobenzamide (C) Hypophosphoric acid ments is correct ?
(D) Benzamide (D) Hypophosphorus acid (A) Neither Fe 3* nor Fe 2+ have
5. The product formed by heating 10. When cupric oxide (CuO) is hea-
any tendency to reduce to
sodium phenoxide with C0 2 at ted in the current of ammonia,
Fe
140°C on treatment with HCI which of the following is not the (B) Fe0 4 2" is the weakest oxi-
gives product formed ? dising agent

(A) Phenyl acetic acid (A) Cu (B) N2 (C) AG value for Fe042" -> Fe3*
(B) Cinnamic acid (C) H2O (D) Cu 3N 2 will be large and positive

(C) Benzoic acid (0) Reactions with negative val-

11. Which of the following species
(D) Salicylic acid has the lowest value for K a ? p
ues for E° are more strongly
(A) H3P04 oxidising than oxygen
6. The reaction
CO + HCI (B) HzPOr 15. Didymium catalyst is
CeH6
S5
£-»C 6 H SCH0 (C) HPO42- (A) Neodymium
is known as (D) All have equal value (B) Praseodymium
(A) Reimer—Tiemann reaction 12. When ammonia (NH 3 ) reacts with (C) Both (A) and (B)

(B) Perkin's reaction calcium hypochlorite, which of the (D) None of these

ANSWERS WITH HINTS

1.(C) 2.(C) 3.(C) 4.(C) 5. (D) 1+0 = 1 /neans 1 s sub-shell
6.(C) 7.(C) 8.(D) 9.(D) 10. (D) Forn+/=2
11. (A) 12. (C) 13. (D) 14. (A) 1 5. (C) 2 + 0 = 2 means 2s sub-shell
Forn+/=3
1 . The value of n + / may be upto 3
3 + 0 = 3 means 3s sub-shell
n+/=1; n+/=2; n+ 1=3 2+ 1=3 means 2p sub-shell
For n+ /= 1 Hence, 3p sub-shell is not possible

GS.V. / February / 1999/ 1768

Co
2. Ionization energy of H atom is given as 8. Reducing action of ozone

Z2 Ba02 + 03 > BaO + 2O2

I.E. = 13-6 x ^ eV
Ag20 + 03 > 2Ag + 2O2
ionization energy of Li 2+
Hence will be as
Na 202 + H 20 + 03 — > 2NaOH + 20s
13-6 x(3) 2
I. E. = Tg K4[Fe(CN) 6] cannot be reduced by ozone, instead, it

is oxidised as
= 122-4 eV
2K4[Fe(CN)6] + H^O + 03 »
(Z =3 for Lithium)
2K 3 [Fe(CN) 6] + 2KOH + Oz
3. Sending an electron from n = 1 to n=2 is known as
first excitation potential 9. Hypophosphorus acid is monobasic oxyacid of

1st excitation potential phosphorus

= E2 -E, H
I

E, = -136eV 0=P-H
Z2 (1)
2
E2 = -13-6x^5 = - 13-6 x ^2 I

OH
= -13-6x^ = -3-4eV H
I

Hence, Due to P—H bonds it acts as a reducing agent.

Ez-E, = -3-4 -(-13-6)
= 10-2 eV 10. 3CuO + 2NH 3 >3Cu + 3H20 + N 2
Therefore, Cu 3 N 2 is not the product.
4. C6H 5CH[6" V"H 2]
HC~°^ 5
;

The p K a of strength of an acid. If acid

a measure
C 6H 5CH^ Th'z]
11. is
N-L-H
T. .J ionizes almost completely then K a will be large and
i" K
p a will be the small. With oxy acids having more
than one hydrogen atoms the successive p K a values
CgHsCH =N become more and more positive i.e., the phosphate
/CH-C 6 H 5 + 3H 2 0 ions formed on successive removal of H + become
CeHgCH =N less acidic.
Hydrobenzamide
H3PO4 ^H* + H2 P0 - 4 ;
K
p = 2- 1

ONa ONa
H 2P04- ^ H* + HPO42- ;
K
p a = 7-20
I I HPO42- ^H + + P04^ ; p
Ka = 1 2-37

+
„
co2
140°C
>
—COOH
12. 4NH 3 + 3Ca(OCI) 2 2N2 + 3CaCI 2 + 6H 2 0
Hence, N 2 is the main product of the reaction.
Sod-phenoxide
13. Conductivities of metals are as :

ONa OH Silver 6-3 x 1

5 ohm cm-1
I
-1
Copper 6 0 x 10s ohm cm
Sodium 2-4 x 1
5 ohm cm-1
Zinc 1 -7 x 1
s
ohm cm-1
Salicylic acid
Hence, zinc has lowest conductivity.
6. Gattermann Koch Reaction
14. The E° values for the changes Fe 3+ -» Fe and
: C=0 + HCI + AICI 3 > H-C=0 + AICI4- Fe2+ -» Fe are both negative hence, AG is positive :

(AG = -nFE°). Therefore, neither Fe3* nor Fe 2+ have

H CHO 9"° any tendency to reduce to Fe.

AICI 4
-
15. Didymium an old name but later resolved into two
is
+ HCI + AICI3 lanthanides, Praseodymium and neodymium. This
catalyst is finely powdered mixture of two solids,

7. 2C G H G > C6 H5 — CgH 5 + H2
which flows like a liquid and this is termed as
fluidised bed. It is used in the preparation of chlorine
Diphenyl
from the oxidation of HCI.
3C 6 H 6 > C6 H 5 — 6 H4-C 6H 5 + 2H 2
Diphenyl benzene • ••
C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1769

Copyrighted material
 Numerical Correlations in Estimation of Elements and
Determination of Formulae of Organic Compounds

Estimation of Elements Solution

Percentage of Carbon
1. Estimation of Carbon, Hydrogen and Oxygen
12 100
• Carbon and hydrogen are estimated by Liebig = Wt.ofC02 x^x^ ofcompound
method.
no39Q 12 100
* 44 x 04
= °-
• Estimation of C and H is done by combustion.
• Known weight of organic compound (wg) is heated = 26-59
withCuO in a combustion tube. Percentage of Hydrogen
• Carbon is oxidised to C0 2 and hydrogen to H 2 0.
= Wt. of Hp x ^ x ^ Qf compound
• These are absorbed by KOH and CaCI 2 tubes res-
nno 2 100
pectively.
= 008x x =2„„„
22-

T8 O4
• Increase in weight of potash tube (xg) gives the
Percentage ofOxygen
weight of C02 while increase in CaCI 2 tube
(yg) gives
= 100 -(26-59 + 2-22) = 71 19
the weight of H 2 0.
Now since the molecular mass of C02 = 44 and it 2. Estimation of Nitrogen :

contains 12 g of carbon. (A) Duma's Method—

12 • Weighed quantity of organic compound is heated in a
Hence, weight of carbon in xg of C02 = x x ^ g.
combustion tube with cupric oxide in an atmosphere
of carbon dioxide.
.-. Percentage of carbon in wg of compound
12 100 Cx H y N z+ CuO-»x C02 + * H 2 0 + 1 2 + oxides of N
- xx x
44 w
• The oxides formed on combustion are
of nitrogen
Thus, the general formula for percentage of carbon is
reduced by copper spiral which is placed in the way
of nitrogen oxides,

Wt. of C0 2 produced x g x - of
™mpound 2NO + 2Cu -> 2CuO + N 2 ;

Cu + N 2 0 -> CuO + N 2
Similarly 2N0 2 + 4Cu -> 4CuO + N2
The molecular mass of H 20 is 18 which contains 2 • Nitrogen is thus measured by nitrometer, where all

parts by weight of hydrogen. gases are absorbed except nitrogen.

Hence wt. of hydrogen in yg of H2 0 = y x

2
^g Example —0-2 g of an organic compound gave on
combustion 31-7 cm 3 of moist nitrogen measured at 14°C
.-. Percentage of hydrogen in compound and 758 mm pressure. Find out the percentage of
2_ 100 nitrogen in the compound. (Aqueous tension at 14°C is 14
= yx x
18 w mm)
Solution
2 100
Wt. of H20 produced x ^ x ^ ofcompound Volume of moist nitrogen at 14°C and 758 mm = 31-7
J
cm
As there is no direct method for the estimation of Converting the volume of nitrogen at N.T.P.
oxygen, its percentage can be calculated by diffe- Aqueous tension at 14°C = 14 mm
Hence, V 1
= 31 -7 cm 3 V2 = ?
P = 758 -14 = 744 mm P2 = 760 mm
Percentage of oxygen = 100 - (% of C + % of H) t

Ti = 14 + 273 = 287 K T2 = 273 K

—
Example 0-4 g of an organic compound containing Applying gas equation, the volume of dry nitrogen at
carbon, hydrogen and oxygen gave on combustion 0 08 g NTP
of water and 0-39 g of carbon dioxide. Find out the P 29 V
v2 :

percentage composition of the compound.

CS.V. / February / 1999/ 1770

Copyrighted material
 14xV
V2 " V cm 3 of N-NH 3 contains = g ofN
T, P2 iqqq

744x31-7x273 14x V
Hence, vvg compound contains = gofN
1000
287 x 760
= 29519 cm 3
14xVx100
100 g compound contains gofN
v Wt. of 22400 cm 3 of N2 at NTP 000 x w
1

= 28 g
14xNxV
.-. Wt. of 29-519 cm 3 of N 2 at NTP .-. Percentage of Nitrogen
w
28
= 22400 X 29 519 9
—
Example 0-2 g compound on being digested with
28 cone. H 2 S0 4 followed by distillation with NaOH, evolved
x 29-51 9 g of N is present in 0-2 g of compound
224Q0 N
ammonia which was passed in 50 cm 3 of
^H 2 S0 4 . The
.-. Percentage of nitrogen

28 x 29-519 x 100 excess of acid was titrated with

^ NaOH. 10 cm 3 of NaOH
22400 x 0-20 were required for titration. Find out the percentage of
nitrogen in the compound.
= 18-45
Solution
Wt. of nitrogen x 100 Weight of organic compound
Percentage of N
Wt. of compound
= 0-2 g

Percentage of N=
Volume
22400 x
of N2 at

wt. of
NTP x 28 x
compound
—
1 00
Volume of acid taken = 50 cm 3 of N/10 H 2 S04
= 25 cm 3 of N/5 H 2 S04

(B) Kjeldahl's Method — Volume of NaOH needed to neutralise excess of

H2S04
• Known weight of compound is heated with excess of
cone. H 2 S0 4 and some potassium sulphate and
= 10 cm 3 of N/5 NaOH
copper sulphate. 10 cm 3 of N/5 NaOH 1Q cm 3 of N/5 H 2 S04
• Copper sulphate acts as catalyst and potassium .-. Volume of N/5 H 2S04 neutralised by NH 3
sulphate raises the boiling point of H 2 S04 .

= 25-10
• Whole nitrogen in compound is quantitatively conver-
= 15 cm 3
ted into (NH 4 ) 2 S0 4 .

Hence, percentage of nitrogen

• The solution containing (NH 4 ) 2 S04 is heated with
caustic soda which results in evolution of ammonia. 14xNxV
Compound containing nitrogen + H^O, ->
w
(NH 4) 2 S0 4 = 14x 5 x O20
(NH 4 ) 2 S04 + 2NaOH -> Na 2 S0 4 + 2NH 3 + 2H 2 0 = 21
• The ammonia evolved is passed a known volume
into = 21% N
of standard solution of sulphuric acid. The excess Estimation of Halogens
H 2S04 is then titrated against standard solution of
NaOH. Carius method— In this method a known weight of
organic compound is placed in a jena glass tube con-
Suppose, taining cone. HN0 3 and a few crystals of AgN0 3 Tube is .

• Weight of organic compound = w g sealed and heated at 200°C for 6 to 7 hours in carius fur-
• Volume of N acid taken in flask = V, cm 3 nace. The halogen present in compound is quantitatively
• Volume of acid left after passing NH 3 = V2 cm 3 changed into silver halide which is estimated gravi metri-
cally.
• Volume of acid neutralised by NH 3
Suppose, x g silver halide is formed from wg of com-
= V,-V2 pound, then
= Vcm 3
35-5 xx 100
Hence, Percentage of CI = x-
143 g w
Vcm 3 ofN acid = Vcm 3 ofNNH 3
80 YXJ00
•••
1000 cm 3 of N-NH 3 contains Percentage of Br
188 w
= 17gofNH 3 127 xx100
= 14 g ofN Percentage of I
235

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1771

Copyrighted material
 In general percentage of halogen Solution

At. wt. of halogen wt. of silver halidex 100 Percentage of carbon = 0-145x^|x^
~ Mot. x
wt. of silver halide wt. of compound
= 19-77
Example —0-25 g of an organic compound
Percentage of hydrogen = 0-1 2 x x
heated with HN0 3 and AgN0 3 in a carius tube, gave
0-3500 g of silver chloride. Find out the percentage of = 6-66
cnionne in tne compound.
Percentage of nitrogen (Duma's method)
28 100
35-5 0-3500 , nn * 75 X 22400 * 0-2
Percentage of chlorine = x 0<%g x 100
143-5 0-25
= 46-87
34-64
Percentage of oxygen (by difference)
Note— In aadition to carius method, halogens ate
= 100-(19-77 + 6-66 +46-87)
also estimated by Plria and Schiff's method and
Stepanov's method. 100 - 73-30 = 26-70
Percen- At. wt. of I Rolatiwo 1

Estimation of Sulphur Element tage of Element number of Simplest

—
Carius method A known weight of the compound is Element Atoms Ratio

heated with fuming HN0 3 in a carius tube. Sulphur of the 19 77 1-65

Carbon 19-77 12 - 11-65
65 = ,
1
compound is oxidised to sulphuric acid. After cooling, the 12 1-65

contents are transferred into a beaker. Some excess of

BaCl 2 is added to get the precipitate of BaS0 4 Precipitate .
Hydrogen 6 66 1
^ = 6-66
666
V65 =
4
.

is filtered, washed and weighed. The percentage of 3-34 .

Nitrogen 46 87 14
sulphur is calculated as 1-65

1-66
Oxygen 26-70 16 = ,
Percentage of sulphur Tl55
At. wt. of S x wt. of BaSQ4 x 100
~ Mol. The ratio of different atoms of different elements
wt. of BaS0 4 x wt. of compound
C:H:N:0
32 wt. of BaSQ 4 x 100
= x 1:4:2:1
233 wt. of compound
Hence, empirical formula of compound is CH 4 N20.
Note— In addition to carius method, sulphur can also
Example —0-40 g ofan organic compound gave on
be estimated by Messenger's method and Asboth's
combustion 0-80 g of C02 and 0-30 g of H 2 0. 0-24 g of
method.
same compound was treated according to Kjeldahl's
method. The NH 3 formed was absorbed in 50 cm 3 of
Example—0-35 g of an organic compound containing 0-25N H 2 S04 The excess of H 2 S04 required 75 cm 3 of
.

sulphur was heated in a carius tube and H 2 S0 4 formed

0-1 N NaOH for complete neutralisation. Find out the
was precipitated as BaS04 with BaCI 2 The weight of .

empirical formula of the compound.

BaS04 was found to be 0-35 g. Find out the percentage of
sulphur in the compound.

Percentage of carbon no*

080 x^x^
12 100

32 0-35x100
Percentage of sulphur x-
;
= 47-43
233 0-35
= 13-73
Determination of Formula of
Percentage of hydrogen = 0-30 x ^2 x 100 = 8-3

Organic Compound Percentage of Nitrogen-

Weight of compound = 0-24 g
1. Empirical Formula
Total acid taken = 50 cm 3 of 0-25 N H 2 S04
The empirical formula of an organic compound
represents the simplest ratio of atoms of different atoms 75 cm 3 of 0-1 N NaOH = 75 cm 3 of 0-1 N H 2 S04
present in the molecule of the compound.
= 7-5 cm 3 of N H 2 S04
The empirical formula of a compound is worked out
from the percentage of various elements present in the
= 30 cm 3 of 0-25 N H 2 S04
compound. .-. Acid neutralized by ammonia
—
Example 0-2 g of an organic compound gave on = (50-30)
combustion 75 cm 3 of nitrogen at NTP. In second expe-
riment same weight of compound gave 0-145 g of C0 2 = 20 cm 3 of 0-25 N H 2 S04
and 0-12 g of water. Find out the empirical formula of the 1 4 V
Percentage of nitrogen =
compound. ^
C S.\. I February / 1999/ 1772

Copyrighted material
 1-4 x 0-23x 20 The empirical formula of the compound is CHCI 3 .

= 29
0-24 The empirical formula weight of the compound.
Percentage of oxygen (by difference) C H 3CI
= 100 -(47-43 + 8-30 + 29 0) 12 + 1 + 3 x 35-5 = 119-5
= 100 - 84-73 = 15-27 (ii) Determination of molecular weight
Percen- At. wt. of Relative v 112 cm3 of vapour of compound at NTP weighs
Element tage of Element number of Simplest
Ratio
Element Atoms = 0-6 g

Carbon 47-43 12 47-43

~4 ,
4 .-. 22400 cm3 of vapour of compound at NTP weighs
12
0-6 x 22400
8-30
Hydrogen 8 30 1 " 8 = 9
1 112

Nitrogen 2900 14 2
= 120 g
4
14
Hence, molecular weight of the compound is 120
15-27
Oxygen 15-27 16 "4 1
<Ht) Determination of molecular formula
16
Molecular weight
The ratio of atoms of different elements is n =
Empirical formula weight
C:H:N:0 120
4:8:2:1 -1
119-5
Thus empirical formula of organic compound is
Hence, molecular formula
C^eNzO = Empirical formula x n
2. Molecular Formula: = CHCI3 x 1

Molecular formula of a compound expresses the = CHCI3

actual number of atoms of each element present in the Molecular formula of compound is CHCI 3
molecule of the compound.
Structural Formula
For determination of molecular formula, the molecular
weight of compound should be known. Following points The structural formula of a compound shows the
have to be taken into account while determining the linking pattern of various atoms in a molecule. This is
molecular formulaof the compound :
determined if the molecular formula and characteristic
properties of compound are known. For example a
(i) Empirical formula weight is calculated by adding
compound with molecular formula C 2 H^O shows the
up atomic weights of various atoms present in
characteristics of alcohol, then its structure will be as
the empirical formula of the compound.
(ii) Molecular wt. is then divided by empirical formula H H
wt. Let the quotient be 'rt. I I

(iii) Multiply the empirical formula by the quotient 'ri

H- -C- -C-OH
to get the molecular formula.
H H

Molecular formula = n x Empirical formula As the determination of structural formula is the final

Molecular weight stage of molecular analysis, it needs a detailed spectro-

Where scopic investigation and is a subject of separate study-
Empirical formula weight

Determination of Molecular formula of Gaseous

Example —A compound contained 10
volatile organic
Hydrocarbons
percent carbon, 0-84 percent hydrogen and 89-12 per
The molecular formula of hydrocarbons can be deter-
cent chlorine. In Victor Meyer's method 0-6 g of this
mined even without knowing the percentage composition
compound displaced 122 cm 3 of air at NTP. Find out the
of the hydrocarbon.
molecular formula of the compound.
• A known volume of pure hydrocarbon is mixed
Solution
with excess but known volume of oxygen and
(i) Calculation of empirical formula exploded in a eudiometer tube.
• Carbon and hydrogen form carbon dioxide and
Element Percen- At. wt. of Relative
water respectively.
tage of Element number of Ratio
Element Atoms e After cooling, the volume of gaseous mixture is

0-83
noted which includes C0 2 and unreacted O2.
Carbon 10 12 = «
^§ = 0-83 rJ83
1
• Decrease in volume after cooling is the volume
Hydrogen 0-84 1
^ = 0-84
0-84
0-83
=
.

1
•
of water produced.
The volume of C0 2 is determined by decrease
89-12 35-5 2-55 which takes place by passing the cold gas in
Chlorine J
0-83 "
KOH solution.

C &V. / February / 1999/ 1773

 • The remaining gas is unreacted 02 which is Example —357 cm 3 of air is needed for complete
absorbed in alkaline pyrogallol. combustion of 15 cm 3 of a gaseous hydrocarbon. The air
• The volume of oxygen used is then calculated by contains only 21 per cent of oxygen by volume. After the
subtracting the volume of unused 02 from total combustion, the volume of gaseous mixture was found to
volume of 0 2 taken. be 327 cm 3 Find out the molecular formula of hydro-
.

carbon.
The molecular formula is calculated with the help of
following combustion equation of hydrocarbon. Solution

Volume of hydrocarbon = 15 cm 3
CxHy+ fx+ j[Jo2 ->xC02 +£ + H 20
Volume of oxygen used—
—
Example A mixture of 10 hydrocarbon and cm 3 of v 1 00 cm3 of air contains 21 cm 3 of 0 2
cm 3 of oxygen was exploded. On cooling, the volume
—^
100
o„ cm Ja x357
21
was reduced to 95 cm 3 On passing remaining mixture in .
• •
.
357 air contains =
the KOH volume was further reduced to 75
solution, the
cm 3 .All volumes were measured under the similar
= 75 cm 3 of 02
conditions of temperature and pressure. Find out the Volume of residual air = 357-75
molecular formula of the hydrocarbon.
= 282 cm 3
Solution = 327 - 282 = 45 cm 3
Volume of C0 2 produced
• Volume of cm 3
hydrocarbon = 10
Suppose the molecular formula of hydrocarbon is
• Volume of oxygen mixed = 1 00 cm 3 CxHy. Therefore, according to combustion equation.
• Volume after cooling i.e., the volume of
CQ2 + unused 02 = 95 cm 3 . CjrHy (-j)o2 xC02 +f H 20
• Volume of unused 02 = 75 cm 3
•

•
Volume
Volume
of

of
used
C0 2
02 =
i.e.,
1 00 - 75 = 25 cm 3
reduction in volume after
15 cm 3 15
H)
We know that volume of C02 produced is 45 cm 3
cm 3 —* 1 5x cm 3

passing through KOH = 95 - 75 = 20 cm 3

Suppose, the formula of hydrocarbon is CxHy, its
15x = 45
combustion will take place as 45
x = =3
15
CxH y + ('+4)02 -»xCO2 + |H20 x = 3
Now substituting the value of x in the equation
10 cm 3 10 ^x + ^cm3 -* lOxcm3
75 cm 3

Hence, 10 cm 3 of hydrocarbon will need 10^x +

i5 3+ 75
cm 3of 0 2 for its complete combustion and 10x cm 3
C02 will be produced.
of ( 0
15/
45 + = 75
Volume of C0 2 produced = 20 = 10 x cm 3 4
15y
x = =2 75-45
10 4
15y
Volume of oxygen used = 25 = 10 ^x + ^\ cm3 = 30
4

Substituting the value of x in above equation 15y = 120

120
:8
25 = 10^2 y = is
+j)
y = 8
5*
25 = 20 + Thus, the molecular formula of hydrocarbon is C3 H 8 .

Example— 15 cm 3 a hydrocarbon required 45 cm 3

of
25-20 = 5K of oxygen for complete combustion. As a result of
combustion 30 cm 3 of carbon dioxide were formed. Find
5 -
0
&2 out the molecular formula of hydrocarbon.

5y = 10 Solution : Combustion equation

r-f- CxHy + (* + j)o 2 xC02 +|H 2 0

Now on substituting the values of x and y in the
formula C x H y the molecular formula of hydrocarbon 15 cm 3 cnr 15xcm 3
comes out to be C 2 H 2 .
15^X+Jj .

CS.X. I February / 1999/ 1774

Copyrighted material
 15x 30
30 16 =
:

15
X = 2
16 =
Again, 45

15x + ^ 45
16 = ^,24-16

Substituting the value of x 16 = -

16
+8

15x2 + 45 16
16-8
±f*
n
15* _
= 45-30 = 15
4
~n
= 8
15y = 15x4
n = 2
15x4
y = 15
=4 Hence, the molecular formula of hydrocarbon is C2 H4 .

}, molecular formula of hydrocarbon is C2 H 4 .

Example—An olefinic hydrocarbon was burnt with Points to Remember

On cooling a reduction of 16 cm 3 took
excess of oxygen.
When volume of hydrocarbon and the volume of oxygen
place. On addingKOH further reduction of 16 cm 3 took needed for its complete combustion are known and name
place. Find out the molecular formula of hydrocarbon.
of hydrocarbon is asked, apply following formulae :

Solution: Volume of hydrocarbon 2_

0) =
Here volume of hydrocarbon and oxygen is not given. Volume of oxygen 3n +
We know the general formula of olefin is C n H 2n (n = no. of C atoms)
The combustion reaction will take place as This relation is for saturated hydrocarbons
Volume of hydrocarbon
C„H 2n+ nC02 + n H2 0 (2) = 2_
(f)< Volume of oxygen 3n
This is for alkenes.
1V nV . . Volume of hydrocarbon _ 2
* ' Volume of oxygen ~ 3n -
Given, This relation is applied for alky nes
Volume of C0 2 formed = 16 cm 3
Knowing the value of 'rt, the name of hydrocarbon can
Volume of H 20 vapour formed 16 cm 3
be given.
Therefore, nV = 16
Equation for the combustion of hydrocarbons
V = ~
J16
n (1) CJH y + (x+ J)o2 ->xC02 + £h20.
— cm3
16
will be the volume of hydrocarbon. (2) C„H2„ + (f)02 ^nC02 + nH 20
Therefore, Equation for combustion of compounds containing
oxygen
CnHzn + (I*) 0
* >"C02 +nH20
C^pz - f) 02 -> x CO 2 + \
—
16
cm 3
16/3n\
7^I^"j cm
3 — *
<c -
16cm 3 Percentage of nitrogen =
Volume of N2 at NTPx 28x100
Reduction in volume after cooling 22400 x wt. of organic compound
= Volume before combustion - Volume of C02

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1. In Kjeldahl's (C) Messenger's method In Kjeldahl's method, employed
present in organic compound is
(D) Asboth's method for quantitative estimation of
estimated as nitrogen an organic com-
in
3. In Duma's method for estimating pound, copper sulphate acts as-
(A) (CN) 2 (B) NH 3 nitrogen in an organic com-
(C) N02 (D) All of these pound, the gas which is finally (A) Reducing agent
collected is— (B) Oxidising agent
2. Carbon and hydrogen present in
an organic compound are esti- (A) NH 3 (C) Catalyst

mated quantitatively by (B) N2 (D) None of these

(A) Carius method (C) N02 Which of the following expressi-

(B) Liebig's method (D) None of these ons is correct for determining the

CJS.\. I February / 1999/ 1775

Copyrighted material
 percentage of nitrogen by 12 B 18. The volume of air (containing
(C) ^x^xlOO 21% of 02 by volume) required to
Kjeldahl's method ?
1-4xNxV 44 B completely bum 5 litre of
(A)
(D) ^x^xlOO methane at STP, will be—
w
(A) 5 litre (B) 10 litre
1-4xN 2 xV 12. An organic compound contains
(B) H, C and O. 0-24 g of this (C) 47-62 litre (D) 62-47 litre
10 x w
compound on combustion gives 19. 25 cm 3 of CH 4 were mixed with
14xNxV 0-22 g of C0 2 The percentage of
.

75 cm 3 of 02 and the mixture

(C)
w H in the compound is 1-66. What was exploded. The product was
-4 x Nxw is the percentage of oxygen in
NaOH. What will be
1 treated with
the compound ? the volume of residual gas if tem-
(A) 25 (B) 73 34 perature and pressure are con-
6. In a carius tube CICH 2 COOH is
(C) 36-6 (D) 75 stant?
heated with fuming nitric acid
and a few crystals of AgN03 , a 13. 10 cm 3 of a hydrocarbon on (A) 50 cm 3 (B) 25 cm 3
white precipitate is obtained. The explosion with 02 gives 30 cm 3 (C) 75 cm 3 (D) 100 cm 3
precipitate is of of carbon dioxide. If the formula
20. 25 cm 3 of a mixture of nitrogen
of hydrocarbon is CJiy, the value
(A) AgN0 3 and nitric oxide is passed over
Ag2 S04 of x will be
(B) ignited copper and gaseous
(A) 1 (B) 2 product is collected and found to
(C) AgCI
(D) CICHgCOOAg (C) 3 (D) 4 occupy 20 cm 3 The percentage .

14. The volume of the oxygen re- composition of the mixture will

7. An organic compound contains be—

quired for complete combustion
80 percent carbon and 20 per- of 1 0 cm 3 of CJHy will be <A) N 2 = 60%, NO = 40%
cent hydrogen, the compound
(B) N 2 = 40%;NO = 60%
is
(A) 10 cm3 N2 - 70%; NO = 30%
(A) CeH 6 (B) CaHgOH (j) (C)
(D) N 2 = 30%;NO = 70%
(C) C2H6 (D) C2H4
(B) 10 cm 3
8. Number of moles of water formed ANSWERS
by complete combustion of C3H 6 (C) 10xcm3
is— 1.(B) 2.(B) 3.(B) 4.(C) 5. (A)
(D) 10x + *cm 3
(A) 2 6. (C) 7. (C) 8. (B) 9. (A) 10. (B)

(B) 3 15. The combustion reaction of 11. (C) 12. (B) 13. (C) 14. (B) 15. (B)

(C) 4 carbon monoxide is as— 16. (C) 17. (C) 18. (C) 19. (B) 20. (A)

(0) None of these 2CO + 02 -» 2C02

x cm 3 x/2 cm 3 x cm3 UPKAR*S
9. The number of moles of oxygen f I

required for complete combus- The contraction in volume due to A Fresh Approach To
burning of carbon monoxide will
tion of
carbon
one mole
C xHy» is
of a hydro-
be— Reasoning Tests
(With Logical Reasoning!
(A) x-|xx (B) x + |-x
(A)
H) H) (B)

(C) fern
3 (D) 3
x
cm 3
[Useful For Various Competitive Exams,]

(C)x(j) (D) y By : Dr. Lai & Maury a

16. Volume of oxygen required for
Price : 48/-
10. When one mole of ethylene is complete combustion of one litre

of methane at STP, will be— The book has been written

completely burnt in excess of
In conformity with the most
oxygen, the volume of C02 pro- (A) 0-5 litre (B) 1 litre
scientific technique of under-
duced at NTP will be— (C) 2-0 litre (D) 1-5 litre
standing, memorization and
(A) 22-4 (B) 44-8
litre litre
17. 10 cm 3
a gaseous hydroca-
of reproduction. A panel of
(C) 11 -2 litre (D) 2-24 litre rbon is burnt completely in 80 highlyrenowned and experi-
cm 3 of 02 at NTP. The residual enced experts of the subject
11. A g of an organic compound on
gas occupied 70 cm 3 This . have classified the subject
combustion gives B g of carbon
volume became 50 cm 3 on treat- matter into parts and have
dioxide. The percentage of car-
ment of KOH solution. The empi- added to their utility.
bon in the compound is
rical formula of the hydrocarbon Purchase from nearest bookseller or get the copy drectff by
VPP striding U0 ot Ps 30/- on the following address
(A) JfxfxIOO is

(A) C2H 2 (B) CjjHe UPKAR PRAKASHAN

2fl1 A. Swadeshi Bima N3gar. Agra-282 002
(B) ^x|x100 (C) C2H4 (D) CH 2 Phones : 351238. 351002. 350002; Fax !
i0562| 351251

CS.V. / February / 1999/ 1776

 In mammals the sexes have equal number of
autosomes but males have one X and one Y chromo-
some and females have two X chromosomes. The sex
with two different sex chromosomes is the heterogametlc
sex, and the other, with two of the same sex chromo-
somes is the homogametic sex. In all mammals, the
male is the heterogametic sex and female is homogametic
sex. In birds, moths and butterflies, the female is the
heterogametic sex.
For a long time, scientists have been engaged
discovering the factor or factors which determine the sex
of an individual progeny in unisexual species. Just after
the discovery of Mendelism, it was discovered that sex of
an individual is determined by its chromosomal pattern
and it is inherited according to simple Mendelian princi-
ples. In 1891, Henking had detected a possible 'sex
chromosome' in the sperms of a plant bug and had
named it 'X' chromosome. Ultimately, McLung (1902)
descisively proved that sex is transmitted by definite sex
chromosomes and propounded the 'Chromosomal Theory
of Sex Determination'.
Human Karyotype
Using modern techniques Tijo and Levan (1956)
demonstrated that human Karyotype consists only 23
pairs (46) of chromosomes. Of these 23 pairs, 22 pairs
are of homologous chromosomes, and these are called
autosomes In women, chromosomes of the 23rd pair are
also homologous. These are elongated, rod shaped and
designated 'X' chromosome. In men, however, the
chromosomes of 23rd pair are dissimilar (non-homolo-
gous) and called heterosomes or al losomes. One of
these is an 'X' chromosome, homologous to the X-
chromosomes of women but its mate is relatively very
small and subspherical. This latter chromosome is
designated 'Y' chromosome. Thus the karyotype of men
and women can be respectively as 44A + XY (or 2A + XY)
and 44A + XX (or 2A + XX).
It is obvious that T
chromosome in 23rd pair in men
is responsible for all differences between men and
women. It is, thus the male chromosome transmitting
maleness. Thus the chromosomes of 23rd pair in humans
are the sex chromosomes.
Sex Determination
Sex is the most obvious difference in
between the many species. In most animals,
individuals of
the sex is and nearly 50%
genetically determined
individuals aremale and 50% female. There are 4 main
genetic mechanism of sex determination. Environment
determines sex in some cases.
—
XX-XY Type The sex is determined in
(1)
mammals, including human beings, and certain insects,
C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1777
such as fruitfly, in the same manner. In both, the female
has similar sex chromosomes, i.e., XX and the male has
dissimilar sex chromosomes, i.e., XY. Thus, in humans,
the female is homozygous and male is heterozygous for
the sex chromosomes. During maturation, the sex
chromosomes segregate freely like the autosomes, so
that an ovum receives an X-chromosome and a sperm
gets either an X-chromosome or a Y-chromosome. Thus,
the eggs are all alike, each with X-chromosome and the
in
—
sperms are of two types with X or with Y chromosome.
The female is said to be homogametic and the male
heterogametic. This condition is called male digametry.
The Y-containing sperms and X-containing sperms are
called respectively androsperms and gynosperms. The
two are produced in equal proportions. The sex is
determined at the time of fertilization by the kind of sperm
that fuses with the ovum. The egg with X- chromosome
fertilized by a sperm with X-chromosome will become a
zygote with XX sex chromosomes. This zygote will
develop into a female. The egg having X-chromosome
fertilized by a sperm having Y-chromosome will become a
zygote with XY sex chromosomes. This zygote will
develop into a male.
Human beings have 46 chromosomes. These are
distinguishable into 1 pair of sex chromosomes and 22
pairs of homologous autosomes. During maturation, the
sex chromosomes segregate freely like autosomes. With
the result, the ovum contains 22 autosomes and an X-
chromosome, whereas a sperm contains 22 autosomes
and either an X or a Y-chromosomes. Thus, the sperm of
father decides the sex of offspring.
SRY Gene
In 1991, Robin Lovell-Badge and Pet_r Goodfellow and
their colleagues in England isolated a gene called sex-
determining region Y(SRY), which, when injected into XX
mice, caused them to develop as males. It is believed that
embryos develop ovaries unless the SRY gene switches the
developmental process to one that leads to testes formation.
The SRY protein activates a gene on chromosome 19 that
encodes a protein called Mullerian-inhibiting substance. This
protein destroys the rudimentary female structures.
(2) —
XX-XO Type This mechanism operates in
certain insects such as cockroaches, grasshoppers and
the phenotype bugs. The female has two homomorphic sex
chromosomes XX and is homogametic. It produces
similar eggs, each with X-chromosome. The male has one
chromosome only and is heterogametic. It produces 2
—
types of sperms gynosperms with X-chromosome and
androsperms with X-chromosome. Fertilization of an egg
by X bearing sperm yields female offspring and by no X-
chromosome sperm yields male offspring. Thus the sex is
Co
determined at the time of fertilization as in above XX-XY of X and Y chromosomes. The nonsex sex-linked charac-
type. teristics are, therefore, divisible into the following cate-

(3) ZW-ZZ Type —This

mechanism operates in gories

certain insects (butterflies and moths) and in vertebrates (1) X- inked

1 —
These genes are located in the
(fishes, reptiles and birds). The male has two homo- 'differential' segments of X chromosomes. Obviously,
morphic sex chromosomes (ZZ) and is homogametic, and alleles ofthese genes never occur in Y-chromosomes.
the female has two heteromorphic sex chromosomes Sons can, therefore, receive these genes only from their
(ZW) and is heterogametic. There are thus two types of mothers, whereas daughters can receive these from both
—
eggs with Z and with W
and only one type of sperms, parents. Since the major part of X-chromosome is
i.e., each with Z. Fertilization of an egg with Z-chromo- 'differential' or non-homologous to Y-chromosomes and
some by a sperm with Z-chromosome gives a zygote with Y-chromosomes are very small, it genes of
follows that
ZZ chromosomes. This zygote develops into a male, most of the sex-linked characteristics are located in X-
Fertilization of an egg with W-chromosome by a sperm chromosomes. That is why, sex-linkage usually refers to
with Z-chromosome yields a zygote with ZW chromo- X-linked characteristics.
somes. This zygote produces a female.
(2) Y-linked—These genes are located in the
(4) Haploid-Diploid Mechanism of Sex Determina- 'differential' segments of Y-chromosome. These genes
tion — Hymenopterous such as bees, wasps,
insects, naturally occur singlyand never in allelic pairs. Obviously,
sawflies and ants show a unique phenomenon in which an these genes are transmitted only by fathers and only to
unfertilized egg develops into a male and a fertilized egg their sons. Such genes are called holandric genes. Their
develops into a female. Therefore the female is diploid inheritance is called holandric inheritance. Since Y-
(2N) and the male is haploid (N). Eggs are formed by chromosomes are very small, very few holandric
meiosis and sperms by mitosis. Fertilization restores the characteristics have been detected and these too are still
diploid number of chromosomes in the zygote which gives not filly confirmed. One of such characteristics is
rise to the female. If the egg is not fertilized, it will still hypertrichosis expressed as a very rich growth of hairs
develop but into a male. Thus, the sex is determined by upon ear pinnae.
the number of chromosomes.
(3) XY-linked —These genes are located as alleles in
In honeybee, the quality of food determines whether 'pairing segments' of X and Y-chromosomes. These
a diploid larva will become a fertile queen or a sterile
characteristics are called incompletely sex-linked. Total
worker female. A larva fed on royal jelly, a secretion from colourblindness, nephritis (a kidney disease) and some
the mouth of nursing workers, grows into a queen, where- other similar diseases are XY-linked.
as a larva fed on pollen and nectar grows into a worker
bee. Thus, the kind of nutrition determines fertility or Sex-linked recessive inheritance
sterility of the bee but it does not alter the genetically Any gene on the X-chromosome of a male mammal
determined sex. is expressed phenotype because he lacks a second
in his

gene which would mask its expression. An

allele for that
Environmental Determination of Sex :

allele on an X-chromosome in a female may or may not

In some animals, such as Bonellla, there is environ-
mental determination of sex. The swimming larva has no
sex. If it settles down alone, it develops into a large
female. If it lands on an existing female, a chemical from
the female causes the larva to develop into a tiny male.
Sex-Linked Characters : father and his X-chromosome from the mother. A female
Sexual dimorphism in man is complex and involves a
large number of hereditary characteristics, both sexual
and non-sexual (somatic). Genes of the sexual character-
istics are located in sex chromosomes. Genes of most
nonsex characteristics, including those of sexual
dimorphism, are located on autosomes. However, genes
of some nonsex characteristics are located in sex
chromosomes also. These characteristics are called 'sex-
linked traits' because their inheritance is sex-linked.
Although X and Y chromosomes are very different
(non-homologous) from each other in size, shape and
structure, yet the fact that pairing or synapsis of these two
occurs during meiosis, just as in the case of autosomes,
indicates that there are some homologous 'pairing
segments' also in these chromosomes. Remaining parts
of X and Y chromosomes are definitely non-homologous
or 'differential segments'. Genes of sex-linked charac-
teristics occur in both 'pairing' and 'differential' segments
be expressed, depending upon whether it is dominant or
recessive and on the nature of the allele on the second X-
chromosome. The male hemizygous for sex-linked traits
because he has half the number of genes the female has.
A male always inherits his Y-chromosome from his
inherits one X-chromosome from each parent. If a mother
is heterozygous for a particular sex-linked gene, her son
has a 50% chance of inheriting either allele from her. Sex-
linked genes are, therefore, passed from mother to son.
Because a male, does not receive an X-chromosome from
his father (he inherits the Y-chromosome from his father),
a father does not pass a sex-linked trait to his son.
Punnett squares are used to depict transmission of
sex-linked traits.
Haemophilia-A is a sex-linked recessive disorder in
which absence or deficiency of a protein clotting factor
greatly slows blood clotting. A cut may take a long time to
slop bleeding.
The risk that a mother will pass haemophilia-A
carrier
to her son is 50% because
he can inherit either her
normal allele or the mutant one. The risk that a daughter
will inherit the haemophilia allele and be a carrier like her
mother is also 50%.

CJS.\. I February / 1999/ 1778

Copyrighted material
 A daughter can inherit a sex-linked recessive disorder X-inactivation means that a female is a genetic
or trait if is affected and her mother is a carrier
her father mosaic of any heterozygous genes on the X-chromosome
she inherits one effected X-chromosome from each because some cells express one allele and other cells
parent. Females usually do not exhibit sex-linked traits express the other allele. Heterozygosity can still offer a
because they inherit two X-chromosomes, so the wild type female protection from sex-linked disorders. If the female
allele masks the mutant. inherits one allele that specifies a vital enzyme, and
another allele that specifies an inactive version, she will
Sex-linked dominant inheritance probably still be healthy because some of her cells will
A female who inherits a dominant allele has the manufacture. the enzyme. A male who has the defective
associated trait or illness but a male who inherits the allele allele would not survive.

is usually more severely affected. A example of a sex- X inactivation may be obvious. The brown swirls of
linked dominant condition is incontinentia pigmenti. The skin colour incontinentia pigmenti patients reflect cells in
names comes from the major symptoms in females who the deeper skin layers where the wild type allele is shut
have the disorder-swirls of pigment in the skin that off.
resemble swirls of paint or marble cake. Males with the
condition are so severely affected that they die in the Rarely, a female who is heterozygous for a sex-linked

uterus. Women with the disorder thus have a high rate of gene expresses the associated condition. This can
miscarriage. happen in a female carrier of haemophilia. If the X-
chromosome carrying the normal allele for the clotting
factoris, by chance, turned off in many of her immature

Key Concepts blood platelet cells, her blood will take longer than normal
to clot—a mild symptom of haemophilia. When a carrier of
The human female is the homogametic sex, with two X-
chromosomes; males, who are heterogametic, have one X
a sex-linked trait expresses the phenotype, she is called a
and one Y-chromosome. The SRY gene on the Y- manifesting heterozygote.
chromosome determines maleness in humans. It triggers a
cascade of gene action that stimulates development of
rudimentary male structures while suppressing development Barr Body
of female structures. Because a male is hemizygous, he
expresses the genes on his X-chromosome, whereas a Biologists can easily observe X-inactivation in female

female only expresses recessive alleles on the X- cells. The turned-off X-chromosome absorbs a stain much
chromosome if she is homozygous. Sex-linked recessive more readily than the active chromosome. In the nucleus of
traits pass from carrier mothers to sons at a 50% rate. Sex a female cell in interphase, the dark-staining, inactivated X-
linkeddominant conditions are expressed in females but are chromosome is called a Barr body. Murray Barr, a Canadian
more severe in males. Most sex-linked traits are inherited on
researcher, first noticed the Barr bodies in 1949 in the nerve
the X-chromosome. The Y-chromosome contains very few
cells of female cats. A normal male cell has no Barr bodies
genes. A few Y-linked traits are passed from father to son.
because the one X-chromosome remains active.

In 1961, English geneticist Mary Lyon proposed that the

X-inactivation—Equalizing the sexes :
Barr body is X-chromosome and that X-
the inactivated
Female mammals have two alleles for every gene on inactivation occurs early indevelopment and is irreversible.
the X-chromosome, while males have only one. A Lyon reasoned homozygous sex-linked genes, X-
that for
mechanism called X-inactivation helps balance this inactivation would have no functional effect. No matter which
inequality in the number of sex-linked genes. Early in X-chromosome was turned off, the same allele would be
female development, one X-chromosome in each cell is expressed. But for heterozygous genes X-inactivation
inactivated. This occurs at about the third weak of causes one allele or the other to be expressed in each cell.

development in humans. In most mammals, which X-

—
chromosome is turned off the one inherited from the
mother or the one from the father—is a matter of chance. Once an X-chromosome is inactivated in one cell, all
As a result, a female mammal expresses the paternal X- the cells that formwhen that cell divides have the same
chromosome genes in some
and the maternal genes
cells inactivated X-chromosome. Because the inactivation
in others. The exception is marsupials, the pouched occurs early in development, the adult female has patches
mammals that include Kangaroos. For unknown reasons, of tissues that are phenotypically different in their
these species always shut off the X-chromosome expression of sex-linked genes. Now that each cell in her
inherited from the father. body has only one active X-chromosome, she is

By studying rare human females who have only part numerically equivalent to the male in genetic makeup.

of one X-chromosome, researchers have identified a

X-inactivation has a valuable medical application in
specific part of the X-chromosome, the X-inactivation
detecting carriers of some sex-linked disorders.
Centre that shuts off the chromosome. X inactivation is
believed to occur one gene at a time. A few genes, Geneticists can identify carriers of Duchenne Mus-
however, escape inactivation and remain active. The cular Dystrophy (DMD) by demonstrating inactivation. A
inactivation process seems to be under the control of a carrier for DMD has truly hybrid muscle structure. She
gene called XIST, which has so far been identified in may have mildly weak muscles and produce enzymes that
humans, cats, dogs, mice, cows and rabbits. some of her muscle tissue breaking down.
indicate

C.S.V. I February / 1999/ 1779

Copyrighted material
 may differ in degree of severity, age of onset, or even in
Key Concepts
the nature of the symptoms.
mammals, X-inactivation evens the differences in the
In
number of genes males and females carry on the X-chro-
X-inactivation in mammals is a broad example of
mosome. Early in a female's development, one X-chromo- genomic imprinting — many genes on the X-chromosome
some in each cell is turned off. X-inactivation can cause are inactivatedin female but not in a male. Genomic

noticeable effects when heterozygous alleles are each ex- appears in the Angelman and Prader-Willi
imprinting also
pressed in different tissues. syndromes. In these two disorders affecting the same
region of chromosome 15, different sets of symptoms
Sex-limited Traits arise depending upon the sex of the parent transmitting
the gene. Genomic imprinting also plays a role in juvenile
A sex-limited a body structure or function
trait affects
diabetes, some forms of asthma and hay fever. Huntington
present in only one sex. The gene that controls such a
disease and certain childhood cancers
trait may be sex-linked or autosomal, and it may be

difficult to distinguish between the two. Sex-limited Genetic Heterogeneity

inheritance is important in animal breeding. In cattle, for
Ine tour mooes ot Menaenan innentance retiect tne
example, traits such as milk yield and horn development
location of genes on chromosomes. They are
affect only one sex, but either parent may transmit the
Autosomal recessive
genes that control these traits. In humans, beard growth
Autosomal dominant
and breast size are sex-limited traits. A woman cannot
grow, a beard because she does not manufacture the Sex-linked recessive

hormones needed to grow facial hair. She can, however, Sex-linked dominant
pass the genes specifying heavy beard growth to her The same phenotype mayresult from genes inherited
sons. in different ways. A trait or disorder exhibits genetic

Sex-limited inheritance is important to consider in heterogeneity if a different single gene causes the trait in
diagnosing breast cancer. different individuals. Genetic heterogeneity can occur
when gene's products act at different points in the same
Sex-influenced Traits
biochemical pathway, ultimately affecting the same
In a sex-influenced trait, an allele is dominant in one biological function.
sex but recessive in the other. Hormonal differences can
cause this difference in expression. For example, a gene Key Concepts
for hair growth pattern has two alleles, one that produces The same genes may be expressed differently in each
hair all over the head and another that causes pattern sex, and, conversely, different genes may cause the same
baldness. The baldness allele is dominant in males but trait or disorder in different individuals. A sex-limited trait
recessive in females. A heterozygous male is bald but a one gender. A sex-influenced allele is dominant
affects only
heterozygous female is not. one sex but recessive in the other. In genomic imprinting,
in

Genomic Imprinting the phenotype differs depending on whether a gene is

inherited from the mother or the father. Because of genetic
a genomic imprinting, the expression of a disorder
In
heterogeneity, different mutant genes can result in the same
differs depending upon which parent transmits the
phenotype.
disease-causing gene or chromosome. The phenotype

Some Disease-related Genes on the Human X-Chromosome *

Condition Description

Eye
Green colour blindness Abnormal green cone pigments in retina

Megalocornea Enlarged cornea

Abnormal growth of retina, eye degeneration
Ocular albinism Eye lacks pigment
Red colour blindness Abnormal red cone pigments in retina

Retinitis pigmentosa Constriction of visual field, night blindness, clumps of pigment in eye.
Retinoschisis Retina degenerates and spirts

Inborn Errors of Metabolism

An^mmpnlnhiilinprnia
^yai iici^iuuuih tc?u nci
ii i Lack of certain antibodies

unronic granulomatous oisease Skin and lung infections, enlarged liver and spleen
Diabetes insipidus Copious urination
Fabry disease Abdominal pain, skin lesions, kidney failure

Gout Inflamed, painful joints

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1780

Copyrighted material
(ifiPD ripficipnrv and fax/i^m Hpmnlvtir
iici luiy uv* Pinpmia
i
aftpr
cii id (ici cu loi qoim i lava hpan^
ly fava
patlnn ucai 10
nemopniiia M ADseni cioning lacior ia
nemopniiia d Museni cioning lacior viii

Hypophosphatemia Vitamin D-resistant rickets

nunier synurome ueiormea iace, uwanism, ueainess, menial reiaruaiiuii, iicaii ueicoia,
enlaraed liver and SDleen
Ornithine transcarbamylase deficiency Mental deterioration, ammonia accumulation in blood
Primary adrenal hypoplasia Great disorganization of adrenal glands and resulting hormone deficiencies
Severe combined immune deficiency Lack of immune system cells

Wiskott-Aldrich syndrome Bloody diarrhea, infections, rash, too few platelets

1161 VCO QIIU mUotlvo

Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease Loss of feeling in ends of arms and legs.

Fragile X-syndrome X-cnromosome with extra constrictions; mental retardation, characteristic

fflpp lamp tp^tiHp^
nycrocepnaius excess nuiu in Dram
Lesch-Nyhan syndrome Mental retardation, self-mutilation, urinary stones, spastic cerebral palsy
ivieriKes disease MnKy nair, aunormai copper iranspon, Drain airopny
Muscular dystrophy, Becker and Progressive muscle weakness
Duchenne forms
Spinal and bulbar muscular atrophy Muscle weakness and wasting

Other
Ampinnpnp^iQ imnprfpr*ta Ahnnrmal
r\\Ji lot i \
tnrith pnampl
ivsuu ci idi 10
i 1

Alnnrt QunrlrnrriA Dpafno^Q

ucai iiiai icu kiHnou
icoo, inflampH
i
Hi Ad
rviui iksj 1luumoo
ii i
1 1 1 1

PI oftI rial
wlcl U dida to
It? Va/pciiiiiy hi iuui ui inuuin
nyjJUl UUIvJlIU cLIUUcI 1 1 Idl UyoJJIdolcl Ahconro
nUbcl Itu nf tooth
UI Icclll, Hair anH cuuoat
loll dllU I
nlpnWe
oWcdl yidl lUo

Ichthyosis Rough, scaly skin on scalp, ears, neck, abdomen and legs
Incontinentia pigmenti Swirls of skin colour, hair loss, seizures, abnormal teeth

Kallmann syndrome Inability to smell, under-developed testes

Testicular feminization Male embryo does not respond to male hormones, appears female

* Some of these conditions can also be transmitted through genes on the autosomes.

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1. Genes which are confined to In man sex determination Which of the following is geneti-
differential region of Y-chromo- depends upon chromosome pre- cally similar to haemophilia ?
some only are called sent in
(A) Night blindness
(A) Holandric (A) Female gametes (B) Colourblindness
(B) Autosomal (B) Male gametes (C) Albinism
(C) Mutant (C) Male and female gametes (0) None of the above
(D) None of the above
(D) None of the above
Sex of human child is deter-
2. Ifeach somatic a human
cell of
Foetal sex can be determined by mined by
male contains a single Barr body
examining cells from amniotic (A) Size of sperm
in its nucleus, the most likely
fluid looking for
genetic constitution of the person (B) Sex chromosome of mother
(A) Barr body
is (C) Sex chromosome of father
(B) Chiasmata
(A) XO (B) XYY (D) Size of the egg
(C) Sex chromosome
(C) XXXY (D) XXY 9. Colour blindness and haemo-
(D) Kinetochores
3. Barr body (seen in saliva test in philia usually affect men but the
Olympic games) is associated 6. Sex-linked inheritance was dis- factors for these traits are trans-
with covered by mitted in boys always by mother.

Male sex only (A) Mc-Clung This is because the factors are
(A)
(B) Y-chromosome (B) Mendel located in—
(C) X-chromosome (C) Landsteiner (A) Y-chromosome
(D) Autosome (D) Morgan (Continued on Page 1824 )

C.S.V. I February / 1999/ 1781

Copyr
 The central nervous system is only part of the
vertebrate nervous system.As the brain and spinal cord
develop cells from the area, where the neural tube
contracts surrounding ectoderm develop into the
Peripheral Nervous System (PNS) which includes all
nervous tissue outside the Central Nervous System
(CNS). The PNS consists of Cranial nerves that exit the
CNS from the brain and spinal nerves extending from the
spinal cord as well as collections of cell bodies called
ganglia. The PNS consists of the sensory (or afferent)
pathways that carry information to the CNS and the motor
(or efferent) pathways that transmit action potentials from
the CNS to effectors such as muscle or gland cells. The
motor pathways in turn consists of somatic (voluntary)
nervous system, which leads. to skeletal muscles and
autonomic (involuntary) nervous system, which goes to
smooth muscle, cardiac muscle and glands. Finally, the
autonomic nervous system consists of the sympathetic
system, which mobilizes the body to respond to threa-
tening environmental stimuli and the parasympathetic
system, which carries out more mundane functions such
as respiration and heart rate at rest.
Synapses
Fig. : A neuron consists of a rounded cell
body, 'receiving' branches called dendrites and 'sending' branches
called axons. The space between the axon terminals of one neuron and the dendrites of an adjacent neuron
is the synapse. Many axons are encased in fatty myelin sheaths. Unmyelinated regions between adjacent
myelin sheath cells are called nodes of Ranvier.
Functional units of the nervous system-Neurons
All neurons have the same basic parts but they vary
considerably in shape and size. A neuron consists of a
rounded central portion with many emanating long, fine
extensions, a form well adapted to receiving, integrating
C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1782
and conducting messages over long distances. The
body, does most of
central portion of the neuron, the cell
the neuron's metabolic work. It contains the usual
assortment of cellular organelles a nucleus, extensive
:
endoplasmic reticulum, mitochondria to generate the ATP
needed for maintaining the neuron's readiness to send a
message and ribosomes to manufacture the proteins
needed to convey a message to another neuron.
The cells extensions are of two types. The shorter,
branched and more numerous extensions are called
dendrites. They receive information from other neurons
and transmit it toward the cell body. The many branching
dendrites allow a neuron to receive input from many other
neurons. The second type extension from the cell body is
an axon which conducts the message away from the cell
body and transmits it to another cell. Because a nerve's
message may have be transmitted to a cell quite far
to
away, an axon is a dendrite. An axon
usually longer than
is a dendrite and a neuron usually has
usually thicker than
only one axon. Axons are sometimes called nerve fibres.
Neurons are classified into three groups according to
their general function. A neuron that brings information
Mitochondria
Dendrites
Rough
endoplasmic
reticulum
toward the central nervous system (the brain and spinal
cord) is called sensory (or afferent) neuron. It has long
dendrites that carry its message from a body part, such as
from the skin, toward the cell body which is located just
outside the spinal cord. A sensory neuron's axon is
Co
relatively short because it delivers the message to another A Neuron's Message
neuron whose dendrites are located nearby within the
spinal cord.
The message that a neuron conducts is called a
nerve impulse. This is an electrochemical change that
A motor (or efferent) neuron conducts its message occurs when ions move across the cell membrane. A
outward, from the central nervous system toward muscle
measurement called an action potential.
or gland cells. has a long axon to reach the effector
It

(the muscle or gland) and short dendrites. When a motor The Resting Potential
neuron stimulates a muscle cell, it contracts and when a
neuron stimulates a gland, it secretes. A third type of Resting Potential is baseline. The inside of a resting
neuron, an interneuron, connects one neuron to another neuron (one not conducting an impulse) carries slightly
within the central nervous system to integrate information negative electrical potential relative the outside. When the
from many sources and coordinate responses. Large axon is not conducting an impulse the oscilloscope

complex networks of interneurons receive information records a membrane about - 65 mV

from sensory neurons, process and store this information
and generate the messages carried by the motor neurons
to the effector organs. Interneurons are found within the
potential equal to
(millivolts), indicating that the inside of the neuron is more
negative than the outside. This is called the resting
potential because the axon is not conducting an impulse.

central nervous system only. It conveys messages
between various parts of central nervous system, such as
from one side of the brain or spinal cord to the other or
from the brain to the spinal cord and vice versa. An
interneuron has short dendrites and either a long axon or
a short axon.
A membrane in this condition is charged or polarized
because the inside and outside carry different electric
charges. The charge differences across the membrane
results from the unequal distribution of sodium ions (K+).
The concentration of K* is 30 times greater inside the cell
than outside and the concentration of Na + is 10 times
greater outside than inside. Although the K+ concentration
might appear to give the neuron interior a positive charge,
the inside of a neuron at rest is negative because an even
greater number of negatively charged proteins and ions
are trapped there.

The cell membrane is selectively permeable; it

admits some substances but not others. Ions move
through the membrane through small pores called
channels. Some channels are always open but others
open or close depending on protein gates that change
shape to block or clear the channel. These gates are
—
voltage regulated whether a gate opens or closes
depends upon the electrical charge of the membrane.
Some membrane channels are specific for Na+ and others
are specific for K+.

Another property of the membrane that establishes

and maintains ion distribution is the sodium-potassium
pump, a mechanism that uses cellular energy (ATP) to
transport Na* out and K + into the cell. The sodium-
potassium pump uses active transport to move Na + and
K + against their concentration gradients.

Within the limits these membrane properties impose,

Fig. : Types of neurons. Sensory neurons transmit Informa- ions distribute themselves in response to two forces. First,
tion from sensory receptors In contact with the environ- ions follow an electrical gradient. Like charges (negative
mem 10 me cemrai nervous system, ney nave long aen
i
- and negative; positive and positive) tend to repel one
drites and short axons. Motor neurons send infor- another. Unlike charges (negative and positive) attract
mation from the central nervous system to muscles one another. Second, ions a concentration
follow
or gianas, iney nave long axons ana snort aen gradient. lon9 passively diffuse from an area in which
drites Interneurons
. connect other neurons. they are highly concentrated toward an area of lower
concentration. So a particular ion will enter or exit the est
The dendrites and axons of these neurons are
depending upon that ion's concentrations on each aid*.
sometimes called fibres, or processes. Most long fibres,
whether dendrite or axon, are covered by a white myelin The basic mechanisms are at work in establishing
sheath formed from the membranes of the tightly spiraled and maintaining the resting potential. First, the sodium-
neurolemmocytes (Schwann cells) surrounding these potassium pump, using ATP for energy, concentrates K*
fibres. Neurolemmocytes are one of the several types of inside the cell and Na* outside. The pump ejects three
neuroglial cells in the nervous system. Neuroglial cells Na* for every two K* it pumps in. Second, large negatively
service the neurons and have supportive and nutritive charged proteins and other negative ions are trapped
functions. inside the cell because the cell membrane is not

CAV./ February/ 1999/ 1783

permeable to them. Third, the membrane in the resting membrane so that some Na + begins to leak into the cell.
state is 40 times more permeable to K + than to Na*. As Na + enters the neuron, the interior becomes less
negative. The membrane is depolarized, or loses its
These three mechanisms set up the conditions
charge, because of the influx of Na* when enough Na +
Because of the
required to establish the resting potential.
enters to depolarize the membrane to a certain point (the
concentration gradient and high permeability, K + is able to
'threshold'), the sodium gates in that area of the
diffuse out of the cell. As K* moves through the
membrane to the outside of the cell, it carries a positive
membrane open, increasing permeability to Na + Driven .

by both the electrical gradient and the concentration

charge with it, leaving behind the large, negatively
charged molecules. A charge or potential is, therefore,
established across the membrane's positive on the
outside and negative on the inside. The magnitude of the
charge is determined by the balance of opposing forces
acting on K* outward and the negative charge inside the
+
cell tends to hold K in. When these two opposing forces
are equal, no net movement of K + occurs and the cell is in
equilibrium. At this time, the cell is uniformly charged over
its entire surface and resting potential is established.
The importance of the sodium-potassium pump
maintaining resting potential becomes evident when a
metabolic poison such as cyanide disables the pump.
+
gradient, Na floods the inside of the cell so that the
+
interior becomes positively charged. Na influx continues
until the positive charge peaks.
At this peak of the action potential, membrane
permeability changes again. Permeability to Na + halts as
sodium gates close but permeability to K + suddenly
increases as potassium gates open. Now Na* cannot
enter in large numbers. However, K* exodus begins,
driven by both electrical and concentration gradients. K +
flows outwards because it is more concentrated inside
in
than outside and because the inside of the membrane is
K+ now positively charged due to the influx of Na + .

slowly diffuses out and Na + in, destroying the concen- The loss of positively charged K+ restores the
tration gradients.Nerve transmission is then impossible negative charge to the interior of the cell, repolarizing the
because a charge no longer exists across the membrane. cellmembrane. The electrical potential fleetingly drops
Death occurs in minutes. below the resting value because the K* gates stay open
longer than the Na" gates. This slight increase in
slightly
It is curious that the neuron uses more energy while
negative charge is corrected when the sodium-potassium
resting than it does conducting an impulse. Presumably,
pump 'resets' the membrane potential to the resting state.
expending energy to maintain a resting potential, allows
the neuron to respond more quickly that it could if it had to
generate a potential difference across the membrane KEY CONCEPTS
each time it received a stimulus.
An action potential is transmitted as a depolarization
and repolarization of the neuron membrane. It begins when
KEY CONCEPTS a stimulus (chemical, electrical, or change in pressure)
changes the permeability of the membrane so that Na+
In the resting state, the inside of a neuron is negative
cell. When enough Na* enters, the
begins to leak into the
compared to the outside due to the unequal ion distribution.
sodium gates open and these ions rush inside, making the
Three mechanisms establish and maintain these ion
concentrations. First, the selectively permeable membrane
interior of the cell positive. The positive charge inside the
holds large, negatively charged proteins within the cell. membrane triggers the sodium gates to close and increases
Second, the membrane allows K* to flow outward, following permeability to K*. K* then rushes out of the cell, eventually
its concentration gradient and carrying a positive charge out restoring the negative resting potential inside. The shift in

with it. Third, the sodium-potassium pump actively pumps ions in one area triggers the same changes in the next area.
Na* out and K* in to maintain the concentration gradients. As a result, a wave of depolarization and repolarization
These mechanisms establish a negative charge within the travels along the axon. All action potentials are of the
cell so that the neuron is always charged and ready to
same magnitude. Differences in slimulus intensity are
respond to stimuli.
communicated by action potential frequency.

While the Na + and then the K + gates are open, a

The Action Potential
second action potential cannot begin. Still, an action
If the axon is stimulated to conduct a nerve impulse potential takes only 1 to 5 milliseconds. This capacity to
by an a sudden change in pH, or a pinch,
electric shock, rapidly transmit nerve impulses makes the nervous
there is a rapid change in the polarity recorded as a trace system an effective communication network.
on the osciloscope screen. This change in polarity is The characteristic changes in membrane permeability
called the action potential. In action potential sodium
that constitute the action potential travel along the neuron,
ions move to the inside making it positive compared to
usually from dendrite to cell body and down an axon. The
outside (+ 40 mV).
action potential spreads because some of the Na* rushing
During an action potential, Na + and K + quickly into the cell at a particular point moves to the neighbour-

a small patch of the cell membrane,

redistribute across ing part of the neuron. The establishment of a positive
creating an electrochemical change that moves like a charge in the nearby region triggers an influx of Na*
wave along the nerve fibre. An action potential begins these, carrying the action potential forward. An action
when a stimulus (a change in pH, a touch, or a signal from potential is, therefore, an all-or-none phenomenon, either
another neuron) changes the permeability of the happens or does not.

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1784

Copyrighted material
 Neurons recognise the intensity of a stimulus matter of the nervous system. Cell bodies and interneu-
according to the frequency of action potentials. Whereas a rons that lack myelin usually specialize in interpreting

light touch to nerve endings in the skin might produce 1 multiple messages. These unmyelinated fibres, the gray
impulses in a given time period, a hard hit might generate matter of the nervous system, make up much of the nerve
100 impulses, intensifying the sensation. Neurons also tissue in the brain and spinal cord.
recognise the type of stimulation.

The Myelin Sheath and Saltatory Conduction KEY CONCEPTS

Not all nerve fibres conduct action potentials at the Neurons outside the brain and spinal cord are wrapped
same speed. Speed of conduction depends on certain in myelin sheaths formed by fatty Schwann cells. Between
chracteristics of the fibre. The greater the diameter of the the Schwann cells lie unmyelinated nodes of Ranvier and
fibre, the faster it conducts an action potential. However, action potentials jump between these nodes. Saltatory con-
thin vertebrate nerve fibres can conduct action potentials duction from node to node permits the action potential to be

very rapidly when coated with a fatty material called a transmitted rapidly through the nervous system.

myelin sheath.
Outside the brain and spinal cord, Schwann cells, Synaptic Transmission
which contain enormous amounts of lipid, form myelin
sheaths. A Schwann cell wraps around an axon many To form a communication network, a neuron must
times, forming a whitish coating. Each of many Schwann convey its message, the action potential, to another
cells wraps a small segment of the axon to form a sheath. neuron (or a muscle or gland cell). Neurons do not
Between each Schwann cell is a short region of exposed actually touch each other, so the action potential
axon called a node of Ranvier. Some neurons in the cannot travel directly from cell to cell. Instead, the action
brain and spinal cord are wrapped in myelin produced by potential is converted into a chemical signal which travels
cells called Oligodendrocytes. from a 'sending' cell to a 'receiving' cell across a tiny
space. Once across this space, this neurotransmitter
r Nodes

Axon
of Ranvier

Myelin
chemical alters the permeability of the receiving cells
membrane, either provoking or preventing an action
potential.
+ r
+ The space between neurons is called a synapse.
M S-Local current _>
i£~ ltovy > 1 The end of an axon has tiny branches that enlarge at the
+ 4-
| + + tips to form synaptic knobs and these knobs contain many
li ). I J ^ synaptic vesicles, small sacs that hold neurotransmitter

>*
molecules. An action potential passes down the axon
*
of the presynaptic cell, the cell sending the message.
Movement of imoutse
When the action reaches the membrane near the space,
I Na* or synaptic cleft, the permeability of the membrane
p f changes and calcium ions enter the cell. The calcium ions
|
1 + + cause the vesicles containing neurotransmitter mole-
cules to move toward the synaptic membrane, fuse with it
currents
K
f*
^
V- Local
How ~v — and dump their contents into the synaptic cleft by
+ exocytosis.
V
J
) K u \
Neurotransmitter molecules diffuse across the cleft
t Na* and attach to protein receptors on the membrane of the
Fig. : Saltatory conduction. In myelinated axons, receiving neuron (the postsynaptic cell). A particular
action poiemiais jump irom one none oi neurotransmitter fits only into a specific receptor typa as a
Ranvier to the next. key fits only a certain lock. When the neurotransmitter
attaches to the receptor, the conformation (three
When an action potential travels along a myelinated
dimensional shape) of the receptor protein changes,
axon, 'jumps' from node to node in a type of trans-
it

opening channels in the postsynaptic membrane and

mission called saltatory conduction. The impulse leaps
allowing specific ions to flow through and change the
from node to node because the myelin insulation prevents
probability that an action potential will be generated.
ion flow but a small electric current spreads instantly
between nodes. An action potential moves faster when it

jumps from node to node. Saltatory conduction thus Disposal of Neurotransmitters

increases the speed of nerve transmission. Myelinated
A neurotransmitter does not linger in the synapse. If it
axons may conduct action potentials 100 times faster than
on the receiving cell would be continuous,
did, its effect
unmyelinated axons, at speeds of up to 120 metres per
perhaps causing it to fire unceasingly and bombarding the
second. This means that a sensory message travels from
nervous system with stimuli. However, because a
the toe to the spinal cord in less than 1/1 00th of a second.
neurotransmitter is either destroyed by an enzyme or
Myelinated fibres are found in pathways that transmit taken back into the presynaptic axon soon after its
impulses over long distances. They make up the white release, chemical chaos is avoided. For example, the

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1785

Copyrighted material
enzyme acetylcholinesterase breaks down acetylcholine Types of Neurotransmitters
into its component parts, acetate and choline. The axon
then absorbs and uses these components to resynthesize
The peripheral nervous system (the part outside the
An acetylcholine molecule must work with
brainand spinal cord) uses three neurotransmitters ...
acetylcholine.
probably has no more than 1/500 of
and adrenaline. The central
acetylcholine, noradrenaline
lightning speed, for it
nervous system (the brain and spinal cord) uses many
a second to act before its destruction. Other neurotrans-
mitters,such as aarenaline, noradrenaline and serotonin,
additional transmitters. Among many neurotransmitters
found in the central nervous system are dopamine,
are reabsorbed by the presynaptic cell.
serotonin, the inhibitory transmitter GABA (Gamma Amino
If a neurotransmitter is not quickly destroyed, dire
Butyric Acid) and the fascinating internal opiates,
consequences may ensue- For example, nerve gas and endorphins. Scientists once believed that a single neuron
certain insecticides block acetylcholine breakdown by could produce only one neurotransmitter. However, some
inhibiting acetylcholinesterase. As a result, acetylcholine neurons produce more than one transmitter, releasing the
is not destroyed and stays active in the synapse. This same combination at each synapse. Different neurotrans-
stimulates skeletal muscle to contract continuously and mitters seen to be associated with particular behaviours or
the victim convulses and dies. The twitching legs of a responses.
cockroach sprayed with insecticide demonstrate the
effects of blocking acetylcholine breakdown. Peripheral Nervous System (PNS)

Synaptic Integration - A Neuron's Response The peripheral nervous system lies outside the
central nervous system. The peripheral nervous sytem
The nervous system has two types of synapses. (PNS) is made up of nerves which are part of either the
Excitatory synapses depolarize the post synaptic somatic system or the autonomic system. The somatic
membrane and inhibitory synapses increase the system contains nerves that control skeletal muscles, skin
polarization (hyperpolarize it). A neurotransmitter that acts and joints. The autonomic system contains nerves that
at an synapse increases the probability that an
excitatory
control the smooth muscles of the internal organs and the
action potential will be generated in the second neuron by
glands. Nerves are structures that contain many long
slightly depolarizing it. For example, when acetylcholine
fibres-long dendrites and/or long axons. Each of these
binds to the receptors at an excitatory synapse, channels
fibres is surrounded by a myelin sheath and, therefore,
open that admit Na+ into the post-synaptic cell. In just a these nerves have a white, glistening appearance. There
milli second, these channels let half a million sodium ions
are no cell bodies in nerves because cell bodies are found
flow in. If enough Na + enters to reach a threshold level of
only in the central nervous system or in the ganglia.
depolarization, it triggers an action potential in the post-
Ganglia are collections of cell bodies found particularly
synaptic cell.
within the peripheral nervous system.
On the other hand, a neurotransmitter may inhibit an
Humans have twelve pairs of cranial nerves
action potential in the post-synaptic cell by making the attached to the brain. Cranial nerves are either sensory
cell's more negative than the usual resting
interior
nerves (having long dendrites of sensory neurons only),
potential. In this case, extra Na* must enter before the
motor nerves (having long axons of motor neurons only),
membrane becomes depolarized enough that an action or mixed nerves (having both long dendrites and long
potential is generated.
axons). With the exception of the vagus nerve, all cranial
The combination of excitatory and inhibitory synapses nerves control the head, neck and face. The vagus nerve
provides finer control over a neuron's activities. A single controls the internal organs.
neuron in the nervous system may receive input from Humans have thirty one pairs of spinal nerves.
thousands of other neurons, some excitatory and others Each spinal nerve emerges from the spinal cord by two
inhibitory. Nearly half of its receiving surface adjoins short branches, or roots, which lie within the vertebral
synapses. Whether that neuron transmits an action column. The dorsal root contains the fibres of sensory
potential depends on the sum of the excitatory and inhi- neurons which conduct impulses to the cord. The
bitory impulses it receives. If it receives more excitatory ventral root contains the axons of motor neurons
impulses, the post-synaptic cell is stimulated, if inhibitory
which conduct impulses away from the spinal cord. These
messages predominate, it is not. A neuron's evaluation of two roots join just before a spinal nerve leaves the
impinging nerve messages, which determines whether an vertebral column. Therefore, all spinal nerves are mixed
action potential is 'fired', is termed neural or synaptic nerves that take impulses to and from the spinal cord.
Their arrangement shows that humans are segmented
Synapses markedly increase the informational animals there is a pair of spinal nerves for each
:

human brain has a

content of the nervous system. The segment. Spinal nerves project from the spinal cord,
trillion neurons, which can be viewed as bits of which is a part of the central nervous system. The spinal
information. But if a synapse is also considered a unit of cord is a thick, whitish nerve cord that extends
information, then the informational capacity of the brain longitudinally down the back, where it is protected by the

increases a thousand fold, because a typical brain neuron vertebrae. The cord contains a tiny central canal filled
has synaptic connections to a thousand other neurons, with cerebrospinal fluid, gray matter consisting of cell
each sending or receiving messages hundreds of times bodies and short fibres and white matter consisting of
J^^3
f" SCCO df"\ -
myelinated fibres.

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1786

Copyrighted material
 Summary of the Human Cranial Nerves

No. Name Origin Distribution Nature Function

1 Olfactory Olfactory lobe Olfactory epithelium Sensory Smell

II Optic Side of diencephalon Retina Sensory Sight

III Oculomotor Floor of midbrain Four eye muscles Motor Movement of eyeball

IV Pathetic Floor of midbrain Suoerior oblioue eve muscle Rotation

1 VJWWt
Ul eveball
1UKJUUI of1

(Trochlear)

v Trinpminal
i iyci in id
i i Mixed Spncationc of tmich and
taste

(i) Ophthalmic "-^kin nf nnQP pvpNHq fnrphpp.rl oci i9wi y

scalD coniunctiva lacrimal aland

ti\\
\n/ Mp villa rv
ividAiiiaiy Mi
iviuuuuo mpnhrsnp of
irm iQ iiichiuiaiic Ul rhookc
ICCrw oci ioui y
and uDDer Wo and lower evelid

Luwci jdw , luwei uu, pi II na, ivi ixeu

hi il i tnnni i

VI Abducens Ventral side of medulla External

UAIOI BWIN
IUI rectus 1 eve muscle
IU WW V>
1 1 1 Motor Rotation of eveball

VII
VII Paris 1 OlUc Ul illGUUIIa "dWJ, nprk facta
Far»o HoClV, labia hnrfc
UUUb, calivarv
bdiivdiy Mixpd Tact
1
a IlldoUvaUUI
dolt?, mactis*afinn1, faH-
laul*

glands al expression, saliva se-

cretion, neck movement
Will
VIII MUUIlUiy cjHp Ul medulla
OlUe nf IlltJUUIId nta rna
iiiiornai
1 1 oa r
cai otjuauiy Maarinn yquinunuiit
neaiiny, oni liliKrii im

IX Glossopharyng- Side of medulla Muscles and mucous membrane Mixed Taste, pharyngeal con-
eal
eai oi pnarynx ana tongue iraciions, saiiva secre-

tion

X Vagus Side of medulla Larynx, lungs, heart, stomach, Mixed Visceral sensations and
intestines movements
XI Accessory Side of medulla Muscles of pharynx, larynx, neck Motor Movements of pharynx,
spinal and shoulder larynx, neck and shoul-
der

XII Hypoglossal Ventral side of medulla Muscles of tongue Motor Movements of tongue

Somatic System includes all nerves that serve the of motor neurons that control the internal organs auto-
musculoskeletal system and the exterior sense organs, maticallyand usually without need for conscious inter-
including those in the skin. Exterior sense organs are vention.The sensory neurons that come from the internal
receptors which receive environmental stimuli and then organs allow us to feel internal pain. The cell bodies for
initiate nerve impulses. Muscle fibres are effectors which these sensory neurons are in dorsal-root ganglia, along
bring about a reaction to the stimulus. with the cell bodies of somatic sensory neurons.
There are two divisions of the autonomic system the :

KEY CONCEPTS sympathetic and parasympathetic systems. Both of

these function automatically and usually subconsciously in
The peripheral nervous system consists of all nervous
an involuntary manner; innervate internal organs; and
tissue outside the central nervous system. The PNS has
utilize two motor neurons and one ganglion for each
sensory pathways (from sensory receptor to CNS) and motor
impulse. The first of these two neurons has a cell body
pathways (from CNS to muscles or glands). Motor pathways
within the central nervous system and a pre-ganglionic
of the somatic system transmit sensations and stimulate
fibre. The second neuron has a cell body within the
voluntary muscles. Motor pathways of the autonomic ner-
ganglion and a post-ganglionic fibre. Auerbach's
vous system convey involuntary impulses to smooth and
plexus is that part of autonomic nervous system (mostly
cardiac muscle and glands. Within the autonomic nervous
from the vagus nerve) lying between the two main muscle
system, sympathetic nerves control physical responses to
layers of the gut and controlling its peristaltic movements.
threatening situations and parasympathetic nerves maintain
normal functioning in nonthreatening situations.
—
Sympathetic System Most pre-ganglionic fibres of
the sympathetic system arise from the middle, or
thoracic-lumbar portion of the spinal cord and almost
Autonomic Nervous System immediately terminate in ganglia that lie near the cord.
The autonomic nervous system enables internal Therefore, this system is often referred to as the
organs of body to function properly without our conscious thoracolumbar portion of the autonomic system. In the
awareness by transmitting impulses to smoth muscles, sympathetic system, the pre-ganglionic fibre is short, but
cardiac muscle and glands. The autonomic system is a the post-ganglionic fibre that makes contact with an organ
part of the peripheral nervous system (PNS) and made up is long.

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1787

Copyrighted material
 The sympathetic system is especially important fibre is long and the post-ganglionic fibre is short because
during emergency situations and is associated with 'fight the ganglia lie near or within the organ,
or flight'. The sympathetic system accelerates the heart- The parasympathetic system, sometimes called the
beat, dilates the bronchi and increases the breathing rate, 'house-keeper system', promotes all the internal res-
On the other hand, the sympathetic system inhibits the ponses which are associated with a relaxed state; for
digestive tract-digestion is not an immediate necessity if
example, it causes the pupil of the eye to contract,
one is under aftack. The neurotransmitter released by the promotes digestion of food and retards the heartbeat. The
post-ganglionic axon is primarily norepinephrine (NE), a neurotransmitter utilized by the parasympathetic system is
chemical close in structure to epinephrine (adrenaline), a acetylcholine (ACh). Thus the parasympathetic system
medicine used as a heart stimulant. The sympathetic brings about the responses associated with a relaxed
fibres are adrergic. state.
•

Differences between Sympathetic and Parasympathetic Nervous Systems

Sympathetic Nervous System Parasympathetic Nervous System

1 . its components are consolidated so as to have a 1 . Its components are isolated and do not have a visibly distinct

visibly distinct anatomical entity. form.

2. Its ganglia are linked up to for m a chain. 2. Its ganglia remain isolated.

3. Its preganglionic fibres emerge with spinal nerves 3. Its preganglionic fibres emerge with cranial as well as spinal
only (thoracolumbar outflow). nerves (craniosacral outflow).

4. Its pre-ganglionic fibres branch, enter several 4. Its pre-ganglionic fibres do not branch, each enters a single
ganglia and transmit nerve impulses to many post- ganglion and transmits nerve impulses to a single post-ganglionic
ganglionic fibres. Therefore, they produce a wide- fibre. This produces a limited effect.
spread effect.

5. Pre-ganglionic fibres are shorter than the post- 5. Pre-ganglionic fibres are much longer than the post-ganglionic
ganglionic fibres. fibres.

6. Post-ganglionic fibres are numerous and are 6. Post-ganglionic fibres are fewer and are cholinergic.
mostly adrenergic.

7. Overall effect is excitatory. 7. Overall effect is inhibitory.

8. Active during stressful conditions, preparing the 8. Active during relaxing times, restoring normal activity after
body to face them. stress.

9. Area of influence is diffuse. 9. Area of influence is localized.

Parasympathetic System A few cranial nerves, — Thus parasympathetic nerve fibres are cholinergic
including the vagus nerve, together with fibres that arise and in humans are found as motor components of cranial
from the sacral portion of the spinal cord, form the para- nerves III, and X, as well as of three spinal nerves
VII, IX

sympathetic system. Therefore, this system is often in sacral segments 2-4. Most of its effects are brought

referred to as the Craniosacral portion of the autonomic about by its distribution in the vagus (X), serving the gut,
system. In the parasympathetic system, the pre-ganglionic liver and heart among other organs.

Summary of the Effects of Sympathetic and Parasympathetic Nervous Systems on Major Organs

Organ Sympathetic Nervous System Parasympathetic Nervous System

Eye Dilates pupil Constricts pupil

Salivary Glands Inhibits secretion of saliva Stimulates secretion of saliva

Gut Inhibits peristalsis Stimulates peristalsis

Inhibits secretion of digestive juices Stimulates secretion of digestive juices

Lungs Dilates bronchi and bronchioles Constricts bronchi and bronchioles

Accelerates breathing rate Slows breathing rate

Heart Increases the force and rate of heart- Decreases the force and rate of heartbeat

beat

Raises blood pressure Lowers blood pressure

Bladder Contracts bladder sphincter Inhibits contraction of bladder sphincter

Penis Induces ejaculation Stimulates erection

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1788

Copyrighted material
Reflexes sudden stimuli. A number of reflex responses, therefore,
occur in the daily life of animals.
Reflexes are automatic, involuntary responses to Reflex arc—The entire impulse circuit of a reflex

changes occurring inside or outside the body. In the response—receptors -> CNS -» effectors — is called a
somatic system, outside stimuli often initiate a reflex reflex arc. It is the basic functional unit of nervous
action. Some reflexes, such as blinking the eye, involve system.

Dorsal-root
ganglion

White matter

Gray matter

Central

Effector
Cell body of
(muscle)
motor neuron

Fig. : Reflex arc

brain, but others, such as withdrawing the hand from
a hot object, do not necessarily involve the brain. The
reflex action involving the spinal cord and a spinal
nerve is called spinal reflex or reflex arc. The
action controlled by brain is called cerebral
action.
If one touches a very hot object, a receptor in the skin
generates nerve impulses, which move along the dendrite
of a sensory neuron toward the cell body and the central
nervous system. The cell body of a sensory neuron is
located in the dorsal-root ganglion, just outside the cord.
From the cell body, the impulses travel along the axon of
the sensory nerve. The impulses then pass to many
intemeurons, one of which connects with a motor neuron.
The short dendrites and the cell body of the motor
neuron lead to axon, which leaves the spinal cord by way
of the ventral root of the spinal nerve. The nerve impulses
travel along theaxon to muscle fibres which then contract
so that hands are withdrawn from the hot object. Whole
series of responses occur because the sensory neuron
stimulates several intemeurons. They take impulses to all
Monosynaptic and polysynaptic reflexes Refle- —
xes in which sensory impulses are directly transferred
from sensory neurons to motor neurons are called mono-
reflex synaptic. Such reflexes are uncommon. Usually a
reflex number of small neurons, called association or Inter-
nun cial neurons or intemeurons, present in the gray
matter of CNS, serve to transfer a reflex impulse from
sensory neurons to the motor neurons. Such reflexes are,
therefore, called polysynaptic. Intemeurons can carry
impulses of reflex responses to the effectors located at
considerable distances from receptors.
—
Unconditioned reflexes Normally, reflexes are
genetic and inherited, hence present at birth. These occur
unknowingly, hence a previous experience is not a
prerequisite for these. Animals other than mammals can
hardly bring about a change in these. All instinctive
behaviour of animals, like seasonal breeding, courtship,
migration, etc. fall under this category of reflexes and are
called unconditioned reflexes.
Conditioned reflexes — Reflexes developed by trai-

parts of the central nervous system, including the
cerebrum which in turn makes the person conscious of
the stimulus and his or her reaction to it. This is a type of
flexion reflex".
Reflex responses obviously occur very fast;
one does not even feel the stimulus, because reaction or
response occurs without the sensory impulse being
carried to the brain centres for analysis. Thus, reflex
reactions protect the body against injurious effects of
ning and learning are called conditioned or acquired
reflexes. For example, after proper learning, one can
perform dancing, cycling, swimming, singing, playing,
driving etc., simply by reflexes. Such reflexes thus fall
under learned behaviour. During learning, these acti-
as such
vities occur under cerebral control but once established,
these occur by habit as reflexes.
Conditioned reflexes were first demonstrated by the
Russian scientist, Pavlov in dogs.

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1789

Copyrighted material
 Molecular Mechanisms of Nervous System Disease

Representative Disorder Symptoms/Causes

Adhesion protein abnormality Kallmann syndrome Embryonic neutral cells cannot migrate to
parts of brain controlling smell perception
and gonad maturation. Symptoms are lack
of smell and immature gonads.
Enzyme deficiency Tay-Sachs disease Nervous system degenerates in early
childhood due to excess myelin on
nerves. Deficient enzyme cannot break
down myelin.

Neurotransmitter imbalance Myasthenia gravis Muscles progressively weaken because of

deficient acetylcholine at nerve-muscle

junctions caused by autoimmune attack.

Oxygen free radical damage Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis Mutant superoxide dismutase cannot stop
(Lou Gehrig disease) oxygen free radical damage which causes
adult onset progressive muscle weakness
and paralysis due to degeneration of
lower motor neurons in spinal cord and
upper motor neurons in cerebral cortex.

Protein excess Familial Alzheimer disease Amyloid protein deposits build up in

cerebrum, impairing function.

Signal transduction block Lissencephaly (smooth brain) Cerebral cortex is smooth because lack of

signal transduction protein prevents

certain neutrons from migrating to area
during prenatal development.
Unstable triplet repeats Huntington disease Extra copies of a DNA base triplet occur in
a gene on chromosome 4. Symptoms are
personality changes and uncontrollable,
dancelike movements.

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1. Visceral and somatic sensory (B) Mixed (C) Stimulation of sweat glands
fibres respectively reach the (C) Sensory or afferent (D) Contraction of arrector pilli

spinal cord via muscles

(D) None of the above
(A) Dorsal roots only
8. Most post-ganglionic sympathetic
(B) Dorsal and ventral roots 5. Saltatory conduction of nerve
fibres terminally release—
(C) Ventral and dorsal roots impulses occurs in
(A) Acetylcholine
(D) Ventral roots only (A) Amyelinated fibres
(B) Dopamine
2. Cytons of both central and auto- (B) Myelinated fibres
(C) Norepinephrine
nomic sensory fibres are located (C) Both A and B (D) None of the above
in
(D) None of the above
(A) Autonomic ganglia 9. Reflex action is comparatively
(B) Spinal ganglia 6. Synaptic fatigue is due to— more rapid because it has to

(A) Exhaustion of neuratrans- pass through—

(C) Ventral part of spinal cord
mitter (A) Pituitary cortex
(D) Dorsal part of spinal cord
(B) Release of more adrenaline (B) All along the spinal cord
3. Nerve fibres in lateral funiculus
(C) Release of more acetylcho- (C) Cerebral cortex
of spinal cord are
line (D) Olfactory lobes
(A) Sensory only
Sensory and motor
(D) None of the above 10. Sensory nerve fibres enter into
(B)
(C) Motor only 7. Which of the following is the fun- spinal cord through

(D) Not differentiated ction of parasympathetic nervous (A) Ventral root

system ? (B) Dorsal root
4. Nerve fibres of roots of spinal
nerves are— (A) Acceleration of heartbeat (C) Both A and B
(A) Motor or efferent (B) Constriction of pupil (D) None of the above

CS.V. / February / 1999/ 1790

Copyrighted material
11. Secretion of parasympathetic 20. A nerve impulse which travels 14. Which one of the following is not
nerve endings is through nerve fibre only if its a carbocyclic compound ?
(A) Noradrenaline membrane suddenly becomes (A) Cyclopentane
more permeable to ions of— (B) Cyclobutene
(B) Glycine
(A) Chloride (CI ~) (C) Pyridine
(C) Acetylcholine
+
(B) Potassium (K ) (D) Anthracene
(D) Hydroxy-triptamine
(C) Sodium (Na + ) 15. An acid which is found in sugar-
12. The cranial nerve which supplies
(D) Magnesium (Mg**) beets is
regions of body and is longest
(A) Butyric acid
(A) Auditory (B) Oculomotor 21 . A nerve impulse leaves a neuron
via— (B) Oxalic acid
(C) Vagus (D) Trochlear
(C) Glutaricacid
(A) Dendrite (B) Cyton
13. In case of spinal nerves, the cell (D) Acetic acid
(C) Axon (D) Nucleus
bodies of afferent fibres lie in—
16. Rancid butter has unpleasant
(A) Gray matter 22. The sensory ganglion concerned
smell. This unpleasant smell is
with spinal reflex Hes in—
(B) White matter due to the presence of—
(A) Anterior root of spinal nerve
(C) Dorsal root (A) Succinic acid
(B) Posterior root of spinal nerve
(D) Ventral root (B) Sulphonic acid
(C) Anterior horn of spinal cord
(C) Butyric acid
14. Which cranial nerves are purely
(D) Posterior horn of spinal cord (D) Hippuricacid
sensory ?
(A) I, II and VIII
23. What is common between ace- 17. The trivial name of
noradrenaline and
(B) . I, Hand IV
tylcholine,
CHa—CHOHCOOH is—
serotonine ?
(C) I, V and VII (A) Hydroxy propionic acid
(A) All lower blood pressure
(D) None of the above (B) Lactic acid
(B) All are antidiuretic
(C) Malic acid
15. Parasympathetic nervous sys- (C) All promote appetite (D) Cinnamicacid
tem
(D) All are neurotransmitters
(A) Increases heartbeat
18. Which one of the following is iso-
24. The dominating current during pentylene glycol ?
(B) Initiates heartbeat
the membrane depolarization (A) CH 3 — CH—CH— CH 2
(C) Decreases heartbeat phase in an axon is—
(D) Has no effect upon heart-
(A) Potassium influx
CH 3 OH OH
beat
(B) Chloride influx (B) CH 2 — CH—CH— CH 3
I I I

16. Synapse a gap between adja- CH 3 OH

is (C) Calcium influx OH
cent— (D) Sodium influx
(C) CH 3 — C— CH 2 — CH(OH) 2
(A) Muscle fibres
25. Myelinated nerve fibres differ
(B) Nerve cells CH 3
from non-myelinated nerve fibres
(C) Nerve cell bodies in (D) None of these
(D) None of the above (A) Lacking nodes of Ranvier 19. CI— CH 2 — CH 2 — CH 2 — CI is

17. A nerve which conveys impulses (B) Being without Schwann cells known as—
from a tissue to nerve centre is (C) Showing saltatory conduc- (A) Propylene chloride
called tion of impulses (B) Trimethylene chloride
(A) Efferent (B) Mixed (D) Slow conduction of impulses (C) Propylene chloride
(C) Motor (D) Afferent (D) All are correct
ANSWERS
18. A
occur
ganglion of sensory neurons
in

(A) Dorsal horn of spinal cord

I. (A)

6. (C)
2.(D)
7. (B)
3.(C)
8. (C)
4.(C)
9. (C)
5.(B) 20.
10. (B)
A
(A)
is

Cyclopentane
named j

II. (C) 12. (C) 13. (C) 14. (A) 15. (C) Cyclohexane
(B) Ventral root of spinal nerve (B)
16. (B) 17. (D) 18. (C) 19. (C) 20. (C) (C) Trimethyl propane
(C) Dorsal root of spinal nerve
21. (C) 22. (B) 23. (D) 24. (D) 25. (C) (D) Dimethyl butane
(D) Dermis of skin
• ••
19. Which nerves transmit impulses ANSWERS
towards central nervous system ? 2.(D) 3.(C) 4.(C) 5.(B)
(Continued from Page ] 750 1.(0
(A) Oculomotor nerves 6. (B) 7. (A) 8. (A) 9. (B) 10. (A)
(B) Ventral root of spinal nerves 11. (A) 12. (B) 13. (B) 14. (C) 15. (C)
(D) Consecutive homologues of
(C) Auditory nerves a series differ from each 16. (C) 17. (B) 18. (A) 19.(B)20.(C)
(D) Abducens nerves other by CH 2— — • ••

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1791

Copyrighted material
 (B) Quadrate
Model Test Paper for Various Medical Entrance Examinations
(C) SphinthmokJ
(D) Hyomandibular

ZOOLOGY 16. Pigment which

mammals to clearly
helps
see
some
in the
night

(A) Heparin
1 . Cells of Sertoli are found in— 8. Function of allantois is
(B) Guanin
(A) Islets of Langerhans and (A) Nutritive, respiratory and
(C) Porphyrin
secrete glucagon excretory activities of the
(D) Haemoglobin
(B) Wall of right auricle and embryo
transmit contraction waves (B) Exchange substances
of 17. Rhodopsin is found is—
(C) Testes of rabbit and nourish between foetus and mater- (A) Rods only
spermatozoans nal tissues (B) Cones only
(D) Stomach of rabbit and (C) Protection of embryo from (C) Whole of retina
produce HCI physical shocks
(D) Ganglion cells
2. The transference of genes from (D) Both A and B
18. Acetylcholine is responsible for
one chromosome to another 9. Bartholin's glands are present
transmission of nerve impulses
during synapsis is termed as in
through
(A) Linkage (A) Rectum and vestibule
(A) Cytons (B) Dendrites
(B) Crossing over (B) Rectum and anus (C) Axons (D) Synapses
(C) Independent assortment (C) Rectum and urinary bladder
19. Imprinting is related to—
(0) Dominance (D) Rectum and urethra
(A) A young animal develops an
3. Gonadotropins are secreted 10. Steroid hormones are almost attachment toward another
from— similar in structure to— animal or object
(A) Hypothalamus (A) Cholesterol (B) Imprinting is a rapid learning
(B) Posterior pituitary (B) Triglycerides process
(C) Anterior pituitary (C) Tyrosine (C) A type of instinctive behavi-
(D) Gonads (D) Coenzyme A our
4. Location of Leydig cells and 1 1 . Ultrafiltration is determined by— (D) Both A and B
secretion they produce are (A) Glomerular hydrostatic pres- 20. Caecilians are wormlike burro-
(A) Ovary, estrogen sure wers that feed on worms and
(B) Liver cholesterol (B) Colloid osmotic pressure of other invertebrate in the soil.

(C) Testis, testosterone blood These are included in—

(D) Pancreas, glucagon (C) Capsular hydrostatic pres- (A) Gymnophiona
sure (B) Anura
5. The vital morphological and phy-
siological units of a mammalian (D) All of the above (C) Caudata
kidney are- 12. Micturition reflex is related to— (D) Annelida

(A) Ureters (A) Urination 21 . An example of Electric fish is—

(B) Seminiferous tubules (B) Ovulation (A) Polydon spathula
(C) Nephridia (C) Spermiogenesis
(B) Pseudopleuronectes ameri-
(D) Uriniferous tubules (D) Coupulation canus
6. Menstrual cycle is regulated by— 13. Rltration pressure in human (C) Etheostoma stigmanum
kidneys is about
(A) Follicle stimulating hormone (D) Gymnarchus niloticus

(B) Adrenocorticotrophin hor-

(A) 10 mm Hg (B) 70 mm Hg
22. Bundle of HIS found in-
45 mm Hg 55 mm Hg
is
mone (C) (D)
(A) Muscles (B) Brain
(C) Luteinizing hormone 14. Glomerular filtrate in Bowman's
(C) Heart (D) Liver
\U) Mammotropmn nonmone capsule is—
(A) Hypo-osmotic to plasma 23. In chloride shift mechanism
7. Demineralization of bones is

caused by over-secretion of— (B) iso-osmotic to plasma (A) Chloride contents of RBCs
(C) Hyperosmotic to plasma
increase when oxygenated
(A) Epinephrine
blood becomes deoxygena-
(B) Parathormone (D) Both A and B
ted
(C) Prolactin 15. Columella auris is a modified— (B) Diffusion of chloride ions into
(D) Thyroxine (A) Articular RBCs
C.S.V. I February / 1999/ 1792

Copyrighted material
 (C) Bicarbonate ions diffuse into 31 . Excretory organ in Balanoglossus (C) Earth-borne vibrations thro-
plasma are ugh the squamosal
(D) All of the above (A) Proboscis gland (D) Both A and B

Match the following

(B) Collar cord 40. Flightless birds belong to—
24.
(C) Antennary gland (A) Neomithes
(a) Glycogenolysis
(D) Nephridia (B) Ratites
(b) Glycogenosis
(c) Gluconeogenesis 32. Lead arsenate is a— (C) Archaeornithes

(A) Stomach poison (D) None of the above

(d) Glycolysis
(B) Contact poison 41. What is dodo?
(1) Formation of glycogen
(C) Fumigant (A) Lizard which is found in
(2) Breakdown of glycogen
(D) Both A and B Galapago islands
(3) Formation of pyruvic acid
33. How many ATP molecules are (B) A gull bird
(4) Formation of glucose from
formed during complete respira- (C) A bird which is exterminated
non-carbohydrates
tion ? by man found in island of
(a) (b) (c) (d) Maurititus
(A) 42 (B) 38
(D) Flightless carnivorous bird
(A) 1 2 3 4 (C) 40 (D) 44
(B) 2 1 4 3 34. Complete combustion of glucose 42. Foramen magnum is found at

(C) 4 3 2 1 molecule in a calorimeter causing (A) Base of skull

(D) 2 3 4 1 its breakdown into— (B) Apex of vertebral column

in—
(A) C02 and H 2 0 yields about (C) Base of brain
25. Glisson's capsule are found
686 kcal (D) Base of medulla
(A) Liver (B) Kidney
(B) C0 2 and H 2 0 yields about
43. Joints between human skull
(C) Testis (D) Ovary
540 kcal
bones are
26. Vitamin theory is propounded (C) CO and H 2 0 yields about
(A) Immovable
by- 136 kcal
(B) Imperfect
(A) Hopkins and Funk (D) CO and H 2 0 yields about
(C) Gliding
(B) Lunnin and Funk 156 kcal
(D) Saddle
(C) Eizkman 35. Transcription is the process in

which 44. What is fourth ventricle ?

(D) All of the above
m-RNA formed from DNA (A) Cavity of the hindbrain
(A) is
27. Corals—
(B) RNA-synthesis (B) Part of the heart
(A) Solitary or colonial polypoid
Assembly of ribosomes or (C) Part of the kidney
(C)
(B) Grow as massive bodies above
golgi bodies (D) None of the
(C) Branched colonies
(D) Protein synthesis 45. Cerebellum of brain is concerned
(D) All of the above
36. Flight adaptation in bats is— to—
28. Vitelline glands are found in (A) Maintain posture, orientation
(A) Flight membrane
(A) Taenia solium and equilibrium of body
(B) Petagium
(B) Nereis (B) Co-ordinating and regulating
(C) Hind limbs and tail included
(C) Fasciola hepatica tone
in the wings
(D) Pila globose (C) Contraction of voluntary
(D) All of the above
muscles
29. Respiratory organs in pila are— 37. Scroll valve is found in
(D) All of the above
(A) Ctenidium (A) Intestine of sharks
46. Which one is formed during con-
(B) Pulmonary sac (B) Intestine of tortoise
traction in~muscle fibres ?
(C) Nuchal lobes (C) Intestine of lizard
(A) Myosin
(D) All of the above (D) Intestine of frog
(B) Actin
30. A thick, rounded, sieve like cal- 38. Which of the following fish is able
(C) Actomyosin
careous plate lies on arm inter- to live outside water ?
(D) ATP
radius near the bases of two (A) Labeo (B) Anabas
adjacent arms forming the bivium Amiacalva 47. Graafian follicles are formed from-
(C) Rhodeus (D)
is known as (A) Germinal epithelium of ova-
39. Snakes mainly respond to—
(A) Madreporite ries
(A) Earth-borne vibrations thro-
(B) Stone canal ugh the quadrate (B) Stroma of ovaries

(C) Ring canal (B) Air-borne vibrations through (C) Both of these

(D) Tiedmann's bodies the quadrate (D) None of these

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1793

Copyrighted material
48. Beginning of archenteron-forma- due to overgrowth of one or more 37. Intestine of shark (scoliodon) has
tion in frog's development repre- parathyroid glands. an internal spiral valve.
sents the stage of— 11. Ultrafiltration is determined by 39. Snakes respond mainly to earth
(A) Early blastula three pressures (A) glomerular borne vibrations through the
(B) Neurula hydrostatic pressure (B) colloid quadrate, although they are also
osmotic pressure (C) capsular a narrow wave-
quite sensitive to
(C) Early gastrula
hydrostatic pressure. All three band of low frequency air borne
(D) Late gastrula
different type of forces are known vibrations.
49. Function of pineal body is as effective filtration pressure.
40. Flightless birds or ratites such as
(A) It regulates the period of 12. Micturition is urination, the pro-
the ostrich, cassoway and kiwi
puberty cess by which the urinary blad-
with reduced wings and no ster-
(B) Seasonal and circadian der empeties when it once filled.
nal keel, long legs and curly
sexual bahaviour It is basically a reflex reaction,
feathers.
(C) Lightening the skin colours called 'micturition reflex'.
The photosensitive parts of rod 41. The dodo (Raphus) was a bird
(D) All of the above 17.
that adapted a terrestrial habit in
and cone cells are their outer
50. Thymus has role as— the island of maurititus and grow
segments. In rods, this part con-
(A) Seebed of uncommitted to a large size but exterminated
tains a shining pigment called
lymphocytes rhodopsin or visual purple.
by man in seventeenth century.
(B) Stimulator for lymphocytes 44. The cavity of the hindbrain
20. Members of the Gymnophiona is
to acquire specific immunity called fourth ventricle, is rhom-
(snake like) are the caecilians.
(C) Intensifying uterine contrac- These are wormlike burrowers boidal and limited to the anterior
tions that feed on worms and other part of medulla oblongata.
(D) Both A and B invertebrates in the soil. 45. Primary function of cerebellum is

ANSWERS 27. Corals are solitary or colonial to maintain posture, orientation

polypoid coelenterates living ina and equilibrium of body by co-
1.(C) 2.(B) 3.(C) 4.(C) 5.(D)
secreted skeleton of their own. ordinating and regulating tone
6. (A) 7. (B) 8. (D) 9. (A) 10. (A)
Some grow as massive, solid and contraction of voluntary
11. (D) 12. (A) 13. (A) 14. (B) 15. (D) structures, others as large, muscles, mainly according to the
16. (B) 17. (A) 18. (D) 19. (D) 20. (A) branched colonies. Most of these commands of cerebrum.

21. (D) 22. (C) 23. (D) 24. (B) 25. (A) belong to class Anthozoa and a 47. A number of small ovarian or
few to class Hydrozoa. graafian follicles are found em-
26. (A) 27. (D) 28. (C) 29. (D) 30. (A\
28. glands are numerous
Vitelline bedded in the cortical stroma of
31. (A) 32. (A) 33. (C) 34. (A) 35. (A)
rounded bodies, occupying the an ovary. These follicles are
36. (D) 37. (A) 38. (B) 39. (D) 40. (B)
zones of the body. They
lateral initially formed during embryonic
41. (C) 42. (A) 43. (A) 44. (A) 45. (D) pour their secretions into two development by proliferation of
46. (C) 47. (A) 48. (C) 49. (D) 50. (D) lateral vitelline ducts. The latter primordial germ cells of germinal
swells up in the middle to form a epithelium.
HINTS yolk reservoir, from which a
48. Gastrulation is a dynamic pro-
1. These cells are laden with gra- median vitelline duct arises to
cess involving critical changes in
nules of a yellowish pigment and meet the oviduct.
the embryo. These are epiboly
are called interstitial cells or cells 31. Excretory organs in Bala no
and emboly. During emboly
of Leydig. glossus are proboscis gland
insinking of endodermal cells
2. During crossing over exchange lying in front of the central sinus
form double walled infolding.
of genetic material takes place. and projecting into the proboscis
This formed a cavity called
Before crossing ove'r pairing of coelom.
archenteron.
chromosomes or synapsis gene 32. The acid form of lead arsenate
49. Pineal body secretes a hormone
transference is a special event. (PbHAs04 ), a stomach poison,
called melatonin. The effect of
3. Gonadotrophin are secreted from which is ingested by insects with
melatonin upon melanophores is
Anterior pituitary (adenohypo- food and proves fatal after giving
antagonistic to that of the
physis) and stimulate growth and severe respiratory failure.
melanocytes stimulating' hor-
activities of gonads. 35. Transcription is the process in
mone of pituitary, it stimulates
5. Mammalian kidney is a compact which m-RNA is formed from concentration of melanin granu-
mass of about two lacs (about DNA. les in the centre of melanopho-
ten to twelve lacs in man) of 36. Bats are only mammals which res, lightening the skin colour.
extremely fine and coiled tube can actually fly. For flying adapta- Melatonin regulates the period of
like excretory tubules called tion forelimbs modified into puberty and seasonal and circa-
uriniferous tubules or nephrons. •wings' second to fifth digit and dian (daily) sexual behaviour.
7. Demineralization is caused by support a thin skin fold, called
over-secretion of parathormone flight membrane, web or petag- • ••
which is rare and occurs usually lum.

CJS.\. I February / 1999/ 1794

Copyrighted material
 Best Fifteen Questions

1 . The poison fangs of a venomous (C) Arboreal primate 1 1 . Which of these is a direct source
snake are modified (D) Flying insects of energy for muscle contrac-
(A) Canines tion ?
7. Populations termed r-strategists-
(B) Mandibular teeth (A) ATP
(A) Have J-shaped growth
(C) Maxillary teeth (B) Creatine phosphate
curves
(D) None of the above (B) Have type III survivorship
(C) Both the above A and B
curves (D) Lactic acid
2. Which of the following does not
directly affect the biotic potential? (C) Are usually pioneer species 12. Which of the following is mis-
(A) Female's age at which re-
(D) All the above are correct matched ?
production starts 8. Once the demographic transition (A) Cerebrum—consciousness
(B) Carrying capacity of environ- has occurred (B) Thalamus—motor and sen-
ment (A) Both the death rate and birth sory centres
(C) Length of time a female rate are high (C) Hypothalamus— internal
-remains fertile (B) Both the death rate and birth environment regulator
(D) Average number of offspring rate are low (D) Cerebellum —motor co-ordi-
(C) The death rate is high but nation
3. Forests and wild life are
the birth rate is low 13. One advantage of urea excretion
(A) Nonrenewable resources
(D) The death rate is low but the over uric acid excretion is that
(B) Inexhaustible resources
birth rate is high urea
(C) Renewable resources
9. Morphogenesis is best associa- (A) Requires less energy to form
(D) None of the above
ted with (B) Can be concentrated to a
4. Protein present in the matrix of greater extent
(A) Overall growth
cartilage is known as— (B) Induction of one tissue by (C) Is not a toxic substance
(A) Ossein another (D) Requires less water to ex-
(B) Chondrin (C) Genetic mutations crete
(C) Casein (D) All the above are correct 14. Pressure filtration is associated
(D) Actin with the
10. Which of these combinations is
5. Which of the following accele- most likely to be present before (A) Glomerular capsule
rates the movements of villi % ovulation occurs ? (B) Distal convoluted tubule
(A) Secretin (A) FSH, corpus luteum, estro- (C) Collecting duct
gen, secretory uterine lining
(B) Duocrinin (D) All the above are correct
Enterocrinin
(B) Luteinizing hormone (LH),
(C)
follicle, progesterone, thick 15. Inwhich animal is the circulatory
(D) Villikinin system not involved in gas trans-
uterine lining
6. Which type of animal would you port?
(C) FSH, follicle, estrogen, ute-
be least likely to find in a grass- rine lining becoming thick
(A) Mouse
land biome ? (B) Dragonfly
(D) LH, corpus luteum, proge-
(A) Hoofed herbivore sterone, secretory uterine (C) Trout
(B) Active carnivore lining (D) Sparrow

ANSWERS WITH HINTS

1.(C) 2.(B) 3.(C) 4.(B) 5.(D) embedded in a matrix of solid offsprings, which require little

6. (C) 7. (D) 8. (B) 9. (B) 10. (C)

protein (chondrin), which may care. Therefore, these popula-
have elastic or tough white fibres tions usuallyhave a survivorship
11. (C) 12. (B) 13. (A) 14. (A) 15. (B)
in it. curve similar to type III. These.
4. Cartilage is a connective tissue 7. During a short period of time,
containing cells (chondroblasts) some populations produce many (Continued on Page 1801 >

CJS.\. I February / 1999/ 1795

Topic on Botany

c HR©[3©©©EIE ©HR©E3A1TDH
Introduction redandancy. It results from local coiling of a continuous
thread.
Chromosome (Gk. Chroma = colour; soma = body)
means coloured body as it is stained by some basic Centromere — It represents the primary constriction.
It is made up of highly repeatative DNA. Chromosomes
dyes, viz., orcein, giemsa etc. The term 'chromosome'
was coined by Waldeyer in 1888. Chromosome is a show angular deviation in this region. Usually single
specialised structure found metaphase or anaphase
in
chromosome contains solitary centromere. This condition
is referred as monocentric chromosome. Chromosomes
stage of cell division. This structure is made up by the
organisation of chromatin. are classified on the basis of centromeric characters and
position. The following table provides necessary infor-
Structure of chromosome mations regarding centromeric characters and positions-
During the metaphase chromatins show highest
degree of condensation in a specific regular manner and Attributes Designation
thus, constitute chromosomes. Chromosome is differen-
1 Centromere absent Acentric chromosome
tiated intoa constriction (sometimes two or more) known .

as centromere. The left and right side of the centromere 2. Centromere solitary Monocentric chromosome
are known as arm. A metaphase chromosome is made up 3. Centromeres two Dicentric chromosome
of two sister strands called chromatids. They are mirror
4. Centromere diffused along Holocentric chromosome
image of each other. They contain identical DNA the chromosomal length
molecules. Two chromatids are held together at tho
5. Centromere median in Metacentric chromosome
centromere.
position
RIGHT ARM
6. Centromere submedianly Submetacentric chromo-
SATELLITE placed some
CHROMATIDS^ BODY
7. Centromere located a
in Acrocentric chromosome
LEFT ARM SECONDARY position close to the end
CENTROMERE CONSTRICTION
Fig. Diagrammatic representation
: 8. Centromere located at one Telocentric chromosome
of a metaphase chromosome
end
Terminologies related to chromosome morpho-
logy :

Chromatid —
At metaphase each chromosome con-
sists of two symmetrical structures, each one of which
contains a single DNA molecule. These are called
chromatids. The chromatids are attached to each other
only by the centromere and become separated at the start
of anaphase.
—
Chromonema Chromonema and chromatid are the
same structures. During prophase the chromosomal
material becomes visible as very thin filament, which are
METACENTRIC SUB- ACRO- TELO- DICENTRIC ACENTRIC
called chromonemata and chromonemata later conden- METACEN- CENTRIC CENTRIC
TRIC
sed into chromatid.

Chromomere —
a concentrated chromatin 'bead'
It is
Fig. : Types of Cnromosomes
on an eukaryotic chromosome. It may be a region of gene
—
Kinetochore Centromeric portion contains disc-like
proteinaceous body called Kinetochore. Microtubules of
the spindles become connected to the kinetochore and
CHROMATIN
thus the kinetochore provides a centre of assembly for
microtubules. Upto 40 microtubules become connected to
CHROMOMERE the kinetochore and provide the force for chromosomal
movement towards the respective pole during cell
division. Electron micrograph showed a trilaminar
organisation of the kinetochore. These layers are outer
dense, middle light and inner dense regions. The outer
layer is associated with the microtubule-connection and
COILED CHROMATIN
the inner layer tightly bound to the centromeric DNA.

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1796

 Organisation of Chromosome
KINETOCHORE
There are different models, viz., chromosome struc-
ture model of Ris (1967), folded fibre model of Du Praw
(1965, 68), radial loop model of Laemmli (1979) etc.,
regarding the organisation of chromosome. Among these
models Laemmli's radial loop model is the modern and
well accepted one to understand the organisation of
chromosome.
Model-l — In his model of chromosome structure, Ris
(1967) suggested that the histone is associated with the
DNA and some type of coiling takes place to give a
CHROMATIN
INNER DENSE REGION nucleo-histone fibre (100 A). Further folding results a

MIDDLE LIGHT REGION basic fibril of 200°-300 A

OUTER DENSE REGION

•HISTONE^ ^ ,
r„
SPINDLE MICROTUBULES
DNA
DOUBLE
HELIX

Telomere
Fig. :

—Telomere
Sectional View of Kinetochore

is referred to the tips of the 20A-*

1 -100A
chromosomes. It is heterochromatic in nature. The special
(a) DNA (b) NUCLEO-HISTONE
property of telomere is its non-sticky nature. Telomeres
(c) BASIC FIBRIL
prevent the attachment on fusion of the chromosomes
with each other. «J)REGION OF FURTHER
FOLDING (CHROMOCENTRE)
Secondary constrictions—These are constrictions
other than primary constriction. Secondary constrictions
are distinguished from the primary constriction by the
absence of marked angular deviations of the chromosomal Model-ll—The 'Folded fibre model' of Du Praw
segments during anaphase. Secondary constriction is (1965, 68) represents the chromatid of classical cytology
associated with nucleolus organisation. as a singleDNA protein fibre first coiled to form the 250-
Satellite— Satellite is a rounded body separated from 300 A fibre and then folded back longitudinally and
the rest of the chromosomes by a secondary constriction. transversely. This model assumed that at metaphase, the
The and the constriction are constant in shape
satellite two sister chromatids are held together at the centromere,
and size for each particular chromosome. Satellite bearing until anaphase, by an unreplicated fibre segment of DNA-
chromosome is popularly known as SAT chromosome.

DISSOCIATION OF
PROTEIN AND
I UNWINDING OF
DNA DOUBLE
STRAND

Fig. : Interphase-Prophase Transition —The chromosome's ends are already doubled

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1797

Copyrighted material
 CENTROMERE
(UNREPLICATED FIBRE ZONE)
Flfl.

Model-Ill—The model
Laemmli (1979)
radial loop of causes a great problem in its distribution. That is why it
ventilates chromosome by showing the
structure must become tightly packed and shortened in order for
nucleosome organisation. Here each loop is about 85 kilo the chromosomes to move and to divide during mitosis
and meiosis. The package of chromatin into chromosome
ensures its distribution in equivalent amounts.
Chromatin
The deoxyribonucleo
•
histone in chromosomes is

chromatin. It stains with certain dyes and

referred to as
reason it is known as chromatin. In 1 974 Roger
for this
Kornberg pointed out that chromatin structure is a
SOLENOID
SUPER repeating unit of histones and DNA.
STRUCTURE infrastructure of Chromatin
Electron microscopy has revealed that the chromatin
structure resembles beads on a string. These beads are
made up of a octamer of histone protein. Four types of
histones, viz., H 2A, H2B, H3 and H4 are present in
duplicate molecule. This octamer with 146 base pairs of
DNA form the nucleosome core particle. When this core
particle is with 'plugging protein' (actually the histone 1
or H1 protein) in which 166 base pairs of DNA found and
is known as chromatosome. This chromatosome with

200 base pairs of DNA (including linker DNA) is known as

(a) DNA (20A)
nucieosome
(c) nm
25
SOLENOID The nucleosome is a flat disc-shaped particle, 1 1 nm
in diameter and 5-7 nm in height and made up of four
(b) 11nm
NUCLEOSOME types of histones in duplicate molecule. The DNA makes,
STRING 1 ^ th turns around the histone octamers and these two

Implication of Chromosome Structure turns are sealed off by an H1 molecule (plugging protein).
One of the main objectives of cell division is the It is interesting that, if the chromatin containing H1 is

distribution of chromosomal material into two daughter spread a typical zigzag pattern is produced. When
cells in equivalent amounts. In interphase the chromatin nucleosomes are in close apposition in the 10 nm
(chromosomal material) is in entangled condition and filaments, the packing of DNA is about 5-7 folds.

'BEADS ON A STRING-
CONFIGURATION OF CHROMATIN

HISTONE OCTAMER

DNA STRAND

NON-HISTONE PROTEIN
by Cooper, G. M., 1997)
CSX. I February / 1999/ 1798

Copyrighted material
 (B) Non-histone Chromosomal Proteins (Acidic or

5-7nm Residual Proteins)— Protein constituents of chromatin

CORE DNA other than the histone type are included in this category.
(146 bp)
These proteins are also called chromosomine. Nucleo-
somes are also associated with non-histones. Ubiquitin,
HISTONE OCTAMER
(2 x H2A, H28, H3, H4) high mobility group proteins (HMG1 and HMG2) etc. are
non-histone proteins. From a functional point of view the
non-histone chromosomal proteins include polymerases
PLUGGING PROTEIN (HI) (e.g.,DNA polymerase, RNA polymerase), nucleases
(DNase, RNase) etc.
200 BASE PAIRS OF DNA WITH H1
The other major component of chromatin is DNA.
-NUCLEOSOME DNA is a nucleic acid occur in chromatin of every living

cells. They are not only responsible for storage and

transmission of genetic information but also translate this
information for a precise synthesis of proteins character-
ILING OF
BEADED THREAD istics of individual cell. DNA is a polymer composed of
repeating units called nucleotides. A nucleotide is made-
11 ran NUCLEOSOME 300A SOLENOID MODEL OF
STRING CHROMATIN STRUCTURE up of following three substances
(a) Nitrogenous base
300A
(b) A deoxyribose sugar
Chemical Composition of Chromatin :
(c) A phosphate group
The four main nitrogenous bases found in DNA are
Chromatin is composed of DNA and Chromosomal
Adenine (A), Cytosine (C), Guanine (G) and Thymine
proteins. The chromosomal proteins are of two types
(T). Adenine and Guanine are derived from the parent
basic proteins and acidic proteins (non-histone
molecule purine. The other bases (cytosine and thymine)
chromosomal proteins or residual proteins).
are derived from the parent molecule py rimidine.
(A) Basic Proteins —Basic proteins carry a relatively
The pentose sugar deoxyribose lacks the oxygen at
high proportion of the two basic amino acids—lysine and the carbon-2 position and simply has a hydrogen (H).
arginine. These basic proteins found in chromatin are
The bases and sugars in DNA are joined together
again of two types — Histories and
(i) (ii) Protamines.
into units called nucleosides. The names of the nucleo-
(i) Histories —Groups basic of proteins which are sides derived from the corresponding bases.
involved in the coiling of DNA in chromosomes and in the
regulation of gene activity, are called histone proteins. Base Nucleoside Nucleotide Abbreviation
Five major types of histones are present in most
chromatins, each type differing in its relative content of Adenine (A) d Adenosine Adenylic acid d AMP
arginine and lysine, viz., H1, H2A, H2B, H3 and H4. GMP
Guanine (G) d Guanosine Guanylic acid d
(details in the following table).

Histones play vital roles and occupy key position Cytosine (C) d Cytidine Cytidylic acid dCMP
atleast in maintaining chromatin structural integrity and in
Thymine (T) d Thymidine Thy midy lie acid d TMP
coiling and uncoiling of chromosomes during the cell
cycle. They are also associated with heterochro- 'd '
indicates the deoxy-form of sugar
matinization and genetic repression.
(ii) Protamines—These are another class of basic The subunits of DNA are nucleotides, which are
proteins found in the chromatin of the sperms of many nucleoside with a phosphate group attached through a

invertebrates, fish and some birds. They have molecular phospho-ester bond. An ester is an organic compound
weight of about 4000 D (D = dalton; 1 D = approximately formed from an alcohol and acid. In case of a nucleotide,
the mass of a hydrogen atom, i.e., 1-66 x 10~24 g) and are the alcohol group is the 5' hydroxyl of the sugar and the
acid is phosphoric acid, for which the ester is called a
very rich in arginine.

Characterization of the Histone Fractions (from Rabbit and Bovine Histones)

Class Fraction Molecular Weight Lysine + Arginine Number of Function

(dalton-D) percentage Amino-Acid

1 . Lysine rich H1 22,500 D 30-8 244 Acts as plugging protein

2. Slightly H2A 13,960 D 20 2 129 Organise

lysine rich H2B 13,774 D 22-4 125 the

3. Arginine rich H3 15,273 D 22-9 135 Octamer

(also glycine rich) H4 11,236 D 24-5 102

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1799

Copyrkj
phosphoester. During the synthesis of DNA, deoxy- preparation for cell division. This type of chromatin is

adenosine triphosphate (d ATP) is incorporated into DNA called euchromatin. Most of the euchromatin in

and two phosphorus atoms are removed leaving deoxy- interphase nuclei appears to be in the form of 30 nm
adenosine 5' monophosphate (d AMP) in the nucleotide fibres, organised into large loops containing approximately
chain. The other three nucleotides in DNA (d CMP, d 50-100 Kb (kilo base) of DNA.
GMP, dTMP) have analogous structures and names. The .In contrast to euchromatin about 10% of the
nucleotides in DNA are joined together by phospho- interphase chromatin is in very highly condensed state

diester bonds that resembles the chromatin of cells undergo mitosis.

Based on the X-ray picture of DNA by M. H. This type of chromatin is called heterochromatin. Hetero-

F. Wilkins, R. Franklin and coworkers, J. D. Watson and chromatin is transcriptionally inactive and contains highly
F. H. C. Crick (1953) proposed a model for DNA structure.
repeated una sequences.

The DNA molecule is double helical, with sugar-

phosphate backbones on the outside and base pairs on Euchromatin Heterochromatin
the inside. The two helices are held together by
1. Remain condensed during 1. Remain condensed during
establishing hydrogen bonds in between the two opposite
the divisional phase. interphase and early pro-
helix base pairs. The bases pair in a specific way A with :
phase.
T and G with C. The spacing between base pair (vertical Remain decondensed 2. Remain decondensed dur-
2.
rise/bp) is 3-4 A and the overall helix repeat distance during interphase. ing divisional phase.

(vertical rise/turn) is about 34A, meaning that there are 3. Stained deeply during the 3. During interphase.
divisional phase.
about 10 base pairs per turn of the helix. The two strands
4. contains genes. 4. It is usually devoid of genes.
are antiparaJle) and the helix is a right-handed one. It

5. It constitutes major part 5. It constitutes a fraction of

of the genome. the genome.

6. Chromosomal parts ex- 6. Telomeres, primary and

cept telomeres, primary secondary constrictions are
and secondary constric- heterochromatic in nature.
tions are euchromatic in In mammalian females an
nature. entire X-chromosome is

heterochromatic. This is

[ |
EUCHROMATIN

11 HETEROCHROMATIN

METAPHASE CHROMOSOME

Fig. : The DNA Double Helix

Fig. : Interphase Nucleus of Human Female
Apart from the presence of proteins and DNA as the
chemical constituents of chromatin some metallic tons Again, on the basis of genetic expression, ontogeny
may also be present. Ca2+ Mg 2+ apparently function in
,
and chemical composition, heterochromatin has been
the maintenance of chromatin structure. On the basis of classified into two distinct types : facultative (= optional)
staining reactions the presence of lipid in the chromatin heterochromatin and constitutive (= component,
was also reported. forming the part of a whole) heterochromatin. And
sometimes another type, condensed heterochromatin,
Euchromatin and Heterochromatin is also seen as evidenced by some authors (Frenster

The extent of chromatin condensation varies during et al. 1963, 69 Goodenough and Levine, 1974).
;

the life cycle of the cell. In interphase cells, most of the Facultative heterochromatin is a chromatin which is
chromatin is relatively decondenced and distributed condensed in one of the two homologous chromosomes
throughout the nucleus. During this period of the cell on in one haploid set of chromosomes but not in the
cycle, genes are transcribed and the DNA is replicated in others, e.g., in Mealy bug (Planococcus cftri), a coccid

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1800

Copyrighted material
insect, the entire parental set of male insects are at mitosis; as well as in prochromosomes in the
facultatively heterochromatinized (Ref. Brown and Nur, interphase condition.
1964). Condensed heterochromatin is a chromatin which
Constitutive heterochromatin is a chromatin which is also deeply stained due to tight packing of the
is found consistently in the same regions of both chromatin, can be found in many interphase nuclei. This
homologous chromosomes or chromosomal segments, type of heterochromatin is of a similar class of facultative
which remains condensed throughout the cell cycle. It is heterochromatin and the state is often reversible. Different
biochemically different from euchromatin, being largely types of leucocytes, mammalian sperm cells, generative
composed of highly repeated DNA sequences, e.g., nuclei of angiospermous pollen tube etc. contain
centromeric and telomeric regions of normal chromosome condensed heterochromatin.

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1. In which phase of mitosis the 8. Duplication of chromosomes 15. During prophase the chromo-
chromosomes are arranged takes place in somal material becomes visible
around the equator of the spi- (A) S-phase as very thin filament, which are
ndle ? called
(B) G r phase
(A) Anaphase (B) Metaphase (A) Chromonemata
(C) G 2 -phase
(C) Telophase (D) Prophase (B) Chromomere
(D) All of the above
2. Chromosome number is halved (C) Telomere
in meiosis during 9. Strands of DNA are bonded by (D) Satellite

(A) Anaphase (A) Oxygen (B) Nitrogen

I

ANSWERS
(B) Metaphase I (C) Hydrogen (D) Carbon
1.(B) 2. (A) 3.(D) 4.(C) 5.(B)
(C) Metaphase II
10. The number of hydrogen bonds 6. (D) 7. (D) 8. (B) 9. (C) 10. (C)
(D) Telophase I that bound cytosine and guanine
11. (A) 12. (D) 13. (D) 14. (A) 15. (A)
is
3. Structure present over the •••
chromosome is
(A) 1 (B) 2

(A) Centrosome (C) 3 (D) 4

(B) Gclgi complex 11. In which stage chromosome is (Continued from Page 1795 )

(C) Nucleolus longer ?

(D) Centromere (A) Leptotene tend to have J-shaped growth

(B) Zygotene curves until some environmental
4. Chromosomes whose arms are
change causes them to decline,
equal are termed as (C) Pachytene
usually within a short time. From
(A) Acentric (D) Diakinesis
an evolutionary point of view,
(B) Acrocentric 12. The term chromosome was such species have undergone
(C) Metacentric coined by selection to maximize their rate
(A) Hofmeister of natural increase and for this
(D) Concentric
(B) Altmann reason, they are said to be r-
5. Minimum number of chromo- strategists.
somes are found in (C) Strasburger

(A) Helianthus (D) Waldeyer 10. The uterine cycle occurs concu-
rrently with the ovarian cycle. In
(B) Haplopappus 13. Basic structure of chromatin is
the half of these cycles
first
(C) Ophioglossum composed of
(days 1-13, before ovulation),
(D) Riccia (A) DNA wrapped around his-
the anterior pituitary produces
tories
6. Chromosomes contain FSH and the follicle produces
(B) Non-histone proteins wrap- estrogen. Estrogen causes the
(A) Only protein
ped around DNA uterine lining to increase in
(B) OnlyDNA
(C) RNA wrapped around his- thickness.
(C) DNA and RNA tones
(D) RNA, DNA and protein
15. Dragonfly is an insect. A tracheal
(D) Histone proteins wrapped
tube from each spiracle in
7. Terminal end of chromosome is around DNA
insects. branches into fine
It

called tracheoles, which penetrate the

14. The core particle of nncleosome
(A) Centromere is composed of how many his- muscles and organs. Thus,
(B) Chromomere tories ? oxygen directly diffuses in the
muscles and organs.
(C) Chromonemata (A) Four (B) Five

Three
•••
(D) Telomere (C) (D) Six

CS.V. I February / 1999/ 1801

 Topic on Botany

—AMIT KUMAR JHA

Lichens are autotrophic, superficial, slow growing, They may be further divided intc
long lived perennial composite (dual) aerial plants of lowly (a) Discolichens— When the fungi in them are
organisation possessing symbiotic association between members of discomycetes (cup fungi), producing open,
an alga as phycobiont, GK. phycos = seaweed
(called cup or saucer shaped apothecia (the fruiting body). They
i.e., alga; bios = life) and a fungus called as mycoblont,
are found in temperate area, e.g., Graphis, Parmelia,
GK. mycos = fungus; bios = life, in which alga supplies Usnea.
synthesized food (by photosynthesis) to the fungus (bio-
trophic) and the fungus gives protection, water and
(b) —
Pyrenolichens When the fungi in them are
members of pyrenomycetes (flask fungi), producing
mineral salts to the alga (the phenomenon is called
closed, flask shaped perithecia (the fruiting body) with an
helotism or mast slave relationship). There are about 400
apical opening (ostiole), e.g., Dermatocarpon, Cladonia.
genera and 15,000 species of lichens.
Lichens were first discovered by Tulsane in 1852 and (B) Basidiolichens
a few years later, De Bary studies the two constituent In Basidiolichens, the fungi are members of
organisms in detail and called the relationship of algae Basidiomycetes. There are only three genera of
and fungi as symbiosis. The term lichen was coined by Basidiolichens, viz., Cora, Corolla and Dictyonema. The
Theophrastus (371-284 B.C.). Acharius laid the foun- best known genus is Cora (bracket fungi).
dation of the systematic study of lichens by dividing
(C) Deuterolichens
cryptogams into six families including lichens. The study
of lichen is called lichenology. The dual nature of lichens In Deuterolichens, the fungi are members of

was established by Schwendener, otherwise lichens were Deuteromycetes (fungi imperfecti). In which sexual stage
thought to be bryophytes or individual plant. Bonnier isnot known and they reproduce by conidia, along with
successfully synthesized a lichen in the years 1886-89, some other types of spores.
by growing fungal spores with algae. Reinke (1872) called On the basis of algal partners, lichens have been
the relationship of algae and fungi in lichens as a sort of grouped into three main groups
consortium (marriage). Ahmajian (1963) stated that the
(A) Chlorophycophilous
fungus is a controlled parasite over the alga (slave).
They are associated with green algae, e.g., Chlorella,
Habit: Palmella, Protococcus, etc.
The lichens are cosmopolitan, commonly occur as
(B) Cyanophycophilous
greyish-green, greenish-white or brightly coloured in-

crustations,one to several cm in diameter. Sometimes, They are associated with cyanobacteria, e.g.,

they hang in shaggy tufts, a few to several cm long, from Chroococcus, Nostoc, Sytonema, etc.
the branches of shrubs and trees. (C) Diphycophilous
Habitat They are associated with both green and blue green
On the basis of their habitats they have been grouped algae.
into the following categories
Morphology (Thallus)
(a) Corticolous —Lichens growing on old walls and
tree trunks, e.g., Parmelia, Usnea. The association of fungal and algal component
(b) Saxicolous — Lichens growing on stones and is considered to be mutualistic
forming lichen thallus
rocks, e.g., Xanthoria, Pomia. symbiosis. The fungal partner of lichen is dominant
(c) Terricolous — Lichens growing on soil surfaces, forming 95-99% of total thallus and is responsible for
e.g., Cladonia, Floerkeana. reproduction. The algal part of lichen is 75% chloro-
phyceae mostly. 26 algal genera (17 green algae, 8 blue
The lichens may also occur in fresh water e.g.,
green algae and 1 yellow green algae) are reported in
Hymenelia lawstris or in marine water, e.g., Caloplaea
lichen thalli.
marina.

Classification The lichen thalli follow three different patterns of

growth (Hue-1899) in different genera as follows—
Depending on the nature of the fungi, lichens have
been classified into three main groups (by Alexopoulos (A) Crustose lichens
and Mims in 1979)-
These form, hard, granular crusts and adhere very
(A) Ascoiichens tenaciously to rocks, barks of shrubs, trees and certain
In Ascoiichens the fungi are members of Ascomy- soils. e.g., Graphis, Lecanora, Haematomma,
cetes (sac fungi) reproducing by means of ascospores Rhizocarpon.

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1802

 FUNGAL FRUCTIFICATION Recently, a fourth category of lichens called Leprose
has been also discovered in which some fungal hyphae
surround one or more algal cells, e.g., Leprosia.

Anatomy
Internally on the basis of distribution of algal compo-
nents, the lichens have been divided into two categories
(A) Homoiomerous
these forms algal and fungal components are
In
among fungal hyphae throughout the
uniformly distributed
Fig. : Graphis
Such thalli are also called as endogenous, e.g.,
thallus.
(B) Foliose lichens : Collema, Leptogium, etc.
These form definite, flattened leaf like thalli with lobed (B) Heteromerous
margins and adhere to walls, tree trunks, rocks and the these forms algal cells are few and restricted to the
In
ground by hairy rhizoid, like structures called rhizines, layer of hyphae and forms a distinct layer called gonidial
e.g., Parmelia, Peltigera, Corapavonia. on the upper side of the thallus. They are also
layer,
called as exogenous, e.g., Parmelia, Xanthoria, etc.
Generally a section through the thallus of a foliose
and shows following regions
fruticose lichens

(1) Upper cortex—The cortex is of two types

(a) —
Paraplectenchymatous They have randomly
oriented hyphae.
(b) Prosoplectenchymatous —They have hyphae
oriented in a specific direction.

Fig. : Foliose in Parmelia

(C) Fruticose lichens :

These form much branched, shrub like bodies which

remain attach by their narrow basal portion only (by a
variety of structure such as rhizinose strands, rhizines,
holdfast, haptera, hypothallus, etc.)

Fig. i A section through the thallus of a foliose lichen

(2) —
Lower cortex It is made up of closely packed
hyphae. Some of the hyphae also act as rhizines
(rhizoids).

However, in Usnea there is a central chondroid axis

made up of thick walled, closely packed fungal hyphae.

Fig. : (A) Usnea, (B) Cladonia

In Cladonia the plant body is distinguishable into a

prostrate, leafy, lobed primary thallus from which arise

branched or unbranched upright secondary thalli called
podetia (sing.-podetium). It is sometimes, provided with a
cup like structure called scyphus at the tip.
Fig. : A section through the thallus of a fruticose lichen

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1803

 (3) Algal zone— It lies below the upper cortex (usually (A) —
Soredia These are microscopic, granular bodies
called the gonidial layer). occurring in large numbers on the upper surface of the

(4) Medulla —The zone following the algal layer, thallus as a greyish coating of powder. Each soredium
consisting of only loose mass of hyphae in the central consists of both algal and fungal components formed in a
region. postule like structure called as soralium. e.g., Physia,
Parmelia, Usnea, Cladonia etc.
Specialized structures
The soredia are easily dispersed by wind or rain and
Some specialized structures like breathing pores, under appropriate conditions soredium forms a new
cyphellae, cephalodia, isidia and soredia are associated thallus.
with lichen
On
thalli.

the upper surface of some lichens (foliose

(B) Isidia —These are coral like, simple or branched
outgrowths present on the upper surface of the thallus.
lichens), fungal hyphae are loosely arranged, to form
pores, which help in aeration, so known as breathing These are primarily meant for increasing surface area
pores, e.g., Parmelia. and photosynthetic activity.
Cyphellae are small, almost circular depressions
present on the lower side of the thallus. They are meant
for exchange of gases, e.g., Sticta.

Pig. : V.S. of thalli through isidium

Fig. V.S. of thalli through cyphella

:

(C) Cephalodia —These are gall like, dark swelling

Structures like cephalodia, isidia and soredi, help in
on the upper surface of the thallus, sometimes internally
vegetative reproduction. So, these structures have been as well.
discussed later.
They are distinguishable into cortex and medulla. The
cephalodia are meant for retaining moisture, e.g.,
Points to Remember Peltigera.
• Morrison (1699) called lichens as musco-fungus. CEPHALODIUM
• D.D. Awasthi is a famous lichenologist of India.

• Lichens having two algal and one fungal partners are

called as diphycophilous.

• Trebouxia, an unicellular green alga, is the commonest

algal component of lichens.

• Those lichens which fix atmospheric nitrogen are called

'azotodesmic lichens'.
• Cyphellae without any cortical border are called as
pseudocyphellae.
• Common name of some lichens
(a) Cladonia—Reindeer moss or British soldiers

(b) Lecanora—Manna or Bread of heaven

(c) Parmelia— Rock flower
(d) Cetraria— Iceland moss
(e) Peltigera — Dog lichen Fig. : V.S. of thalli through cephalodlum
(f) Lobaria —Lung wort (D) Oidia —In a few lichens, the hyphae may break

(g) Letharia—Wolf moss up into short segments called oidia. An oidium germinates
(h) Endocarpon—Stone mushroom like a spore, producing normal hyphae.

(i) Usnea —Old man's beard (E) Rejuvination — Lichens like Cladonia show this
unique phenomenon. The older parts of the thalius dies
whereas the young branches continue to grow.
Reproduction
(F) Fragmentation— In many lichens, the thallus may
1. Vegetative Reproduction be divided into long or short fragments. Each fragment
The lichens generally reproduce vegetatively by the may grow to the size of the independent thallus, e.g.,
following structures Usnea.

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1804

Co
2. Asexual Reproduction coiled basal portion called the ascogonium, lying within
the thallus and a tube like upper portion beyond the
The Ascolichens reproduce asexually by forming thallus. The terminal region is somewhat erect and called
spores of fungal origin. On germination, each spore sends
as trichogyne.
out hyphae in different directions. If any of them happens
to come contact with the requisite alga, it branches
in

freely and covers up the algal cell. The combined body

then grow into a lichen thallus.

Many lichens {e.g., Physcia), produce small spore

like bodies in large numbers within a flask-shaped cavity,

called the pycnidium. The spores are called pycnid-

iospores (or pycnospores) which constitute the lichen on
coming in contact with suitable algal component.

Ha. V.S throuah ascoaonlum

:

The male sex organ, the spermogonium, is a flask-

shaped chamber with an apical opening (ostiole) the
minute, non-motile male cells formed within it are known

Fig. : V.S. through pycnidium

as the spermatla.
Spermatia are very minute and cylindrical. They are
In some species, the so-called pycnidia behave as liberated through the ostiole in slimy masses to float on
male organ (spermogonia) and the so-called
sex the thallus (Figure of a spermatogonium i.e., pycnidium
pycnkJiospores behave as male cells (spermatla). has already given).

Fertilization

Fertilization occurs when a spermatium comes in

contact with the sticky, protruding tip of a trichogyne. Its

protoplast migrates into the trichogyne and apparently
fuses with the ascogonium nucleus (called plasmogamy).

Several ascogenous hyphae now develop from the

cell of ascogonium; these hyphae
basal part of fertilized
branch freely and develop an ascus, always at the end of
a branch. This is followed by meiosis and mitosis resulting
in the formation of 1-8 ascos pores inside the ascus.
Simultaneously, the surrounding hyphae also develop and
as a result fruiting body, called ascocarp or ascomata, is
formed. The ascocarp may be an apothecium (e.g.,
Physcia) or perithecium (e.g., Acrocordia).
Fig. : A-D. Different forms of conldia or conidiophores
On the basis of shape of ascocarp, Ascolichens are
Basidiolichens (e.g., Cora) reproduce asexually by of two types namely gymnocarpae and pyrenocarpae
means of basidiospores.
The fruiting body is internally distinguishable into

3. Sexual Reproduction three zones—

This has been observed in certain Ascolichens,

(a) Thecium— It is the fertile zone, comprising fertile

asci and sterile paraphyses.

as in Collema, it is entirely the job of fungal partner
only. It is of oogamous type i.e., by well developed sex (b) Hypothecium—It is the zone formed by loosely

organs. packed hyphae lying below the thecium.

The female sex organ is a multicellular, stout filament (c) Epithecium— It is the zone formed by the tips of
of large cells; known as the carpogonium. It consists of a paraphyses projecting beyond the asci.

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1805

...Cbpyfig^^fitaterial
 The sterile tissue lying in between the asci is
EPITHECIUM
sometimes called as hamathecia. There are four types
of hamathecial elements are found in ascocarp
(i) Paraphyses —They are compact mass of cylinder
sterile hyphae, arise from the base of the ascocarp and
grow vertically upward.
(ii) —
Periphyses They arise in the ostiolar canal of
the ascocarp and protrude out of the ostiole.
(iii) Paraphysoid —They are formed by stretching of
the tissue of an ascocarp, and
(iv) —
Periphysoids They arise from the roof of the
ascocarp and grow vertically downward.
On liberation, the mature ascospores germinate,
producing fungal hyphae, which come in contact with the
suitable algae, grow rapidly and eventually produce lichen
thallL

Economic Importance
1. Beneficial Activities

(A) Early colonizer— Lichens are the pioneers of

plant growth on base rocks are called first colonizers.
(B) Soil builder—The lichens are pioneers of
vegetation in a lithosere (succession on rocky surface).
They bring about biological weathering of rocks by
forming acids such as carbonic acid, oxalic acid, etc.,
Fig. : V.S. through (A) an apothecium, (B) a perithecium, which leads to soil formation.
(C) Ascus with ascospores and paraphysis,
(D) an ascospore germinating (C) Food —Some lichens are a valuable source of
On the basis of type of margins apothecia are of two food for wild animals and cattle.
types
Cladonia rangiferina growing to a height of about
(a) Lecideine type —They have only the proper
(a)
30 cm, in the arctic regions, serves as food for Reindeer,
margin, e.g., Lecidia.
hence called 'reindeer-moss*.
(b) Certaria islandica is used as food article in iceland
(hence called 'Iceland moss'), Sweden and Norway.

(c) Lecanora esculenta is used as food in Israel.

(d) Enocarpon miniatum is used as a vegetable in

Japan.

(e) Umblicaria esculenta is used as food in Japan.

(f) Parmelia, generally called rathapu in Telgu is

used as a spice in curry (curry powder) in South India and

it is also used as a food, as well as in making chocolates

and pastries.
(b) Lecanorine type—They have both proper as well
Stereocaulon and Evernia are also
(g) Species of
as thalline margin, e.g., Lecanora. used as fooder.

Lichenin
The nutritive value of lichens is due to presence of
'Lichenin' a carbohydrate allied to starch (true starch and
cellulose are not found in lichens).

A lichen takes C0 2 from air and produces lichenin,

hence called an air-purifier.

(D) Medicinal uses

(a) Cladonia pyxidata is used in the treatment of
whooping-cough.
(b) Parmelia permata is used in the treatment of
snake-bite.

CJS.V. I February / 1999/ 1806

Copyrighted material
 (c) Parmelia sexatilis is used in the treatment of (c) A red dye is obtained from Ochrolechia species.
epilepsy.
(d) A brown dye is obtained from Parmelia species.
(d) Lobaria purmelia is used in the treatment of lung
diseases.
(e) A dye orchil is prepared from Rocella tinctoria.
(e) Evernia and Usnea are used in the treatment of
(f) Other brilliant colouring dye is, cud-bear obtained
haemorrhage. from lichen species.

(f) Usnea barbata is used in the treatment of urinary (g) Litmus used as acid-base indicator is obtained
diseases. from Rocella montagnei and Lasallia pustulata.
(g) Some species of Usnea and Cladonia are used to (F) Indicator of air pollution— Lichens act as an
extract an
called usnic acid which has
antibiotic indicator of air pollution because no lichen can be found in
and has proved very effective against
antibacterial activity the areas of heavy industrial pollution because lichens are
tuberculosis when used in combination with strepto- sensitive to S0 2
mycin. (G) N2 fixation —Lichens having blue green algae are
(h) Peltigera and Black pepper is used in the important in fixing nitrogen.
treatment of rabies.
(i) Peltigera canina is used in the treatment of
Chemicals Some
(H) — lichen yield important
chemicals. For example
hydrophobia and liver ailments.
(i) Ramalina siliquosa yield salzinic acid.
(j) Cetraria islandica is used in the treatment of
diabetes and respiratory diseases. (ii) Parmelia subtrudecta yield iecanoric acid.
(k) Rocella montagnei is used in the treatment of (iii) Cladonia crispate yield squamatic acid.
angina.
(I) Religious importance —Sweet-scented thalli of
(I) Cladonia, Rocella and Evernia are used in control- lichens like Evernia, Ramalina are used in the preparation
ling different types of fevers. of 'dhup' and hawan samagris'.
(m) The protolichesterinic acid obtained from some
lichens has anticarsinogenic properties. 2. Harmful Activities
(E) Industrial uses —
(A) Damaging buildings In humid areas, lichen can
(a) The lichens contain carbohydrates in the form of grow on window panes, marble and cement damaging the
lichenin. Hence, they are used in producing alcohol in building by their etching activity.
countries like Sweden and Russia. (B) Poisonous —Some lichens are poisonous, such
Species of Evernia, Pseudornia, Ramalina contain
(b) as Letharia vulpina due to vulpinic acid, Cetraria juniperina
essential oils and hence they are used in manufacture of due to pinastrinic acid, Parmelia molliuscula due to
soaps and perfumes. Besides, they also contain chemicals selenium, Xanthoria parietina due to beryllium and
like geraniol, napthalene, etc. Evernia furfuracea due to chlorine.

OBJECTIVE QUESTIONS
1 . The term 'Lichen' was first coined (B) Isidia and phyllidia (B) Cephalodium
by- (C) Phyllidia and blastidia (C) Soredium
(A) Linnaeus (D) Soridia and blastidia
(D) Isidium
(B) Theophrastus Biological weathering of rock is
5. The term ascomata in lichens is
(C) Fritsch initially brought about lichens that
applied to
(D) Smith are followed by foliose
(A) Ascogenous hyphae
2. The lichens generally do not (A) Fruticose (B) Thallose
(B) Ascus zone
contain a mycobiont belonging (C) Leprose (D) Crustose
(C) Ascus mother cell
to— 10. Which of the following is a
(D) Ascocarp
(A) Mastigomycotina only poisonous lichen ?
(B) Mastigo and Zygomycotina 6. Hyphal outgrowth arising from
(A) Letharia vulpina
the lower cortex of the thallus of
(C) Deuteromycotina (B) Cetraria juniperina
foliose lichens are called as
(D) All of these (C) Both A and B
(A) Mycelium (B) Rhizines
3. Which food used by fungal
is
(D) Lecanora esculenta
(C) Haustoria (D) Rhizoids
partner made by algal partner in 11. Orchil,a blue coloured dye, is
a lichen ? 7. The edible fruiting bodies which prepared from
(A) Starch (B) Sugar are underground are called
(A) Rocella (B) Ramalina
(C) Mannitol (D) Glycogen (A) Truffles (B) Puff balls Cladonia (D) Usnea
(C)
(C) Ascocarp (D) Basidiocarp
4. The uncommon type of propag- 12. The common lichens of tundra
ules which help in the vegetative 8. Which of the following structure region (eaten by musk ox or
propagation of lichens are of lichen is diphycophilous ? Caribou and Reindeer) are
(A) Isidia and soredia (A) Soralium (Continued on Page 1828 )

CJS.V. I February / 1999/ 1807

Co
JLNMC-AMU 1998 Solved Paper 17. When a gene exists in more than
one form, the different forms are
called

BOTANY (A)

(B}
Heterozygous
Complementary genes
(Based on Memory) (C) Genotypes
(D) Alleles

1 . A cross between F 1 hybrid and a 9. The strength and a cell

rigidity of
18. The site of protein synthesis in

wall due to the substance plants is the

recessive parent gives the ratio is

of— known as— (A) Chloroplast

(A) 3 : 1 (B) 1 : (A) Suberin (B) Cellulose (B) Ribosomes

(C) 2 : 1 (D) 4 : (C) Lignin (D) Pectin (C) Pyrenoids

10. Plant cells lack (0) Mitochondria

2. Photorespiration is characteristic
of— (A) Spindle fibres 1 9. Karyokinesis differ from cytokine-
(A) Qj-plants (B) Centrioles sis because it involves—
(B) C4 -plants (C) Asters (A) Division of cytoplasm

(C) CAM plants (D) Centrioles and asters (B) Division of the nucleus and
(D) None of the above cytoplasm
11. Nitrogen is an important consti-
(C) Division of the nucleus
3. The replication of nuclear DNA tuent of
(D) Division of the cell
occurs in
(A)
(A) G r phase (B) G 2-phase (B) Lipids
20. Lignified cell wall is the charac-

(C) S-phase (D) M-phase teristic feature of—

(C) Carbohydrates
(A) Phloem cells
4. In plants auxin synthesis occurs (D) Polyphosphates
(B) Epidermal cells
in—
12. Lysosomes are so called because (C) Cambial cells
(A) Cortex
they contain
(D) Xylem cells
(B) Phloem cells
(A) Carboxylating enzymes
(C) Root and shoot tips 21. Biological oxidation in Krebs
(B) Respiratory enzymes cycle involves
(D) Xylem cells
(C) Oxidizing enzymes (A) N2 (B) C02
5. Maximum transpiration occurs (D) Digestive enzymes (C) 02 (D) S02
in—
1 3. Study of fungus is called—
(A) Mesophytic plants 22. The chloroplasts of algae usually
(A) Mycology lack—
(B) Hydrophytic plants
(B) Phycology (A) Grana
(C) Xerophytic plants
(C) Malacology (B) Pigments
(0) Algal cells
(D) Palynology (C) Quantasomes
6. Nuclear material without nuclear
14. In mitosis the duplication of chro- (D) Lamellae
membrane is observed in
mosomes occurs during 23. Who of the following proposed
(A) Bacteria and green algae
(A) Early prophase photoperiodism ?
(B) Cyanobacteria and red algae
(B) Late prophase (A) Gamer and Allard
(C) Bacteria and Cyanobacteria
(C) Interphase (B) Darwin
(D) Mycoplasmas and green
(D) Late telophase (C) Lysenko
(D) Amon
7. Pachytene occurs during—
15. The smallest living cells with cell
wall are 24. The arrangement of three bases
(A) Meiosis in the genetic code signifies a
(A) Viroids
(B) Mitosis specific—
(B) Algae
(C) Growth of a cell (A) Protein (B) Amino acid
(C) Bacteria
(D) Formation of endosperm (C) Plasmid (D) Nucleic acid
(D) Mycoplasma
8. Chiasmata formation occurs du- 25. Each couple should produce only
ring 1 6. Mitochondria are non-existent in— two children which will help in—
(A) Diplotene (A) Red algae (A) Checking pollution

(B) Leptotene (B) Bacteria (B) Stabilising the ecosystem

(C) Pachytene (C) Green algae (C) Fertility of soil
(D) Diakinesis (D) Brown algae (D) Improving food-web

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1808

Copyrighted material
26. The ripening of fruits can be (C) Ribosomes (C) Ligules
hastend by treatment with— (D) Mesosomes (D) Microsporophylls
(A) Gibberellic acid
34. The replication of centrioles 42. The function of nucleolus is the
(B) Indole-acetic acid
occurs during— synthesis of
(C) Florigen
(A) Early prophase (A) DNA (B) m-RNA
(D) Ethylene gas
(B) Late prophase (C) r-RNA (D) /-RNA
27. The nucleoplasm is continuous (C) Late telophase
43. Female gametophyte of angio-
with the cytoplasm of the cell (D) Interphase spermic plants is represented
through
35. The bicollateral vascular bundle by-
(A) Centriole
is the characteristic feature of (A) Oospore (B) Egg
(B) Endoplasmic reticulum plants belonging to the family— (C) Carpel (D) Pollengrain
(C) Nuclear pores (A) Cruciferae
44. Endospermic nucleus is usually-
(D) Golgi apparatus
(B) Liliaceae
(A) Haploid (B) Diploid
28. Oogamous sexual reproduction (C) Cucurbitaceae
(C) Triploid (D) Tetraploid
signifies— (D) Malvaceae
(A) Fusion of similar motile 45. Cell division in blue-green algae
36. The major role of phosphorus in
in—
gametes is more or less similar to that
plant metabolism is—
(B) Fusion of dissimilar motile (A) Red algae
(A) To generate metabolic en-
gametes (B) Green algae
ergy
(C) Fusion of motile and a non- (C) Brown algae
(B) To evolve oxygen during
motile gametes (D) Bacteria
photosynthesis
(D) Fusion of similar non-motile
(C) To evolve carbon dioxide 46. Photosynthates are transported
gametes
during respiration to other parts of higher plants
29. The process involved in the RNA (D) To create anaerobic condi- through
formation on the DNA template tions (A) Cambial cells
is
37. Phragmoplast is precursor of— (B) Pith cells
(A) Translation
(A) Cell plate (C) Xylem cells
(B) Transduction
(B) Chloroplast (D) Phloem cells
(C) Transcription
(C) Chromoplast 47. Experimental demonstration of
(D) Transformation
(D) Colourless plastid the semi-conservative mode of
30. The functional unit in the syn- DNA replication was given by
thesis of protein is
38. According to the 'Unit membrane
model' the thickness of the
(A) Watson and Crick
cell
(A) Peroxisome Bawden and Palison
membrane is about (B)
(B) Dictyosome Meselson and Stahl
(A) 200 nm (B) 7-5 nm (C)
(C) Lysosome Huberman and Riggs
(C) 150 nm (D) 10 nm (D)
(D) Polysome
39. The colour of rose petals is due 48. Mitochondria supply most of the
31. In rapidly dividing cells, endo- to water soluble pigments present necessary biological energy by
plasmic reticulum is— the— Breaking down of sugar
in (A)
(A) Poorly developed
(A) Cytoplasm (B) Oxidising substrates of TCA
(B) Highly developed (B) Nucleus cycle
(C) Absent (C) Reducing NADP
(C) Intercellular spaces
(D) Non-functional (D) Breaking down of protein
(D) Vacuoles
32. During the first metaphase of 40. The genes are responsible for 49. The internal layer joining the
meiosis the centromeres growth and differentiation in an primary walls of the two adjacent
(A) Undergo division organism through regulation of— cells is known as—
(B) Do not divide (A) Translocation (A) Plasmodesmata
(C) Divide but do not separate (B) Transformation (B) Middle lamella

(D) Are not identical (C) Transduction and Translation (C) Periderm

(D) Translation and Transcription (D) Casparian strip

33. Light energy is converted into
chemical energy inthe presence 41 . The male cone of Pinus is formed 50. Genetic transfer through viruses
of— of— is called
(A) Pyrenoids (A) Anthers (A) Sexduction
(B) Chloroplasts (B) Megasporophylls (B) Transduction

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1809

Copyrighted material
 (C) Conjugation (C) Detergents 68. Which cultivation method is most
(D) Transformation (D) Glass junks popular in Madhya Pradesh to
cultivate rice ?
51 . Oxidative phosphorylation occurs 60. Desired improved variety of eco-
during the process of (A) Intensive (B) Dry
nomically useful crops are raised
(C) Wet (D) Tillage
(A) Protein synthesis by-
(B) N^fixation (A) Natural selection 69. The Tobacco mosaic virus was
(C) Respiration (B) Hybridization crystallised for the first time by—
(D) Transpiration (C) Mutation (A) W.N.Stanley
(D) Biofertilizer (B) Louis Pasteur
52. The pyramid of energy is always-
(C) Edward Jenner
(A) Inverted 61. When an ovary develops into a
(D) Andre Lwoff
(B) Upright fruit without fertilization it is

(C) Both upright and inverted called 70. The bacterial ribosomes are of—
(D) Inverted in forest ecosystem (A) Porogamy (A) 50s-type (B) 70s-type

53. Who proposed the binomial (B) Apospory (C) 30s-type (D) 80 s-type
nomenclature system ? (C) Apogamy 71 . L. P. G. cooking gas is—
(A) Whittaker (D) Parthenocarpy (A) Low pressure gas
(B) Mendel 62. Desert can be converted into (B) Bio gas
(C) Carl Linnaeus greenland by (C) Fossil fuel
(D) Tippo (A) Oxylophytes (D) Low price gas
54. Cheese and vogurt are products (B) Psammophytes 72. The pioneer country in the pro-
of the process (C) Halophytes duction of fuel-alcohol is—
(A) Distillation (D) Tropical trees (A) Saudi Arabia
(B) Pasteurization (B) Iran, Iraq
63. Improvement of crops by pre-
(C) Fermentation serving germplasm in frozen (C) Brazil
(D) Dehydration is called—
state (D) Japan
55. From which part of Ephedra (A) Cryopreservation
73. Enzymes are the polymers of—
plant, the drug, 'Ephedrine' is (B) Cold storage preservation
(A) Hexose carbon
obtained ? (C) Vernalization
(B) Fatty acids
(A) Root (B) Stem (D) In situ preservation
(C) Aminoacids
(C) Leaves (D) Flowers 64. Which one of the following life
(D) Inorganic phosphate
56. The eucaryotic chromosomes are cycles is associated with Mucor ?
made up of— (A) Haplontic
74. A quicker regeneration of leaves
of grasses will occur by
(A) DNA (B) Diplontic
(A) Clipping (B) Cutting
(B) RNA (C) Isomorphic
(C) DNA and proteins (C) Grazing (D) Irrigation
(D) Heteromorphic
(D) DNA and lipids 75. Which of the following word is
65. Reproducing new plants by cells
How many related to Homo sapiens ?
57. pairs of contrasting instead of seeds is known as—
characters in pea pod were (A) Herbivorous
(A) Biofertilizer
chosen by Mendel ? (B) Carnivorous
(B) Tissue culture
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) Autotroph
(C) Mutation
(C) 4 (D) 7 (D) Omnivorous
(D) Antibiotics
58. If a homozygous dominant red- 76. A plant raised from a single
flowered plant is crossed with a
66. In which cell types of Funaria, germinating pollen grain under
reduction division takes place ?
homozygous recessive white cultural conditions is called a
flowered plant, the offspring (A) Antheridial cells (A) Haploid plant
would be (B) Archegonial cells (B) Diploid plant
(A) Half red-flowered (C) Zygotic cells (C) Tetraploid plant
(B) Half white-flowered (D) Spore mother cells (D) Polyploid plant
(C) All red-flowered
67. Heroin is obtained from the plant 77. Modified antibiotics are manufac-
(D) Half pink-flowered of— tured by the technique of—
59. Most important causative pollu- (A) Poppy (A) Ultrafiltration

tant of soil may be (B) Tobacco (B) Ultra centrifuge

(A) Plastic (C) Datura (C) Vernalization
(B) Iron junks (D) Cannabis sps (D) Genetic engineering

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1810

Copyrighted material
78. Photochemical smog is related to 87. Foul smell in the water of tanks, (C) Centrosomes
the pollution of— ponds, etc., is due to— (D) Centromeres
(A) Soil (B) Water (A) Anaerobiosis
96. The endoplasmic reticulum often
(C) Noise (D) Air (B) Aerobiosis
bears—
(C) Biological magnification
79. The nitrogenous bases in DNA (A) Lysosomes
(D) Liralaction
are (B) Centrioles
(A) AUGC (B) UTGC 88. Fruits, meats, milk, etc., are dried (C) Peroxisomes
(C) ATGC (D) ATUC foe preservation at room temper-
(D) Ribosomes
ature by the process of—
80. Stramonium drug is obtained 97. Existence of coal and petroleum
(A) Dehydration
from the plant species of— may be detected with the study
(B) Pasteurization
(A) Ocimum (B) Rauwolfia of—
(C) Freeze
(C) Datura (D) Asphodelus (A) Palaeobotany
(D) Vernalisation
81 Checking of re-radiating heat by (B) Ecology
.
89. The stem of Selaginella is ana-
atmospheric dust, water vapours, (C) Bacteriology
tomically characterised by the
ozone, C02 etc. is known as— (D) Economic Botany
presence of
(A) Green house effect
(A) Siphonostele 98. Conversion of sugar into alcohol
(B) Radioactive effect (B) Amphiploic during fermentation is due to the
(C) Ozone layer effect (C) Protostele direct action of

(D) Solar effect (D) Ectophloic siphonostele (A) Temperature

82. The 'Witches broom' of legumes (B) Micro-organisms

90. The tropic level of lion in a forest
is caused by a1— ecosystem is (C) Concentration of sugar solu-
tion
(A) Virus (A) T3 (B) T4
(B) Mycoplasma (C) T2 (D) T, (D) Zymase
(C) Bacterium
dense 99. Which one of the following alter-
91. Tropical forest is due to
(D) Fungus natives represents the gameto-
(A) High temperature and excess
phytic phase in Pinus ?
83. Approximately one hundred rain
(A) Pinus plant
diseases and pests are reported (B) Low temperature and excess
on rain (B) Zygote

(A) Wheat (C) High temperature and lesser (C) Microspores and megas-
rain pores
(B) Gram
(D) Wild animals (tigers, lions, (D) Male and female cones
(C) Groundnut
bears etc.)
(D) Rice 1 00. Streptomycin is used to cure the
92. When plant cells are kept in diseases caused by the bacteria-
84. Sexual reproduction in Spirogyra
hypertonic salt solution they get- (A) Gram-positive
involves fusion of—
(A) Plasmolysed (B) Gram-negative
(A) Two similar motile gametes
(B) Deplasmolysed (C) Gram-neutral
(B) Two similar non-motile ga-
(C) Turgid (D) Both gram-positive and gram-
metes
(D) Flaccid negative
(C) One motile and one non-
motile gametes 93. From which part of Atropa bella-
dona the drug 'belladona' is
ANSWERS
(D) Two dissimilar motile game-
obtained ? 1.(B) 2. (A) 3.(C) 4.(C) 5. (A)
tes
(A) Leaves 6. (C) 7. (A) 8. (A) 9. (C) 10. (D)
85. The Indica varieties of rice is
(B) Roots 11. (A) 12. (D) 13. (A) 14. (C) 15. (C)
crossed with Japanese varieties
(C) Stems 16. (B) 17. (D) 18. (B) 19. (C) 20. (D)
as these are
(D) All the parts of the plant
(A) High yielding 21. (C) 22. (A) 23. (A) 24. (B) 25. (B)

(B) Resistant to diseases 94. The cotton thread fibres are— 26. (D) 27. (C) 28. (C) 29. (C) 30. (D)

(C) Cheaper (A) Fibres taken out from stem 31. (B) 32. (B) 33. (B) 34. (A) 35. (C)

(D) Short life-cycled annual (B) Epidermal hairs of seeds 36. (A) 37. (A) 38. (B) 39. (D) 40. (D)
(C) Epidermal hairs of fruits 41. (D) 42. (C) 43. (B) 44. (C) 45. (D)
86. The nitrifying bacteria are—
(D) Fibres taken out from roots 46. (D) 47. (C) 48. (B) 49. (B) 50. (B)
(A) Autotrophic
(B) Saprophytic 95. Centrioles are found in— 51. (C) 52. (B) 53. (C) 54. (C) 55. (B)

(C) Parasitic (A) Chromosomes 56. (C) 57. (A) 58. (C) 59. (A) 60. (B)

(D) Chemosynthetic (B) Spindle fibres 61. (D) 62. (B) 63. (A) 64. (A) 65. (B)

C.S.V./ February/ 1999/ 1811

Copyrighted material
66. (D) 67. (D) 68. (C) 69. (A) 70. (B) of acetylglucosamine and acetyl- which are arranged spirally on a
71. (C) 72. (C) 73. (C) 74. (A) 75. (D)
muramic acid join each other. short axis forming a compact
L-alanine, D-alanine, D-glutamic structure called male cone.
76. (A) 77. (D) 78. (D) 79. (C) 80. (C)
acid and diaminopimellc acid
81. (A) 82. (B) 83. (D) 84. (C) 85. (B)
42. Nucleolus is a small, spherical
(DAP) are also found.
body composed principally of
86. (D) 87. (A) 88. (A) 89. (C) 90. (B)
19. The division of nucleus is called ribosomal protein and located in
91. (A) 92. (A) 93. (B) 94. (B) 95. (C)
karyokinesis whereas the division the metabolic nucleus.
96. (D) 97. (A) 98. (D) 99. (Q100. (D) cf cytoplasm is known as cyto- 44. Endosperm nucleus—The trip-
kinesis.
HINTS loid nucleus formed within the
22. The thylakoids in the algal embryo sac most seed plants
of
2. The respiration that occurs only by the fusion of two polar nuclei
plastids are only of one kind and
in light in green cells and with one sperm nucleus,
restricted to the stack itself. They
responsible for release of extra
are not closely packed or fused 47. Watson and Crick theory of DNA
C02 has been termed as
granum
as in the of higher replication was tested by
photorespiration. Otto Warburg
plants. Meselson and Stahl in 1958.
observed that the presence of
excess 0 2 in the atmosphere 24. Since the gene is involved in the Using the isotopic and centrifu-
synthesis of protein and since gation techniques they confirmed
inhibits photosynthesis m green
algae. Later on this inhibition was protein represents in its primary the mechanism of DNA replica-
structure linear combination of tion and called that type of
observed in several green plants.
the 20 amino acids, the coded replication as semi-conservative,
The inhibition was observed
mostly in Cyplants. message gene must be in
of the because each of the two resul-

the form of words which deter- tant daughter DNA molecules

5. Maximum transpiration occurs in
retains or conserves one parental
mine the sequence of particular
mesophytes because stomata polynucleotide strand.
amino acids. If we make 3 letter
are generally present on both
words (i.e., 3 adjacent nucleo- 48. Mitochondria contain numerous
surfaces of leaves and the guard
tides) then 4 x 4 x 4 = 64 different enzymes which take part in the
cellsshow frequent movements.
In most mesophytes stomata
types of three letter words oxidative steps of Kreb's cycle

open during the day and close (bases) will be possible. (or TCA cycle) in respiratory

during night. As soon as light is process. The high energy phos-

35. Bi col lateral vascular bundles
available in the morning stomata In this type of vascular bundle
phate compound such as ADP
start to open and after sometime there are two patches of phloem
and ATP are also synthesized
open completely. Due to this and stored in mitochondria.
one on each side of xylem and
complete opening the rate of there are two strips of cambium These phosphate compounds
after breakdown liberate tremen-
transpiration increases. one on each side of xylem. Thus,
dous amount of energy.
6. Prokaryotes such as bacteria the arrangement is outer phloem,
and cyanobacteria lack nuclear outer cambium, xylem, inner 52. Pyramid of energy shows energy
membrane. cambium and inner phloem. accumulation pattern at different

12. The lysosomes are lytic in nature 37. Phragmoplast —A thin barrier Such a pyramid of
trophic levels.
all ecosystem is always upright.
and are involved in the digestion which is formed across the
equator in late cytokinesis deve- There is a gradual decrease in
of intracellular The
digestion.
lops into a cell plate during cell the energy content at successive
function of lysosome membrane
division in plant cells.
trophic level from producers to
is to separate the hydrolytic en-
consumers.
zymes from other part of the cell. 39. The liquid portion of vacuole, so-
Thus protecting the call from self- called vacuolar sap, is never a 57. Two pairs of contrasting charac-
digestion. living substance. ters in pea pod were chosen by
Mendel. These are—
14. In somatic cells, cell cycle con- 40. The genes are responsible for
sists of four stages — 1f S, G2 growth and differentiation in an
and M phages. The first three organism through regulation of
(i) Pod
Dominant
Yellow Green
phages G,. S and G2 are protein synthesis which involves colour
described in the interphase. transcription and translation. The
During S-phage doubling of the formation of m-RNA on DNA (ii) Shape Smooth Constricted
chromosomes takes place which template is called transcription, or
Inflated
is accomplished by doubling of while the process by which the
DNA and associated proteins in linear sequence of nucleotides in 58. Mendel crossed a homozygous
the chromosomes. a molecule of m-RNA directs the dominant red-flowered plant with
15. Bacterial cell wall is made up of
specific linear sequence of amino a homozygous recessive white-
and acids is called translation. flowered plant. He obtained all
polysaccharides, lipids
proteins. It contains a substance 41 . The male cone of Pinus is formed red-flowered plants in first

mucopeptide in which molecules of microsporophylls (stamens) generation which were all hybrid.

CS.V. / February / 1999/ 1812

Copyrighted material
 Homozygous Homozygous 86. Nitrifying bacteria are the mem- 12. The work done by engine in 100
dominant recessive
x white-flowered bers of the family Nitrobacte- sec mgh
red-flowered
plant plant raceae. Nitrifying bacteria convert = 50 x 10 x5
nitrogen of ammonia into nitrite = 2500 joule
(NO2), e.g., Nitrosomonas and
Work 2500
convert nitrite compounds into Power =
Time 100
nitrates, e.g., Nitrobacter. The
compounds = 25 watt
synthesis of organic
from carbon dioxide by micro- 13. E' = E + 3E = 4E
organisms using energy derived
p = Vim?
from chemical reactions is called
chemosynthesis. and p' = ^2m E'
Hybrid red-flowered plant 87. Anaerobiosls—A mode of life
= 2>/mx4E
carried on in the absence of
62. Plants growing on sandy-soil are molecular oxygen, due to which = 2V 2m E = 2p
referred to as psammophytes. foul smell in thewater of tank
and ponds is created.
P-P 100
^—^x = 2^x100
70. The bacterial ribosomes are of P P
70 s-type of ribosome which 88. As in absence of water all the = 100%
shows two sub-units whose sedi- metabolic activities of microbes
mentation coefficient constants get stopped. 14.
are 50 s and 30 s.
89. The stem of Selaginella possess-

71. Fossil fuel— Any hydrocarbon

may be used for fuel,
deposit that
es a prosenchymatous cutinized
epidermis, parenchymatous or
X = v%
15. The conservation of energy
such as petroleum, natural gas sclerenchymatous cortex and a
yields
and coal. protostele of xylem, phloem and

81 The higher concentration of C0 2 pericycle. mgh = \kx2

.
• ••
may act as serious pollutant.
Under normal conditions, the
temperature at the surface of the (Continued from Page 1742 )

earth is maintained by the energy 2 x 0-04 x 9-8x4-9

balance of the sun rays that FAf m(v+ u) 400
strike the planet and heat is radi-
0-15(20+12) 98
ated back into space. However, F - 1000 m = 0 098 m
C0 2 001
when there is an increase in
480 newton = 9-8 cm
concentration, the thick layer of
this gas prevents the heat from
16. W = jFdx
11. Work = F-dcosO
being re-radiated out this thick '*
1
layer of C02 functions like the = 100 x 10 x cos 60° Cxdx = 2 Cx
1

glass panels of a green house, = 500 joule 0

allowing the sunlight to filter
through but preventing the heat At a Glance
from being re-radiated in outer
space. This is the so-called Parasitic Diseases
green house effect.
Cryptosporidium and Other Waterborne Pathogens
82. There has been growing evi-
• Causes of Emergence : Protozoan-contaminated surface water; development
dence to suggest that some of near watershed areas; immunosuppression.
the hopper transmitted diseases
• Mode of Transmission Fecaloral, person-to-person.
:
of the yellow and witches broom
type, previously known to be
• Symptoms Diarrhea, vomiting, usually lasts less than 30 days.
;

caused by viruses, are actually

• Treatment / Prevention Fluid/electrolyte replacement.
:

caused by living organisms Malaria

similar to mycoplasma.
• Causes of Emergence : Migration and travel to mosquito-infested areas;
84. The sexual reproduction in urbanization; changing parasite biology; environmental changes; drug
Spirogyra is called conjugation resistance. . ,
,

which involves the fusion of two • Mode of Transmission Bite of infective Anopheles mosquito.
:

morphologically identical but • Symptoms Fever, headache, can cause respiratory and renal failure.
:

game-
physiologically dissimilar • Treatment/Prevention : Chloroquin but some forms may be resistant to most
tes (one motile and one non- drugs. . :

motile).

C.S.V. I February / 1999/ 1813

 1. The sequence of DNA bases 6. In nature the tapetal cells are 1 1 . A gene mutation is an alteration
determines the sequence of (A) Haploid in the nucleotide sequence of
(A) m-RNA (B) Diploid (A) Ribosome
(B) f-RNA (C) Triploid (B) Dictyosomes
(C) f-RNA (D) Polyploid (C) DNA polymerase
(D) Amino acids (D) A Gene
7. The effect on the
of pollen
2. Which of the following RNAs character of the seed-coat or 12. -
Eutrophication in water results in

carries a sequence of codons to pericarp is called reduction of

the ribosomes ? (A) Dicliny (A) Dissolved oxygen

(A) m-RNA (B) Metaxania (B) Carbon dioxide

(B) f-RNA (C) Primordium (C) Nitrogen

(C) r-RNA (D) Oxygen, Carbon dioxide and

(D) Allogamy
nitrogen
(D) All of the above 8. Frameshift mutations result
13. Which of the following is not a
3. Many ribosomes move along the when
characteristic of photosystem-l ?
m-RNA a time. Collectively
at (A) Base is deleted
(A) Molecular oxygen is not
these are called as (B) Base is deleted or added evolved in this system
(A) Polyribosome (C) Base is added or deleted (B) It is located on inner surface
(B) Dictyosome and the result is a nonfunc- of thylakoid
tioning protein
(C) Centrosome (C) It is involved both in cyclic
(D) None of the above and non-cyclic photophos-
(D) Lysosome
9. Which one of the following pro- phorylation
4. The central dogma of molecular
cesses is referred to as trans- (D) It produces a strong reduc-
biology says that
lation ? tant which reduces NADP+
(A) The complementary se-
(A) Decoding of the amino acids to NADPH + H +
quence of nucleotides in m-
to proteins
RNA orders the correct se- 14. A plant which grows on another
quence of amino acids of a (B) Decoding of the triplet plant but does not depend for its
polypeptide during transition
codons by f-RNA to m-RNA food is termed as
(C) Decoding of the triplet (A) Epiphyte
(B) DNA is a template for its

own replication and also for

codons of m-RNA by f-RNA (B) Symbiosis
RNA formation during trans- (D) None of the above (C) Saprophyte
cription
10. In glycolysis, from one hexose (D) Parasite
(C) Both A and B sugar, we obtain
15. A bivalent tetrad is
(D) None of the above (A) 2 Pyruvate molecules,
2 NADH 2 molecules and
(A) A duplicate chromosome
5. When the anthers mature before composed of sister chroma-
2 ATP molecules
the stigma, it is termed as tids
(B) 2 ATP molecules only
(A) Protogyny (B) The two daughter cells after
(C) 2 Pyruvate molecules and meiosis-l
(B) Protandry
2 ATP molecules (C) A homologous chromosome
(D) Dicliny
(D) 2 Pyruvate molecules and (D) The paired homologous
(D) Heterostyly 2 NADH 2 molecules chromosomes

ANSWERS WITH HINTS

1.(D) 2. (A) 3. (A) 4.(C) 5.(B) 1. DNA contains genetic informa- 2. Messenger RNA (m-RNA) carries
The sequence of its bases
tion. a sequence of codons to the
6.(D) 7. (B) 8.(C) 9.(C) 10. (A)
determines the sequence of
11. (D) 12. (A) 13. (B) 14. (A) 15. (D) amino acids in a polypeptide. (Continued on Page 1828 )

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1814

 Reasoning in Chemistry
(Why and How)

Q. 1 . Lithium has the most negative standard H 2S04 is reduced. Therefore, the following reaction takes
potential of any element in the Periodic table, why ? place with cone. H 2 S04 .

Reason — This is largely due to high hydration energy. Zn + 2H 2S04 ZnS04 +S02 + 2H 2 0
The standard electrode potential E° and the standard cone.

Gibb's free energy change AG 0 are related as—

AG 0 = - n FE°
Reaction with dil. H 2 S04 is I

Where n number of electrons removed from

is the the Zn + H 2S04 ->ZnS04 +H 2 T
dil.
metal to produce ion and F is the Faraday constant.
The reaction, Li* + e -> Li, has the largest negative Q. 5. Hydrogen peroxide is known as Merck's
E° value (- 3 05 and hence, the largest positive AG 0
volts)
perhydrol, why ?
value. Thus, the reaction does not occur. However, the Reason— Hydrogen peroxide used for bleaching
purpose is prepared by Merck's process in which calcu-
reverse change (Li -» Li + + e) has large negative value of
lated amount of sodium peroxide is added to 20% ice
AG 0 so lithium liberates more energy than other metals
,
cold solution of H 2 S04 A 30%. solution of H 2 02 corres-
when it reacts with water.
ponding to 100 volume strength thus, prepared is known
Q. 2. Potassium superoxide (K0 2 ) is used in the as Merck's perhydrol.
breathing masks, why ?
Q. 6. Anhydrous magnesium chloride cannot be
—
Reason Potassium superoxide (K0 2 ) is used in prepared by heating hydrated salt, why ?
space capsules, sub-marines and breathing masks, be- Reason —When hexahydrate crystals of magnesium
cause it both produces dioxygen and removes carbon- chloride (MgCI 2 - 6H 2 0) are heated to 200°C they undergo
dioxide. Both functions are important in life support
hydrolysis evolving steam and hydrochloric acid and
systems. yielding magnesium oxychloride, Mg 2 OCI 2 which when
4K0 2 + 2C0 2 -> 2K2 C0 3 + 30 2 heated to 600° C is converted into oxide.
MoreC02
4K02 + 4C0 2 + 2H 2 0 ) 4KHCO3 + 302 2(MgCI 2 -6H 2 0) » Mg 2 OCI 2 + 2HCI + 1 1 HjO

Q. 3. ZnCi 2 and CuCi 2 solutions are acidified with 2Mg 2 OCI 2 + 02 » 4MgO + 2 Cl 2
HCI and H 2 S gas is passed through them separately. Thus, anhydrous MgCI 2 cannot be prepared from
Black CuS is precipitated but ZnS is not precipitated, hydrated salt by heating alone.
why ?
Reason— In the aqueous solution dissociates
Q. 7. Chloroform is always stored in amber colou-
red bottles, why ?

HjS^ 2H+ + S 2" Reason — Chloroform when exposed to sunlight,

undergoes oxidation by oxygen of air to form poisonous
On addition of HCI (HCI ^ H + + CI") H + being carbonyl chloride (COCI 2 ) which is known as phosgene
common depresses the ionization of H 2 S. Therefore, very gas.
low concentration of S 2" ions is there in the solution. 2CHCI 3 + 02 2COCI 2 + 2HCI
Since, CuS has very low solubility product (1 x 10"36 ) Phosgene
so ionic product, [Cu 2+] [S 2~] exceeds the solubility For this reason chloroform is stored in amber
product of CuS and CuS is precipitated. The ionic product coloured bottles which prevent light to come in the contact
2+ 2_
of [Zn ] and [S ] does not exceed the solubility product with the liquid. The bottles are also completely filled so
of ZnS and it does not precipitate. The solubility product of that no air remains in the bottles.
ZnS is high (1 x10"23). Q. 8. Hydrogen Is liberated at cathode and oxygen
Q. 4. Concentrated sulphuric acid is not used in at anode on electrolysing aqueous solution of NaCI,
the preparation of hydrogen by reaction with Zn, why ?
why ? Reason— The aqueous solution of NaCI ionizes as
Reason— Zinc occupies higher position in the NaCI^ Na+ + CI"
electrochemical series than hydrogen, so it can liberate
hydrogen from H 2 S04 Concentrated sulphuric acid is also
.
H2O ^H +
+ OH-
an oxidising agent and zinc a reducing agent and
is Na + and H +
ions move towards cathode and CI" and
hence, redox reaction will take place. Zinc is oxidised and OH- towards anode. H occupies lower position in

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1815

Copyrighted material
electrochemical series than Na. Hence, H+ will be dis- Q. 12. Boric acid is a weak acid but it behaves as
charged at cathode in preference to Na + ions. a strong acid in presence of glycerol, why ?
2H+ + 2e-*H2 T At cathode —
Reason The boric acid (H3BO3) is very weak acid, it
Similarly OH" ions will be discharged at anode in
cannot be titrated against NaOH solution. If certain

preference to Cl~ ions. organic polyhydric compound such as glycerol is added,

then H3BO3 behaves as a strong acid and can be easily
40H- - 4e -> 2H 2 0 + 02 t at anode
titrated with NaOH.
Q. Nitrogen obtained from air has higher den-
9. H3B03 + NaOH-» Na[B(OH)4l
sity than that of produced chemically from thermal NaB0 2 + 2H 2 0
decomposition of ammonium nitrite, why ? Sod. metaborate
Reason— Nitrogen separated from air is slightly The forms very stable complex with the
cis-diol
heavier than that prepared from pure ammonium nitrite. [B(OH) 4 ]"and effectively removing it from the solution..
Thus, reaction proceeds completely to the right. Thus, all
NH 4 N02 -^-»N 2 + 2H 2 0 H3BO3 reacts with NaOH in effect it acts as a strong acid
:

This because nitrogen obtained from air contains

is in presence of the cis-diol.
some inert gases as impurities as they cannot be
separated by any chemical method. Neon, argon, krypton
and xenon are heavier than nitrogen. The presence of
these heavier inert gases in nitrogen obtained from air
makes the density higher than the nitrogen obtained
—C —OH r HO
I
+l
—C —OH HO
I
B<
OH
OH "J-
J
^
chemically from pure ammonium nitrite.

Q. 10. Freons are very much more effective green —C— OH

house gases in atmosphere, though the amount of I B'
neons present is exiremeiy sman, wny t
—c— OH
—
Reason In the upper atmosphere, freons undergo a
photolytlc reaction and produce free chlorine atoms (free
radicals). These readily react with ozone. The CIO
radicals formed decompose slowly, reforming chlorine
radicals which react with more ozone. The chlorine
radicals do not recombine to form Cl 2 , because they need
a three-body collision to dissipate energy and such
collisions areextremely rare in upper atmosphere. There
isno effective sink of chlorine radicals. Once formed they
are used again and again, so a small number of radicals
make a very effective scavenger for ozone.
CFCI3I Photolysis
Q. 13. Solid carbon dioxide is known as dry ice,
CF2 Q2 L »CI why ?
CF3C1J 4 Reason— Solid carbon dioxide looks as transparent

a+03 — >o 2 +ao

as ice. Since, it does not melt to give water, it remains dry,
therefore, it is known as dry ice. It is called ice because it
is used in producing very low temperature. It is a very

ao->a+o good cooling agent. It produces the temperature as low as

ao+o-*a+o2 -100°C. For these reasons solid carbon dioxide is called
dry ice.
I

Q. 14. Aralkylamines are stronger bases than

Overall reaction
arylamines, why ?
203 302 Reason —Aralkylamines (ArCH 2 NH 2 ) are essentially

Q. 11. Silicon tetrachloride is rapidly hydrolysed aryl substituted alkylamines. The electron withdrawing

under ordinary conditions to give silicic acid. This inductive effect of the aryl group, no doubt makes the
reaction is used to prepare Si0 2 as thlxotropic agent aralkylamines less basic than alkylamines but the intensity
in paints and resins, how ? reduced due to greater distance
of this inductive effect is
separating the amino nitrogen from the aryl group. There-
Reason— S1CI4 is commercially important. Large
fore, aralkylamines, like alkylamines, should be stronger
quantity of SiCI 4 is hydrolysed at high temperature in oxy-
hydrogen flame giving very finely powdered Si02 rather bases than arylamines.
than Si(OH) 4 This ultrafine Si0 2 is used as a thixotropic
.
Ar-<-CH2 NH 2 Ar-<- NH 2 R->-NH 2
agent in polyster and epoxy paints and resins, and as an
Aralkylamine Arylamine Alkylamine
inert filter in silicon rubber.
4-60 9-38 3-37
S1CI4 + 4H 2 0 -> Si(OH)4 Si0 2 + 2H 2 0 • ••

C.S.V. I February / 1999/ 1816

Copyrighted material
 Reasoning in Physics ur

Q. 1 . What kind of spectrum is Q. 5. What is metacentre ? other hand, the efficiency of fluores-
observed in solar radiation during cent tubeis about 9%. So for the
Ans. Metacentre is the point
total solar eclipse ? where the line of upthrust meets the
same amount of electrical energy, the
Ans. At the time of total solar fluorescent tube gives nearly 3 times
centre line of the boat. For stable
eclipse, there is no light from the equilibrium, the metacentre must be
more light than the filament lamp.
central part (photosphere) of the sun higher than the centre of gravity. If a Q. 10. For what wavelength of
on the earth. The light on earth comes boat is loaded so that the metacentre light is our eye most sensitive ?
from the chromosphere which con- is below the centre of gravity, then What is the value in lumen/watt
tains various elements in the excited the. equilibrium is unstable. Once the corresponding to this wavelength ?
gaseous state. Now the spectrum boat has started to roll, the upthrust
Ans. Our eye is most sensitive to
consists emission lines
of bright and the weight form a couple which
against a dark background. The bright 5550 A wavelength.Corresponding to
continues to roll the boat over.
line corresponds to the Fraunhofer this wavelength, the value of luminous
lines observed in the normal solar
Q. 6. In winter why do birds sit
flux/radiant flux = 685 lumen/ watt.
with their wings spread out ?
spectrum.
Ans. When the bird sits with Q. 11. Why
should circuits
Q. 2. The Fraunhofer lines from containing capacitor be handled
wings spread out, the bird encloses a
the atmosphere of hot stars are not cautiously even when there is
lot of air which is bad conductor of
fine and narrow but have an appre- no current ?
heat. The air does not allow the inter-
ciable width, why ?
nal heat of the bird to escape outside Ans. A charged capacitor, after
Ans. Due to high temperature, and hence, protected from cold. removing the source of voltage, does
atoms of substances (in gaseous not discharge itself. So it should be
state) in the star are in rapid motion. Q. 7. Thermal conductivity of
handled with precaution otherwise
Now due to Doppler's shift, the air is lessthan that of felt but felt is
this may cause a severe shock to the
spectral lines (Fraunhofer lines) get a better heat insulator in compari-
handler.
broadened. son to air, why ?
Ans. The thermal conductivity of Q. 12. A primary and a sec-
Q. 3. What
the use of fly-
is
air is less than that of felt but open air ondary cell have the same e.m.f.
wheel in railway engine ?
transfers considerable heat by con- which of these will provide higher
Ans. A flywheel is a large heavy
vection. So it can not act as a good value of the maximum current that
wheel with a long cylindrical axle
heat insulator. There are fine holes in can be drawn ? Explain briefly.
passing through its centre and its
felt which contain air. This air is not Ans. The secondary cell will pro-
centre of mass lying on its axis of
free to move and hence convection vide higher value of maximum current
rotation. It is constructed in such a
currents can not be formed in it. because its internal resistance is
way that most of its mass is concen-
lower than primary cell.
trated at the rim of flywheel. This Q. 8. The diameter of the sun
increases the moment of inertia about is ofthe order of 10 9 metre, still it Q. 13. Why doesthe glow of
the axis of rotation. The function of appears to be a small disc, why ? lamps become weaker when a
moment of inertia is to oppose any heavy current appliance is
Ans. The distance of the sun
change in uniform rotatory motion. switched on in the house ?
from the earth is of the order of
Therefore when a wheel of large
109 Ans. The connection of heavy
moment coupled to an
of inertia is 10 11 metre. It subtends an angle
current appliance decreases the total
engine, it assures the running of
= 10"2 radian (very small) at our eye. resistance of the system in the room
engine smoother and steadier.
The same angle is subtended by a as it is connected in parallel. Hence,
Q. 4. How
a swimmer jumping disc of 1 cm diameter placed at a current increases, thereby increasing
from a height is able to increase distance of 1 metre from our eye. So the voltage drop across the lines and
the number of loops made in the hence p.d. of line decreases.
the sun appears just like a small disc.
air?
Q. 9. Why
a fluorescent light
is Q. 14. What are the special
Ans. The swimmer can increase
tube considered better than a tung- characteristics of a heating wire
the number of loops by pulling his
legs and arms inward i.e., by decre- sten filament type electric bulb ? and a fuse wire ?
asing the moment of inertia. By doing Ans. The efficiency of a filament Ans. The heating wire must have
so the angular velocity increases lamp is only 2% to 3% and most of high resistance and high melting point
because the angular momentum the part (98%) of the energy given to
remains constant. the lamp is wasted as heat. On the (Continued on Page 1835 )

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1817

 Physics Chemistry

1 . Increasing the voltage across a coolidge X-ray tube 16. The reaction between phenol and carbon tetra-
increases the intensity of X-rays. chloride in presence of aqueous alkali at 343 'C
—T/F yields the salicylaldehyde.

2. Potentiometer is more suitable than voltmeter for -T/F

measuring the e.m.f. of a cell. 17. An alkyl cyanide when reduced with SnCI 2 and
—T/F hydrochloric acid, an aldimine is formed.

3. Faraday constant is the same for all elements. —T/F

—T/F 18. Acyloins are produced when aliphatic carboxylic

4. The lines joining places of equal declination are esters are treated with sodium in an inert solvent like

known as isoclinic lines. ether followed by treatment with acid.

—T/F —T/F
5. Cobalt steel is a suitable material for permanent 19. In Bouveault-Blanc Reduction acids are reduced to

magnets. aldehydes by sodium-alcohol as the reducing agent.

—T/F -T/F
6. The magnetic susceptibility of a paramagnetic 20. The condensation between two molecules of
substance is inversely proportional to its absolute benzaldehyde in presence of ethanoic solution of
temperature. KCN gives a Keto-aldehyde.
—T/F —T/F
7. A coil of metal wire is stationary in a non-uniform 21. In the physisorption adsorbate is held on the surface

magnetic field. An e.m.f. is induced in the coil. of the adsorbent by van der Waal's forces.
-T/F -T/F
8. The minimum energy eV) electrons must have for
(in
22. All organic compounds which form addition
all the lines of all the series of hydrogen spectrum to
compounds with metals are known as organo-
appear when the hydrogen atoms are excited is metallic compounds.
10-2 eV. —T/F
—T/F 23. A metalcomplex compound in which Ligand
9. A simple pendulum with a bob of mass m swings with attached to metal atom can be readily replaced by
other ligands is known as labile complex.
an angular amplitude of 40°. When its angular
displacement is 20°, the tension in the string is
-T/F
greater than mg cos 20°. 24. Zinc, cadmium and mercury do not show charac-
teristic properties of transition elements, though they
-T/F belong to of-block elements.
10. A body can have energy without momentum. —T/F
—T/F 25. When 'n' is the number of unpaired electrons, in a
11. The binding energy of a satellite orbiting the earth is
metal ion, th en the m agnetic moment (u) of metal ion
GM e m
' 2R
'
is givenbyV2(n + 2)B. M.
-T/F —T/F
12. Bulk modulus of an incompressible liquid is zero. 26. The atomic radii of Zr 40 and Hf 72 are 1 60 pm and
—T/F 159 pm respectively. This similarity in atomic radii is

due to the delayed effect of Lanthanide contraction.

13. The average kinetic energy of gas molecules at 0°C
—T/F
isE. ltwillbe2Eat273°C.
27. The several /-orbitals all have / = 4, meaning that
—T/F
there are four nodal surfaces slicing through the
14. A black body is a good absorber of heat but it is a nucleus.
poor radiator.
-T/F
—T/F
28. Electronic configurations of Cr24 and Cu 29 do not
15. A closed organ pipe gives only even harmonics. follow the n+ I rule.
-T/F -T/F
CJS.V. I February / 1999/ 1818

Copyrighted material
29. Increasing order of atomic weights of the following
Botany
pair of elements is as
Co<Ni, Ar< K, Te < I
46. In Spirogyra, the sexual reproduction involving
—T/F conjugation and taking place between two nearest
30. The atomic wt. of fluorine is 18-998 a.m.u. As the cells of the same filament is called lateral
mass of 17 F nuclide is smaller than the average conjugation.
fluorine atom, 17 F must contain fewer neutrons. 17 F -T/F
might be expected to decay by positron emission.
47. A plant having two types of haploid structures in its
—T/F life-cycle is termed as haplobiontic.
Zoology —T/F
48. Beadle and Tatum synthesized DNA and RNA in
31. An inactive precursor of the engyme called a vitro.
zymogen, is cleaved to form an active enzyme.
—T/F
—T/F
49. Bacillus species of bacteria causes anthrax disease
32. The prostaglandins contain a five-membered ring of
of cattle.
carbon atoms originally part of the chain of arachi-
-T/F
donic acid.
50. A nucleoside differs from a nucleotide in not having
-T/F
phosphate and sugar.
33. Cyclic electron flow produces ATP but not NADPH or
02 .
-T/F
51. The term genotype was proposed by de Vries and
—T/F
Kolreuter.
34. Fishes originated from Amphibians in Devonian
—T/F
period.
52. Meiosis was first observed by Walter Flemming.
—T/F
—T/F
35. In reptiles Gular pouch is a sac present beneath the
neck in both the sexes but is larger in males.
53. Tunica-Corpus theory recognises only two zones in

the apical meristems.

—T/F
—T/F
36. Oxynctic cells are found in duodenum and secrete
HCI. 54. The meristem present at the base of internode is
intercalary.
—T/F
—T/F
37. Diapedesis is a process during which RBCs cross the
walls of blood capillaries and reach the injured part of 55. The presence of vessels and companion cells are

the body. characters of gymnosperms.

—T/F —T/F
38. The afferent process of neuron is known as dendrite. 56. The columella of moss is the sterile region of moss
capsule.
—T/F
-T/F
39. Proteins are regulators of different activities in the
body. 57. Both homologous chromosomes and alleles of each
pair separate during meiosis.
—T/F
-T/F
40. Epiglottis is a cartilaginous lid like structure which
58. Maize grain is a fruit.
acts as a valve of glottis and prevents entry of food or
saliva in wind pipe or trachea. —T/F
—T/F 59. Each spikelet bears a central stalk called rachilla.

41. Glomerular filtrate is a fluid which is filtered from —T/F

glomerulus into Bowman's capsule and contains 60. The gene which prevents the expression of another
useful as well as beneficial products. nonallelic gene is said to be epistatic.
—T/F —T/F
42. Centriole is the granular core of centrosome.
ANSWERS
—T/F
1. False 2. True 3. True 4. False
43. Adrenal virillism is caused by excess secretion of sex
corticoids in female.
5. True 6. True 7. False 8. False

-T/F 9. True 10. True 11. False 12. False

44. Titany is a disease caused by hyperparthyroidism. 13. True 14. False 15. False 16. False

—T/F 17. True 18. True 19. False 20. False

45. Male sex hormones are secreted by seminiferous 21. True 22. False 23. True 24. True
tubules. 25. False 26. True 27. False 28. True
—T/F 29. False 30. True 31. True 32. True

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1819

Copyrii
33. True 34. False 35. True 36. False 11. Binding energy is the energy given to a satellite in
37. False 38. False 39. False 40. True order that the satellite escape away from the
AA -¥- „ . j| A
gravitational field of the planet. Binding energy of a
41. False 42. True 43. True 44. True
satellite is—
A r-
45. False 46. True 47. True 48. False
GM e xm
49. True 50. False 51. False 52. False 2R
53. True 54. True 55. False 56. True 12. Bulk modulus
57. True 58. True 59. True 60. True Normal stress _ p V
Volume strain
~ v
HINTS For an incompressible liquid v= 0
1 . Increasing voltage across X-ray tube produces more B = 00

energetic (hence more penetrating) X-rays. It has no §2

13.
effect on the intensity of X-rays which depends on T,
the current flowing through the filament.
or, E2 = Eix I?
2. For measuring e.m.f. of a cell correctly, the cell
should be in open circuit, i.e., the measuring instru- 273 + 273
ment should not draw any current from the cell: This
Ex 273 + 0
condition is satisfied in measuring the e.m.f. by a 2E
potentiometer as no current is drawn from the cell,
under measurement, at null point. But a voltmeter 14. A good absorber is a good radiator. Hence, a black
draws same current from the cell for its own deflec- body is a good radiator also.

tion. Hence, it slightly lowers the e.m.f. which it is

15. Closed organ pipe, gives only odd harmonics.
measuring. Moreover potentiometer is also more
sensitive than a voltmeter. OH OH
I I

3. Faraday constant is the quantity of charge required to

343°C
one gram equivalent of the substance. It is
liberate 16. + CCI 4 + 4NaOH
denoted by F and has a fixed value of 96500 C mol-1 .

From Faraday's second law of electrolysis it follows Salicylic acid

+ 4NaCI + 2H 2 0
This reaction is known as Reimer-Tiemann reaction.
'•I When the reaction is carried out with chloroform
Where, E chemical equivalent and Z, the electro- under similar conditions, salicylaldehyde is formed.
chemical equivalent of the element. Since E and Z
17. SnCI 2 + 2HCI > SnCI 4 + 2H
are fixed for a substance, F also has a fixed value.
Also
R —C=N + 2[H] > R —CH=NH
Alkyl cyanide Aldimine
F=N x e
where N is Avagadro's number. 18. a-nyaroxy Ketones are known as acyloins.
2Na, Ether
4. The lines joining places of equal declination are 2CH 3COOC2H 5 -

isogonic lines and those joining places of equal dip Ethyl

are isoclinic lines. O O
5. Cobalt steel has high retentivity and high coercivity. II II

Hence it acquires strong magnetism which is not CH3 C — —C—CH3 + 2C2 H50Na
wiped out by stray magnetic fields, mechanical ill- Diketone
treatment and temperature changes.

O O O OH
6. This is the statement of Curie law II II II I

CH3 C — —C —CH 3 CH3—C-CH-CH3

7. Since the magnetic is not changing, e.m.f. will not be Acyloin
induced.
19. Bouveault-Blanc Reduction
8. It is 13-6 eV, and not 10-2 eV. Na. CoHcOH
5
« -r mv 2 CH3COOC2H5 'J ) CzHsOH + CHaCHgOH.
9. T = mg cos 6 +~y~ Ethylacetate 2[H]
Alcohol

T20 = mg cos 20°+^ o OH

KCN (alcohol) II I

T20 > mo; cos 20° 20. 2C 6 H 5C=0 * CeHs-C-C-CeHs

I
I

10. The body can have potential energy without H H

momentum. Benzaldehyde

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1820

Copyrighted material
22. Organo-metallic compounds are tho.ie compounds in 36. Oxynctic cells are found in gastric epithelium and
which the carbon atom of organic molecules is secrete HCI.
directly linked to metallic atom.
37. Diapedesis is a process during which WBCs cross
For example the walls of blood capillaries and reach the injured
H CH3 part of the body.
I I

H C — —Mg-Br, H3C—Sn—CH3 ,
(CH 3 ) 2Cdetc. 38. The afferent process of neuron is known as axon.
I I 39. Proteins are building block molecules in the body.
H
41. Glomerular filtrate is a fluid which is filtered from
are organo-metallic compounds. glomerulus into Bowman's capsule and contains
C^sO-Na is not an organo-metallic compound. useful as well as harmful products.
2+
23. [Ni(H 2 0) 6 ]
is a labile complex because, the water 45. Male sex hormones are secreted by spermatogonia.
molecules (ligand) can be replaced by ammonia
46. Ochoa and Kornberg synthesized DNA and RNA in
(NH 3) molecules.
vitro.
[Ni(H20) 6 ] 2+ + 6NH3 > [Ni(NH3 ) 6 ] 2+ + 6H 2 0
50. A nucleoside differs from nucleotide in not having
24. As d-orbitals in all the three elements are saturated phosphate. So, a nucleoside is a combination of
(d 10 ) and hence they do not show characteristic nitrogenous base and sugar whereas nucleotide is a
properties of transition elements. combination of nucleoside and phosphate.

25. If number of unpaired electron in an ion is 'ft, then 51. The term 'genotype' was proposed by Johannson
(1909) for hereditary or genetic constitution of an
u = V n (n + 2) B.M. individual.

26. As atomic wt. increases in lanthanides, for every

52. Meiosis was observed by Farmer and Moore.
proton in the nucleus the extra electron goes to 4r"

orbitals. The 4f electrons constitute inner shell and 53. Tunica-Corpus theory recognizes only two zones in

are rather ineffective in screening the nuclear charge. the apical meristems. These are tunica and corpus.
Thus, there is gradual increase in effective nuclear The tunica is one or more layered region at the apex.
charge experienced by outer electrons. Conse- The corpus represents the central core with larger
quently, the attract'on of the nucleus for electrons in cells.

the outermost shell increases as the atomic number 55. The presence of vessels and companion cells are
increases and electron clouds shrinks. This results in
characters of angiosperms.
gradual decrease in size of lanthanides with increase
in atomic number. 57. According to chromosomal theory of inheritance, both
homologous chromosomes and alleles of each pair
Hf72 immediately followed by lanthanides, there-
is
separated during meiosis so that the gametes have
fore, its atomic size is nearly same as that of Zr A0
one-half the total number.
which is just above Hf72 in the IV group.
•••
28. In n+ I rule,

n= Principal quantum number PASSPORT

= Azimuthal quantum number
TO
/

Electron first enters that orbital which has lower value

n+
for

24th electron
/

in Cr 24 goes to 3d (n + / = 3 + 2 = 5)
SUCCESS
instead of 4s (n + /= 4 + 0 = 4)
29th electron in Cu 29 goes to 3d instead of 4s.
ii NATIONAL
Hence, n + I rule is not followed by Cr24 and Cu 2g
29. Correct increasing order of atomic weights is as :
.

Dm DEFENCE ACADEMY
Ni < Co, K< Ar, I < Te
BV*fc
EXAMINATION

30.
These are three anomalous
periodic table.
17
F is neutron poor, and it is relatively light nuclide,
pairs of elements in the

A. (According to Syllabus)
17 English Edition Rs. 165/- Hindi Edition : Rs. 185/-
F might be expected to decay by positron emission :

as— It Contains :

17
0 17
• General Knowledge & General Science
9F > 8 + +1 e° (P+emission)
• Mathematics
34. Fishes originated in Devonion period but not from • General English
amphibians. Inversely some amphibians are
nated from stegocephalia.
origi-
UPKAR PRAKASHAN, AGRA-2
CJS.\. I February / 1999/
1821
 FILL IN THE BL^HiCS
19. Certain crystals when heated, acquire electric charge
Physics on opposite faces. This property of crystals is known
as
1 . A liquid is being converted into its vapour at its boiling 20. The alignment of magnetic moments in opposite
point. Specific heat of the liquid at this moment direction resulting in net magnetic moment due to
is unequal number of parallel and antiparallel magnetic
2. The difference in the gram molecular specific heats dipoles. is known as
(C p ,
Cv ) of an ideal gas is nearly calorie/mol-K. 21. The three dimensional orderly arrangement of
3. Unit of thermal resistance is constituent particle in a crystal is known as

4. Equation of motion of a particle a = - bx where a is

is
22. For the rock salt structure the closest distance of
approach between cation and anion is given by
acceleration, x is displacement from mean position of
rest and b is a constant. The time period of the motion 23. In fluorite structure, the co-ordination number of
is cation is

5. Equation of S.H.M. is 24. The mass ofa gas dissolved in per unit volume of a
liquid at a particular temperature is directly
y = a sin oof
proportional to the of the gas above liquid at
The maximum velocity of the particle undergoing this
motion is
25. A solution containing one mole of solute per 1000 g of
6 - vrms f° r a 9 as s proportional ' to the of solvent is known as solution. The molarity of a
temperature. solution with the change in temperature.
7. When a wire is stretched, elastic potential energy 26. Various resonating structures or contributing struc-
stored per unit volume of the wire x tures may differ only in arrangement but should
is ^x
have arrangement of
8. The dimension of velocity gradient is 27. The systems having alternate single and double
9. The resistance of an ammeter reading upto 1 ampere bonds are said to be systems.
is 0-81 CI. To increase its range to 10 ampere, the 28. Carbocation may be defined as a group of atoms that
resistance of the shunt required is CI. contains a carbon atom having charge and
10. In a dead beat galvanometer coil is wound on a light containing only electrons in its valence shell.
frame. 29. An atom or a group of atoms which contains an
1 1 . A voltmeter has resistance in with its coil. unpaired electron is called

12. i1 Na24 -> 12 Mg24 +... + ... 30. Carbenes exist in two different forms, singlet and
triplet. In singlet state unshared electrons are
13. Ay-photon of energy 2-26 MeV produces electron-
whereas in triplet state they are
positron pair, the energy of each of these particles
is MeV.
14. When a (3-particle is ejected from the nucleus of Zoology
210
82 Pb , the number of neutrons left in it is

31 . In earthworm digestion and absorption occur in a long

The a radioactive substance becomes
15. activity of
^ intestine whose dorsal surface
that allows additional surface for absorption.
is expanded by
of its initial value in 30 years. The half life of the
substance is years. 32. Leeches are able to keep blood flowing and prevent
clotting by means of a substance in their saliva
known as
Chemistry 33. In scorpion pincer-like chelicerae are
34. Mammals which have a cloaca and lay hard-shelled
16. Orbitals having equal energy are known as and
amniote eggs are
those having unequal energy are called....
35. When an injury occurs, a capillary and several tissue
17. The wave nature of the electron is proved by
cells are apt to rupture and to release
experiment.
18. The number of orbitals in a given energy level is given
36. Change of skin colour in Amphibians with the
environment is known as
by and the number of orbitals in a sub-level
by 37. The cavity of diencephalon is called

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1822

38. The production of sounds by some male insects, by 48. Sedimentation constant of ribosome is measured in
rubbing together parts of body is called

39. Funnel like infundibular structure whose border is 49. Genophore is DNA of
produced into a number of thickly ciliated finger like
processes. This structure is called
50. During interphase, proteins and RNA are synthesized
in
40. Blood flowing in umblical cord of mammalian embryo
is
51 . Formation of ATP in photosynthesis is known as ....

52. Number of cotyledons in the embryo of sunflower is

41. Retina and lens of eyes in vertebrates are desired
from embryonic
53. Sex organs found beneath the notch in prothallus of a
42. The ultimate source of organic variation is
fern are
43. In E. coli, "Lac" operon is induced by
54. Palisade parenchyma is found in both sides of leaves
44. In Haemophilic patients, blood clotting may take more of
time due to lack of in blood plasma.
55. Endodermoid is homologous to
45. Complete removal of testis in men is caHed
56. Self-sterility is a contrivance for

57. Jack an example

Botany fruit is of

58. A transversely dehiscing capsule is called....

46. In case the pith is sclerenchymatous it acts as 59. In embryosac, secondary nucleus is formed by the
47. The first person to associate specific gene with a fusion of two

specific chromosome was 60. The fruit of cereal is described as

ANSWERS
1. Infinite 26. Electronic, same, atoms 55. Endodermis
2. 2 27. Conjugated 56. Cross pollination
second-°C 28. Positive, Six 57. Composite fruit

'
kilocalorie 29. Free radical 58. Pyxidium

4 ^ 30. Paired, unpaired 59. Polar nuclei

31. Typhlosole 60. Caryopsis

5. ato 32. Hirudin

6. Square root, absolute

33. Feeding organs HINTS
34. Monotremes 1 During vaporisation the tempera-
7. stress, strain .

1 35. Bradykinin ture of the liquid remains cons-

8. T"
9. 0 09 36. Metachrosis tant I.e., AT = 0. Hence, the
37. Diocoel specific heat
10. metallic
1 1 . high, series
38. Stridulation Q
39. Fimbriated funnel m x AT
12.
40. 100% maternal 2. Cp — C v = R
13. 0-62
41. Ectoderm = 8-31 joule/mol-k
14. 127
42. Mutations 8-31 „
15. 7-5 o cal/mol-k
43. Lactose
418
16. Degenerate orbitals, nondegene- - 2
44. Thromboplastin cal/mol-k
rate orbitals.
45. Orchidectomy 3. Thermal resistance
17. Diffraction

18. n2,(2/+1) 46. Mechanical tissue 91-02

R -"
47. T. H. Morgan Q/t
19. Pyroelectricity

20. Ferrimagnetism 4§- Svedberg unit f(e, - e 2 )

21. Space lattice

49. Bacteria Q
50. G 1
-phase Where Q/f= H rate of flow of heat
22.
| Edge length or
| 51. Photophosphorylation second-°C
un,t ~*
23. 8 52. Two kilocalorie

24. Pressure, equilibrium 53. Archegonia 4. Equation of simple harmonic

25. Molal, changes 54. Monocots motion is

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1823

Copyrighted material
 a = - cd
2 x
Velocity gradient =
Ay*
AZ
14. BzPb
210 -^^ 210

where <o is angular velocity,

.-. No. of neutrons
time period is given by
= 210-83 = 127
T- *
(0 15. zr
= [T~ 1 ]
In the present case
t ©;
a = - bx
16 =
•
T- ^ => n = 4
(2)

30
5. y b a sin cof
Half-life =
y
u = - 7-5 year
dt
= a co cos (Of
• ••
= (Continued from Page 1781 )
I,
S + G
I

= awVl - sin
2 tof
(B) X-chromosome
S
.1 = 10 (C) Both A and B
= a co
S + 0-81
a2 (D) An autosome
0-81
s = 10. Which of the following is a gene-
(0 v a 2 - y2
tic trait in humans ?
U'max = a co = 0 09 n (A) Albinism
when y = 0 (B) Leucoderma
10. When current is passed in the
coil, the coil with its metallic (C) Tuberculosis
3RT
6. frame moves in magnetic field. (D) Diphtheria
'rms M
This motion induces eddy 11. Number of autosomes in
For a given gas
currents in the frame which humans is
^rms " oppose the motion of the frame (A) 22 (B) 44
Hence the pointer of the gal-
46
7. Suppose a wire of length L is (C) 23 (D)
vanometer soon gives steady
stretched by a force F so that its
chromosomes
deflection. 12. Number of in
length increases by /.
Drosophila is—
Work done 11. A voltmeter should have high (B) Eight
(A) Six
= average force x resistance so that when it is
Twelve
(C) Ten (D)
increase in length connected in parallel to measure
the potential difference across 13. Homologous chromosomes simi-

= |fx/ two points, it does not draw lar in both sexes are called
much current for its own deflec- (A) Autosomes
If the area of cross-section of
tion, thus the p. d. to be (B) Androsomes
wire is A, then the elastic
measured is not appreaciably (C) Heterosomes
potential energy stored in the
lowered. (D) None of the above
wire is

14. Genetic identity of a human male

U = ^Fx/
12. uNa^-MjjMg^+^pP+v
is determined by
Mass number on both sides is Autosomes
(A)
the same (24). Atomic number
= lH* AL has increased by 1. Hence a
(B) Nucleus

ejected. Emis-
(C) Sex chromosomes
= x volume beta particle is
^ stress x strain (D) None of the above
sion of B-particle accompaniedis
Hence elastic potential energy emission of an anti- 15. A haemophilic man marries a
by the
per unit volume homozygous woman. What is
neutrino (v).
the probability that their sons will
u = 2 stress x strain.
13. For electron-positron pair pro- be haemophilic ?
between two duction minimum energy of y- (A) 100% (B) 75%
8. Velocity gradient
rate of photon is 102MeV. Extra (C) 50% (D) 0%
layers of the liquid is

change of velocity with per- energy be equally divided in

will

pendicular distance between the

these two particles. Hence ANSWERS
energy of each particle is
1.(A) 2.(D) 3.(C) 4.(B) 5. (A)
layers i.e.,
*-*+&x 6. (D) 7. (B) 8. (C) 9. (B) 10. (A)
= \ (2-26 -1 02)
11. (B) 12. (B) 13. (A) 14. (C) 15. (D)
= 0-62 MeV

CS.\. I February / 1999/ 1824

Co
 In each of the following ques- 5. Assertion (A)- : Light incident the ground state whereas the
tions, a statement of assertion (A) normally on the first face of an other in the excited state.
is given and a corresponding equilateral glass prism (u = 1 -5) (A) (B) (C) (D). (E)
statement of reason (R) is given is certain to be totally internally
just below it. Of the statements, reflected.
mark the correct answer as
Reason (R) : The critical angle ZOOLOGY
(A) If both A and R are true for the given glass is less than
and R is the correct 60°. 11. Assertion (A) : Carbon dioxide
explanation of A is mainly transported in blood
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
(B) Ifboth A and R are true plasma as the bicarbonate ion.
but R is not the correct
Reason (R) The enzyme car-
explanation of A CHEMISTRY :

bonic anhydrase found in red

(C) If A is true but R is false blood cells speeds the formation
(D) If both A and R are false 6. Assertion (A) Hydrogen has
:
of the bicarbonate ion.
(E) If A is false but R is true three isotopes namely protium,
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
deuterium and tritium.
PHYSICS Reason (R) : All the three iso- 12. Assertion (A) : The hormone
topes of hydrogen have same aldosterone is secreted by the
1 . Assertion (A) The phenomenon : number of protons in their nuclei. adrenal cortex after the low
of pair production is not possible (A)
sodium ion (Na + ) content of the
(B) (C) (D) (E)
unless the energy of gamma ray blood and the resultant low blood
photon is equal to or greater than 7. Assertion (A) The number of : pressure causes the kidneys to
1-02 MeV. electronsin an neutral atom is release renin.
always equal to atomic number
Reason (R) : The rest mass of Reason (R) : The presence of
of that atom.
an electron is 0-51 MeV. renin leads to the formation of
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) Reason (R) : The atomic number angiotensin II, which causes the
of the atom is equal to the adrenal cortex to release aldos-
2. Assertion (A) Positive rays are :
number of protons in the nucleus terone. Aldosterone causes the
deflected by a magnetic field to a
of the atom. kidneys to retain Na*. therefore,
greater extent than cathode rays.
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) water is reabsorbed and blood
Reason (R) The positive ray
:
pressure rises.
particles are more massive than 8. Assertion (A) : The radioactivity
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
electrons. of Ra and Ra 2+ is always same.
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) Reason The radioactivity
(R) : is 1 3. Assertion (A) : Human inner ear
an extra-nuclear phenomenon. contains the sense organs for
3. Assertion (A) When light :

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

balance. Movement of fluid past
passes from one medium to
hair cells in the semicircular
another of different density the 9. Assertion (A) ^Si 30 15 P 31 and
: ,
canals gives us a sense dynamic
only quantity which is unchanged ^S 32 are a group of isotones. equilibrium.
is its wavelength.
Reason (R) : Isotones are atoms
Reason (R) Human inner ear
Reason (R) : The wavelength is
elements having diffe-
of different
:

contains calcium carbonate gra-

not related to the refractive index rent mass numbers and atomic
of the medium. nules (otoliths) resting on hair
numbers but same number of
cells. The movement of these
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
neutrons in their nuclei.
granules gives us a sense of
4. Assertion (A) A plane mirror :
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) static equilibrium.
forms a real image when a con-
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
verging beam of light falls on it. 10. Assertion (A) : Nuclear isomers
Reason (R) When a converging
:
are the atoms with same atomic 14. Assertion (A) When a sarcom-
:

beam is reflected, the angle of number, same mass number but ere contracts, actin filaments
reflection is not equal to the with different radioactivity. slide past myosin filaments and
angle of incidence. Reason (R) : Of the two nuclear the H zone all but disappears.
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) isomeric nuclei one may be in Myosin has cross-bridges, which

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1825

Copyrighted material
 attach to and pull actin filaments division. The process is termed and activates the kinases that
along. binary fission. function to promote the events of

Reason Whole the cycle.

(R) : skeletal Reason (R) : Because this (bi-
muscles can only shorten when nary fission) division produces (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
they contract; therefore, for a two daughter cells that are iden-
bone be returned to its original
to
19. Assertion (A) : The first set of
the original parent cell.
tical to
reactions of photosynthesis takes
position or the muscle to its
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) place in the thylakoid, where
original length, muscles must
work in antagonistic pairs. chlorophylland other pigments
17. Assertion (A) : Binary fission (in
are located, is called light
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) unicellular prokaryotes) and mito-
dependent reactions.
sis (in unicellular eukaryotic pro-
15. Assertion (A) : During the evo- Reason (R) Because they can
toctists and fungi) allow organ- :

lution of primates, various groups not take place unless light is

isms to reproduce asexually.
diverged a particular sequence
in present.
from the main line of decent. Reason (R) Mitosis in multi-
:

cellular eukaryotes is primarily for (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

Reason (R) Prosimians (tarsiers
:

the purpose of growth and repair 20. Assertion (A) The energy cap-
and lemurs), which diverged first, :

of tissues. turing portion of photosynthesis

are most distantly related to
humans and most closely related (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) takes place in thylakoid mem-
to the original primates.
branes and can not proceed
18. Assertion (A) : A microtubule without solar energy.
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) structure that brings about chro- Reason (R) : The synthesis
mosomal movement during cell
portion of photosynthesis takes
BOTANY division is called kinetochore. place in the stroma and does not
Reason (R) : A protein that directly require solar energy.

16. Assertion (A) Prokaryotes : cycles in quantity as the cell (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
reproduce asexually by cell cycle progresses; combines with

ANSWERS WITH HINTS

1.(A) 2.(E) 3.(D) 4.(C) 5. (A) of an equilateral glass prism. Its

6. (B) 7. (A) 8. (C) 9. (A) 10. (A) angle of incidence = 60°.

11. (A) 12. (A) 13. (A) 14. (B) 15. (B) n\ a
16. (A) 17. (B) 18. (E) 19. (A) 20. (BJ n-Xg

1 . When an energetic y-ray photon

fallson a heavy substance, it is
absorbed by some nucleus of the Thus assertion and reason both
substance and an electron and a are wrong.
positron are produced. This is
The formation of real image by a
pair production.
plane mirror when a convergent The critical angle of glass-air
= beam of light is incident on it is interface is
Aru iP° + _iP°
shown in the figure. Thus the
(Y-photon) (Positron) (Electron)
assertion is correct. sine = -
The rest mass energy of each of
these particles is 0-51 MeV.
1
Hence for pair production, it is

essential that energy of y-photon

must at least be 2 x 0-51 = 1 02 e = 42°
MeV.
Since the angle of incidence is
2. Electrons being much lighter than
greater than the critical angle,
positive ray particles (ions) are %
total internal reflection must take
deflected more in a magnetic Plane Mirror place.
field.
The law of reflection that the
3. When light is refracted from one angle of reflection is equal to 18. A microtubule structure that

medium to another medium of angle of incidence holds even if brings about chromosomal move-
different density, only frequency incident light is convergent. ment during cell division is called

spindle.
remains constant. Refractive 5. Figure shows the path ;
of a
index is related to wavelength as normally incident ray on one face • ••
C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1826

Copyrighted material
 Q. How does the thermal con- Synthetic milk is made by mixing
duction take place in different refined oil, caustic soda, urea and
Do You media ?
«" In gases— Faster moving
detergents. A
emulsify and dissolve the
detergent is

oil in
added to
water,
Know? molecules pass on kinetic energy to giving the frothy solution, the chara-
cteristics of white colour of the milk.
slower moving ones when they collide
with them. In this way, heat is slowly The inflow of synthetic milk pum-
Q. What is the advantage in conducted through gases. ped into the market by unscrupulous
choosing the wavelength of a light traders, poses a grave risk for entire
Innon-metal solids and liquids
radiation as a standard of length ?
«* Advantages are
— The molecules are coupled to each generation of infants, pregnant
other by the forces between them. So women, old people as well as heart
Wavelength of a light radia- the molecules with most vibrational and kidney patients.
(1)
tion can be easily and accurately energy pass on some of this to those Q. Allicin is an active compo-
reproduced. with less energy. However, this pro- nent of Garlic.
cess of heat conduction is slow com-
(2) It is not affected by environ- Raw garlic, it turns out, is an
pared with that described next.
mental conditions such as tempera- excellent,although smelly, natural
ture, pressure, etc. In —
metals Metals contain free broad-spectrum antimicrobial drug.
electrons which are in thermal equi- Among other beneficial effects, it
(3) It is independent of other phy- librium with the surrounding atoms.
prevents cholesterol from clogging up
sical quantities. These electrons travel at high speeds the arteries.
Q. Why evaporation has a and transfer energy quickly from one
The scientistshave discovered
cooling effect ? part of the metal to another. That is
that allicin has the power to render
srWhen a liquid evaporates,
why metals are such good conductors
dysentery-causing amoeba harmless.
of heat.They also conduct some heat
molecules escape from its surface It happens so because allicin blocks
by the transfer of vibrational energy.
and move about freely as a gas. In a two groups of enzymes without which
liquid, the vibrating molecules keep Q. What are the u-values ? amoeba cannot survive or invade
colliding with each other, some gain- » Heating engineers use u- damaged tissues.
ing kinetic energy and others losing it..
values when calculating heat losses The researches provided eviden-
At the surface, some of the faster, through walls, windows and roofs. A ces that allicin can act as an anti-
upward moving molecules have u-value is defined by the following oxidant, gobbling up harmful oxygen
enough kinetic energy to overcome equation molecules believed to contribute to
the attractions from other molecules
Rate of flow of heat = u-value x atherosclerosis, tumor growth, ageing
and escape from the liquid. With
and other processes.
these faster molecules gone, the area x temperature difference
average kinetic energy of those left Using the symbols in the panel Q. Lactose is an unique car-
behind is reduced i.e., the tempera- on the left— bohydrate.
ture of the liquid falls. That is why
evaporation has a cooling effect. —
AQ
At
= u-value x A AT sugar', which
It is also
is
known as
the natural consti-
'Milk

Q. How
the rate of evapo-
is
tuent of milk.The most commercial
For a material of thermal con- source of lactose is cheese whey,
ration increased ?
ductivity K and thickness x, the u- which is generated during the manu-
« The rate of evaporation (and, value = - facture of cheese.
•
So, unlike K, the u-value
therefore, the rate at which the heat is

depends on thickness. For good insu- Lactose is mainly used in the

lost from a liquid) is increased if—
pharmaceutical industry, as a filler/
lation, a low u-value is needed. The
(a) The surface area is increased binder. The advantage of using lac-
requirements for this are a low K and
(more of the faster molecules are tose in the pharmaceutical formu-
a high thickness. Here are some
near the surface) lations is its neutral taste, high
typical u-values
(b) The temperature is increased compatibility with other drugs, opti-
(more of the molecules have enough
u-values in Wm~ 2
K" 1
mum physical and chemical stability
Single brick wall 3-6 and availability in different physical
kinetic energy to escape).
Double brick wall with and chemical forms for specific appli-
(c) The pressure is reduced
airspace 1-7 cations.
(escaping molecules are less likely to

rebound from other molecules back Window, single glass layer 5-7 Lactose in capsules is mainly
into the liquid). Double-glazed window 2-7 used as a carrier for the active com-
pound, while it is used as a base
(d) There is a draught across the Q. What is the synthetic milk ?
material. There is no substitute for
surface (escaping molecules are «" Synthetic milk minics real milk lactose in certain pharmaceutical pro-
removed before they can rebound). in all respects except taste and nutri- ducts, such as antibiotics, vitamins
(e) Gas is bubbled through the tional values. Its major ingredient is and sustained drugs. Lactose is also
liquid. cheap cooking oil. credited with a role in minimising

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1827

cataract development and high blood ergotism, i.e., gangrenous, convul- (C) Palisade tissue
pressure development. sive and hallucinogenic. (D) Bundle sheath
Q. What is Human Interferon ? Gangrenous ergotism is gene-
16. Litmus is obtained from
For the first time, Isaacs and rally characterized by lassitude, nau-
(A) Rocella montagnei
Lindenmann isolated the interferon in
sea and pains in limbs. Then alter-
nating sensations of intense heat and (B) Lasallia postulata
1957. Interferonis defined as 'a pro-

tein which exerts virus non-specific cold occur. A bodily extremities (C) Both A and B
homolog-
antiviral activity, atleast in
become numb, livid watery vesicles (D) Cladonia crispata

ous cells through cellular metabo-

may appear on the affected parts

lic procedure involving the synthe-

(usually arms and legs). Finally the ANSWERS
diseased area turns black, dry and
sis of both RNA and protein'. Thus 1.(B) 2.(B) 3.(C) 4.(C) 5.(D)
interferon is secreted by human cells
becomes mummified. In convulsive
6. (B) 7. (A) 8. (B) 9. (D) 10. (C)
ergotism, various parts of the body
just to resist the immediate inva- 11. (A) 12. (D) 13. (C) 14. (D) 15. (A)
sion by virus and multiplication of
become grossly deformed as a result
16. (C)
of clonic or tonic convulsions or both.
abnormal cells. In man there are •••
three classes of interferon
Generalized neurological stimulation
causes epileptiform seizures, where-
1. Alpha interferon (IFN-ot) or
as specific stimulation might involve
leucocyte interferon. (Continued from Page 1814 )
ravenous hunger and unusual breath-
2. Beta interferon (IFN-B) or ing patterns. This form involves a
ribosomes, which are composed
fibroblast interferon.
longer recovery period and often
of r-RNA and proteins.
results in permanent nerve damage
3. Gamma interferon (IFN-y) or
and subsequent sensitization.
8. Frameshift mutations occur most
immune interferon and lympnoDlas- often because one or more
The form often
hallucinogenic
toid interferon. nucleotides are either inserted or
includes of one of the other types. In
Interferonis used to cure many
deleted from DNA. The result of
its more pure form, it is referred to as
viral diseases such as common cold a frameshift mutation can be a
choreomania, St. Vitus's dance, or
and completely nonfunctional protein
It is species specific. In
hepatitis. St. John's dance. Vivid hallucinations
because the sequence of codons
1980, IFN-a and IFN-B were suc- are accompanied by psychic intoxica-
is altered.
cessfullyproduced from genetically tion reminiscent of the effects of
engineered E. coli cells. many of the modem psychedelic 9. Translation (of protein synthesis)
drugs. is the genetic information transfer
Q. What is clinical microbio-
logy ?
••• from the nucleotide sequence of
m-RNA to amino acid sequence
•» Clinical microbiology is the (Continued from Page 1807) of protein.
adaptation of microbiological techni-
ques to the study of the etiological (A) Old man's beard 10. In glycolysis, each molecule of
glucose (a hexose sugar) is
agents in infectious disease. Clinical (B) Icelandmoss
microbiologists determine the nature
broken down in stepwise bio-
(C) Reindeer moss
chemical reactions under enzy-
of infectious disease and test the
(0) Both B and C matic control into two molecules
ability of various antibiotics to inhibit
of pyruvic acid.
or kill the isolated microorganisms. A 13. The lichen having deposition of
contemporary clinical microbiologist is selenium is 12. Due to addition of domestic
also responsible for a wide range of (A) Cetraria islandica waste, phosphates, nitrates etc.
microscopic and cultural studies in Lobaria pulmonaria from wastes or their decom-
(B)
mycology, parasitology and virology. position products in water bodies,
(C) Parmelia molliuscula
The consultative skill of the clinical they become rich in nutrients,
microbiologist is sough by many (D) Evernia furfuracea especially phosphates and nitrate
physicians. The clinical microbiologist 14. Precisely, the upper cortex in ions. Thus, with a passage of
is often the most competent person heteromerous lichens is made up these nutrients through such
available to determine the nature and of— organic wastes the water bodies
extent of hospital-acquired infections,
Parenchyma
become highly productive or eu-
(A)
as well as public-health problems that trophic and the phenomenon as
(B) Prosenchyma
affect both the hospital and the eutrophication. The algal blooms
community. (C) Plectenchyma compete with their aquatic plants
(D) Prosoplectenchyma for light for photosynthesis. Thus,
Q. What is Ergotism ?
oxygen level is depleted.
w Ergotism is a complex disease 15. 'Cyphellae' in lichens are analo-
Photosystem-I (PS-I) is located
gous to which of the following 13.
ofhumans and certain domestic ani-
structures of higher plants ? on the outer surface of the thy-
mals caused by ingestion of grains
Stomata lakoid.
and cereals infested with ergot (a (A)

fungus). There are three types of (B) Mesophyll •••

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1828

Co
 Directions —(Q. 1-4) In each of 1 1 . Find out the missing letter group 17. In a code message DOG is
the following questions, find out the in the given series. written as 433. How will CAT be
one which is different from others. prt, ?, bdf, hjl, npr written in thatcode ?
1. (A) POCG (B) KLIZ (A) vya (B) uwz (A) 314 (B) 431

(C) BUDX (D) FQM V (C) vxz (D) uxw (C) 134 (D) 413

12. Arrange the following words in a 18. From the given alternative words,
2. (A) 500: 41 1 (B) 400 33^ :

meaningful order. select the word which cannot be

.1 ,1 formed using the letters of the
(C) 100:83 (D) 300:24g- 1. Chair 2. Tree
given word
3. •
Wood 4. Seed
3. (A) AEIM (B) BFJN 5. Plant
ESTABLISHMENT
(C) CGKO (D) DH LQ (A) MENTAL
(A) 1,3,2,4,5
4. (A) Counsel (B) Judge
(B) SHAME
(B) 4,5,3,2,1
(C) Advocate (D) Lawyer (C) ESTATE
(C) 1,2,3,4,5
(D) ESSENCE
Directions —(Q. 5-6) In each of (D) 4, 5, 2, 3,
19. BAT is coded as 528 and
the following questions, find the If

13. Rule : "The third number in a set GLOVES as 379160 then BALL
required word/number from the alter-
should be the sum and the fourth can be coded as
natives.
number should be the product of
5. Year Month : :: ? : ? (A) 5277 (B) 2577
the first two numbers."
(A) Success : Unsuccess (C) 5727 (D) 2757
Which one of the following sets
(B) Rupee Paisa :
follows this rule ? 20. The sum of the ages of a
(C) Adult: Child (A) (5,10,15,20) daughter and her mother is 56
(D) School Teacher years. After 4 years, the age of
:
(B) (3,8,11,33)
the mother will be 3 times that of
6. 144:10::169:? (C) (4,6, 10,24)
the daughter. Their respective
(A) 12 (B) 11 (D) (2,3,6,5) ages are
(C) 13 (D) 14 14. If + means +, + means -, - (A) 1 0 years and 46 years
7. From the alternatives which one means x and x means +, then (B) 12 years and 44 years
is the same as the given set ? 48+16 + 4-2x8 = ? (C) 1 1 years and 45 years
Given set : (7, 56, 70) (A) 6 (B) 3 (D) 13 years and 43 years
(A) 9 72 80
: : (B) 9 54 70
: :
(C) 112 (D) -36 21 . From the given alternative words,
(C) 8 : 72 88 : (D) 8 : 64 78 : select the one which can be
15. The following question has two
formed using the letters of the
8. Which one of the groups of clues and a target number series
given word
letters will complete the given with a number missing. Use the
letter-series ? clues and find the missing TRANSFORMATION
ab-aa-ca abc — bca. number. (A) TRANSACTION
(A) cbab (B) cbca Clues : 9 (289) 8 (B) TRANSFER
(C) cbac (D) cbaa 12 (361) 7 (C) INFORMANT
(D) INFORMER
9. Find out the wrong number in the Target: 8 (?) 14
given series. 22. Which word in the responses
(A) 529 (B) 496
cannot be formed by using the
445, 221, 109,46, 25, 11,4. (C) 484 (D) 441 alphabets given in the blocks ?
(A) 221 (B) 46 HUMIDITY as coded as
16. If
BEAN SEEM DEAN
(C) 11 (D) 109 UHMIIDTY, how is POLITICS
coded ? REEM
10. Find out the pair of numbers that
does not belong to the group due (A) OPILITICS (A) REDEEM (B) DREAM
to lack of common property. (B) OPLIITCS (C) NEAR (D) BORE
(A) 38 50 : (B) 18:27 (C) OPLITISC 23. A person starts from his house
(C) 3:6 (D) 66 85 : (D) POILTISC and walks 100 metres straight

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1829

Co
 towards south, takes a left turn 9. .v Age of her mother
and walks 75 metres straight = (56 -x) years
towards east. How far is he from .-. 3x(x+4) = (56-X + 4)
the starting point ?
or, 3x+ 12 = 56-X + 4
(A) 175 metres [53) or, 3x + x = 56 + 4- 12
(B) 125 metres 221 46 25
445 109 11 x = 12
(C) 100 metres
(D) 25 metres
L .-. Age of the daughter
-3.x 1 = 12 years
'
'
2 2
24. 5 boys are a row. A is
sitting in and the age of the mother
on the right of B. E is on the left 10. In all the others number is if first
= 44 years
of B but he is on the right of C. A subtracted from the second an
22. The word 'BORE' cannot be
is on the left of D. Who sits first odd number is obtained.
formed because the letter 'O' is
from the left ?
+6 +6 +6 +6 not present in any block.
11. P > u 1 h » n
(A) C
(B) D
+6
— —
+6
> a
. +6 .

J
+6
P
23. The movement of the^person
as shown below—
is

(C) A +6 +6 +6
t I r

(D) B N
14. By putting the proper signs in the
given expression 100m
ANSWERS
48+16 + 4-2x8
S
1.(D) 2.(D) 3.(D) 4.(B) 5. (B) => 48 + 16-4x2 + 8
6. (B) 7. (D) 8. (D) 9. (B) 10. (A) => 3-8 + 8 A 75 m B
12.(D)13.(C) => 3
11. (C) 14. (B) 15. (C) OB = VOA2 + AB2
16. (B) 17. (A) 18. (D) 19. (A) 20. (B) 15. + 2 = 2 = 289
(9 8) (17) = V(100) 2 + (75)2
21. (C) 22. (D) 23. (B) 24. (A) and (12 + 7)2 = (19) 2 = 361
? = (8+14) 2 = (22)2
= V 10000 + 5625
HINTS = 484 = V 15625
= 125 m
16. As,
1. In all the others there is one 24. The seating arrangement as
vowel. HUM DITY- UHMI DTY
I I

shown below
is

2 34 5 678 2 34 65 78
2. In the others, the first number
all
1 1
CEBAD
is 12 times of the second. Similarly,

3. POLITICS- >OPLI ITCS

+4+4+4+4
r\ r\ r\ r\
1 2 3 4 5 678 2 1 34 6578

A E I MBF JNCGKODHLQ 17. The first letter of DOG is D which

\j> kjt vj> kj- \J \J \J stands at 4th place in the
+4+4+4 +4 +4 +4 +4 +5 alphabet. Hence in the code ef
4. All the others are synonyms of DOG, first of all 4 is used. In the For Banking, Civil Defence And
Vakil. same way the first letter of CAT
is C
which stands at 3rd place in Other Competitive Exams.
5. As 'Month' is a part of 'Year',
the alphabet. Hence, in the code
similarly 'Paisa' is
'Rupee'.
a part of a
of CAT, first of all 3 is used. Read
18. As the letter 'C is not
6. As Vt44-»12-2 = 10 present
ESTABLISHMENT, hence
in the given word
the
UPKAR'S
Similarly Vl<39-> 13-2 = 11 word ESSENCE can not be
formed.
7. Given set = 7 56 70
MENTAL ABILITY
L_JL^ 19. BAT = 528,
x 8 +14 and GLOVES = 379160
.-. Required set = 8 64 78 .-. B = 5, A = 2 and L = 7 TEST
L_JL_J (On comparing)
x8 +14 .-. BALL = 5277 By : Dr. LAL & JAIN
8. The following series is formed :
20. Let the age of the daughter be x Price : Rs. 20.00
years.
a be a, a b. c a, abca.abca
C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1830

Copyrighted material
 (B) Right to freedom of religion

GENERAL KNOWLEDGE (C) Right to property

(D) Right regarding freedom

speech and expression
of

17. As per our Constitution name of

the Union is India or

1 . A child at the age of five nor- (B) Modern Industries in Asian (A) Hindustan
mally has countries (B) Bharat

(A) 16 teeth (B) 18 teeth (C) The problem of military (C) Bharatvarsh

(C) 20 teeth (D) 24 teeth dictatorship in Asia (D) None of these

2. A plant cell is different from an (D) Neo-colonialism in Asian 18. Which one of the following is not
animal cell by the presence of countries a feature of Indian Constitution ?

(A) Nucleus 10. 'Gresham's Law' in Economics is (A) Federal Structure

(B) Cells membrane related to (B) Parliamentary Government

(C) Chloroplast (A) Supply and Demand (C) Presidential Government
(D) Cell wall (B) Circulation of currency (D) Independence of Judiciary

3. Which one of the following (C) Consumption and supply 19. The Constitution of India was
leaders was not associated with (D) Distribution of goods and adopted on
Swaraj Party ? services (A) November 26, 1949
(A) M.L.Nehru (B) January 26, 1950
11. Regional Rural Banks started
(B) Das
C. R. (C) January 26, 1949
functioning in India, in
(C) B. G.Tilak (D) January 26, 1948
(A) 1971 (B) 1970
(0) None of these 20. National Defence College is
(C) 1975 (D) 1973
4. In 1908 Bal Gangadhar Tilak situated at
was imprisoned and was sent 12. The cause of inflation is
(A) Khadakvasala
to— (A) Increase in money supply (B) Dehradun
(A) Singapore (B) Fall in production (C) Wellington
(B) Mandalay (C) Increase in money supply (D) New Delhi
(C) Delhi and fall in production
21. Which city is known as city of
(D) Andman and Nicobar (D) Decrease in money supply seven hills ?
and fall in production London Rome
5. The Moderates decided to break (A) (B)
with Extremists in 13. A case of dispute in the (C) New York (D) Shimla
(A) 1906 (B) 1907 presidential election is referred
22. Nilgiris are part of the
(C) 1914 (D) 1919 to—
(A) Eastern Ghats
(A) Election Commission
6. The first session of Indian Natio- (B) Western Ghats
(B) Supreme Court
nal Congress was held at (C) Vindhyachal
(C) Parliament
(A) Calcutta (B) Delhi (D) Tamil Nadu hills
(D) None of these
(C) Bombay (D) Allahabad 23. What does the 17th Parallel
14. President of India is
7. Who said 'Better to reign in hell separate ?
(A) The head of government
than to serve in heaven' ? (A) South and North America
(B) The head of state
(A) Shakespeare (B) North and South Korea
(C) The head of state as well as
(B) Milton (C) South and North Vietnam
government
(C) Keats (D) South and North Yeman
(D) None of these
(D) Wordsworth 24. Which • of the following is the
15. Fundamental duties were intro-
8. The minimum contribution to the busiest of ocean trade routes ?
duced in the Constitution by
government's tax revenue from (A) Suez Canal
(A) 40th amendment
among the following is made (B) Cape of Good Hope
by- (B) 42nd amendment
(C) North Atlantic
(A) Excise (C) 43rd amendment
(D) Panama Canal
(B) Income-tax (D) 44th amendment
(C) Corporation-tax 25. 'White coal' is—
16. Which one of the following fun-
(D) None of these damental rights has been deleted (A) Uranium
from our Constitution through (B) Hydro-electricity
9. In 'Asian Drama' Gunnar Myrdal
discussed about— constitutional amendment ? (C) Ice

(A) Poverty in Asian countries (A) Right against exploitation (D) Diamond

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1831

26. Shimla is cooler than Amritsar 34. Which one of the following (B) Palk Strait

although they are on the same books and authors is correctly (C) Indian Ocean
latitude. This is because matched ? (D) Bay of Bengal
(A) Shimla is further North (A) Mitakshara-Vigyaneshwar 44. The source of energy of sun is
(B) Rajtarangini-Namdev Uranium fission
(B) Shimla is at a greater height (A)

above sea level than (C) Charu Chintamani-Somesh- (B) Helium fission
Amritsar
war
(C) Hydrogen fission
(D) Astadhyayi-Kalhana
(C) Shimla is further from equa- (D) Hydrogen fusion
tor 35. Amir Khusro's name is associa- 45. Which cells are destroyed by
(D) Their longitudes differ ted with the invention of— excessive drinking of alcohol ?
(A) Sitar (B) Sarod (A) Heart cells
27. Climate of a place is dependent
(C) Tabla (D) Shehnai (B) Liver cells
on several facts, which of them
is the most significant ? 36. 'Din-e-llahi' was accepted by— (C) Nerve cells

(A) RajaTodarmal (D) Lung cells

(A) Distance from sea
(B) Tansen 46. Richter scale is used to mea-
(B) Direction of wind
(C) Birbal sure—
(C) Latitude
(D) Raja Mansingh (A) Earthquakes
(D) Ocean currents
37. Mahabharata was originally (B) Ocean depth
28. The most abundant constituents known as— (C) Intensity of wind
of earth's crust are— (A) Brihatkatha (D) Temperature of body
(A) Igneous rocks .(B) Kathasaritsagar 47. The slogan 'Inquilab Zindabad'
(B) Sedimentary rocks (C) Jayasamhita was given by—
(C) Metamorphic rocks (D) Rajtarangini (A) Chandrasekhar Azad

(D) Granite 38. Who among the following (B) Mohd. Iqbal

president? of India was elected (C) Bhagat Singh

29. The tropic of Cancer does not
unanimously ? (D) Subhash Chandra Bose
pass through
(A) Dr. Rajendra Prasad 48. Which party was in power in U.K.
(A) India (B) Egypt
(B) Dr. S. Radhakrishnan when India became indepen-
(C) Mexico (D) Iran
(C) Neelam Sanjeev Reddy dent?
30. In milk, fat content is reduced (D) Dr. Shankar Dayal Sharma (A) Labour
during— (B) Conservative
39. Fundamental rights are en-
(A) Winters (C) Liberal
shrined in the constitution
(B) Summers (D) There was National Govern-
(A) Parti (B) Part II

(C) Rainy season msnt

(C) Part III (D) Part IV
(D) No season 49. Swaraj Party was founded by—
40. Who is not appointed by the
(A) Motilal Nehru
31. The maximum time gap between president ?
(B) Bal Gahgadhar Tilak
two successive sessions of par- (A) Prime Minister
(C) C. Raj Gopalachari
liament can be (B) Chief Justice of India
(D) Sardar Balabhbhai Patel
(A) 4 months (C) Vice President
(B) 6 months (D) Governor 50. The first Europeans who started
trade with Indians were—
(C) 1 year 41 . Which mountains
of the following
(A) British (B) Danish
(D) As specified by the President are the oldest according to geo-
(C) Portuguese (D) Dutch
logical history ?
32. On which of the following date
the constitution of Jammu- (A) Nilgiris ANSWERS
Kashmir came into force ? (B) Satpura Range
1.(0 2.(D) 3.(C) 4.(B) 5.(B)
(C) Vindhyas
(A) 26th January, 1957 6.(C) 7.(B) 8.(B) 9. (A) 10. (B)
(D) Aravalli
(B) 26th October, 1947 11.(C) 12. (C) 13. (B) 14. (C) 15. (B)
42. The largest shore-line is along
(C) 31st October, 1951 16. (C) 17. (B) 18. (C) 19. (A) 20. (D)
the state of—
(D) 27th October, 1950 21. (B) 22. (B) 23. (C) 24. (A) 25. (B)
(A) Gujarat
33. Plants take nitrogen in the form (B) Maharashtra 26. (B) 27. (C) 28. (B) 29. (D) 30. (C)
of— (C) Andhra Pradesh 31. (B) 32. (A> 33. (A) 34. (A) 35. (C)
(A) Nitrate (D) Kerala 36. (C) 37. (C) 38. (C) 39. (C) 40. (C)
(B) Nitrogen 43. Lakshdweep Island is situated 41. (D) 42. (A) 43. (A) 44. (D) 45. (B)
(C) Nitrite in— 46. (A) 47. (B) 48. (A) 49. (A) 50. (C)
(D) Nitrogen oxide (A) Arabian sea • ••
GS.V. / February / 1999/ 1832

Copyrighted material
 ( Continued from Page 1736

CSV Crossword-6 L "4§

Qi
Q2 " T2

4
Q = iQ,
5'

Qi = gxltfj

W = Q,-Q2 = K^-^xlO4
= gxlf/j = 2x.103 J

46.

001
= 3x10" 7
001 x 1

= 3x10~ Q 7

48. B = uH

B = 12x10-^
1 = 0-4 + 12x10~*H
The Mathematical tools devised by S. N. Bose and
1-0-4 0-6
A. Einstein to handle a class of fundamental particles H =
(12). 12x10-* 12x10^
9. A thousandth part of a cubic metre (5). = 500 A/m
10. Pertaining to the red planet (7).
11. Objects said to be sighted in the sky at random • ••
intervals but have not ever been identified ... (4).
12. The machine is not working, but it is ... (4).
Initials of the famous British Mathematician who
13.
patronised Ramanujam ... (3).
CSV Crossword-5
15. These on heating (after losing water) may become ANSWERS
amorphous (8).
17. The plural of the female counterpart in the production AcrossABERRATION (7) AREA (8) ION (9)
: (1)
of a zygote (3). MACH (10) SETI (11) ISOCHOR (13) FOCAL
18. Something that is self evident (9). LENGTHS (15) PRODUCT (16) LEFT (18) DATA (20)
20. This logic gate has the property of giving low output if
RADIANCY (21) QUANTIFIED.
any input is high ... (3).
21. An inert gas word derived from the meaning 'inert'
Down (1) ACRES (2) ELASTIC (3) RAIN (4)
:

itself (5).
TUNGSTEN (5) OHMIC (6) ECHO (12) ELECTRON
22. A computer network may be
covering a whole city (3). (13) FERMAT (14) GALVANI (17) FACED (19) AMU
23. These circuits generally arise while studying
alternating currents (3).
24. The radius vector of a planet equal areas in
n
H A
2
E

C L
equal time (6).
Down
2. The thermodynamic state variable which never
J
B R A

decreases (7). E S

Is H
3. This data structure is very useful in computer soft-
MO
T
wares (4).
4. These are responsible for the famous 'Turn Paradox' I

5.
(4, 9).
Inductances add-up in (6).
n13
F c I

6. Derived from 'ice', related to 'cake' (5). E •

7. These cyclotrons take the relativistic mass variation

into account (12).
8. A detector of nuclear radiations (5, 7).
H R D I

M
14. This explodes giving energy from mass ... (4, 4).
16. The energy difference between two energy bands
(4, 3).
B A

T M I
17. 1024 Hz is one above 512 Hz (6).
19. The first name of the Academic guide of Newton (5). IB U
—
Note Its solution will be published in the next issue.

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1833

 lis 0®

According to the rules of the CSV From left 20ii and 20O (QQ') in Using Lami's theorem
Quiz, all entry forms were examined. parallel = 10O Fi F2 F3
As a result, the following participants
This 10O in series with 10O(QR) sin a sin JJ sin y
have qualified for various prizes. CSV
sends them greetings and good = 20O We have
wishes for their bright future. It also Ti 10
This 20O and 20O (RR') in =
places on record its appreciation for sin 150°
~ sin 120°
~
sin 90°
parallel = 10O
their inquisitive nature and expresses
obligation for their co-operation. This 10Q in series with 10Q (RS) T, = 10 sin 150°
= 20 0 = 10sin(90° + 60°)
PRIZE WINNERS
This 20O and 20O (SS') in = 10 cos 60°
First Prize
parallel = 10O
1 . Pankaj Kumar Pathak = 10x^ =5N
Hence, the equivalent resistance
Ashram Road Kamre between AB is 10O. Also, T2 = 10 sin 120°
AT. P.O. - Kamre
Distt. Ranchi 2. The successive equivalent cir- = 10 sin (90° + 30°)
cuits are shown in the figure (a) = 10 cos 30°
Bihar-835 222
and (b).
2. Rajeev Bansal
S/o Shri Raman Lai Agrawal
B = 10 x~
B-26, Pratap Nagar (East)
Maholi Road, Mathura A t = 5V3N
A 4. fR
U.P.-281 001
3. Vijay Kumar
New Medicare FcosO
HR.
LB. Palace, Kadam kuan
Patna, Bihar-800 003
nniiiiiiU))))!)))))), wmmmmi
Fig- (a)

T mg+ Fsine
CORRECT ANSWERS Resolving F in two components :

1.(A) 2.(C) 3.(B) 4.(D) 5.0 along the surface (horizontal) F

6. (C) 7. (D) 8. (C) 9. (C) 10. (*)
cos 0 and perpendicular to the
surface (vertical) F sin 9 (down-
11. (B) 12. (B) 13. (D) 14. (C) 15. (B)
wards)
16. (B) 17. (D) 18. (A) 19. (D) 20. (D)
Since, there is no motion in
8
—
Note (1) Questions 5 and 10 c vertical direction,

have not been included in the con- Fig.(b) mg + F sin 9 = R

test.
In figure (b) equivalent capacity Since, the motion in the horizon-
(2) Since the number of prize between B and D is 2C as the tal direction is with constant
winners is quite large, the total
condensers are in parallel. velocity, there is no acceleration.
amount of prize money has been
This 2C and C in arm DA are in Hence, net horizontal force is
equally distributed among the three
series. The equivalent capacity zero. Thus
first prize winners.
2CxC F cos 9 = nR
HINTS " 2C + C
or, F cos 9 = n(mg + F sin 9)
2C F(cos 9 - u sin 9)
" 3
= \img
2C
Finally, this~g- and C in arm AB
Since, 9 = 45°, sin 9 = cos 9 =
are in parallel.

Hence, the equivalent capacity J__01

P' Q' R ' S' A' between A and B
The A can be shown as V2 Vi
point A'
point
on right.
-
" ^3 +CC-^
" +
3 = 0-1 x45x 10

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1834

 11. Allopatric speciation requires sphere photosynthesis removes
:

V2 xO-1 x45x 10
F = geographic isolation before carbon dioxide, and respiration
0-9
reproductive isolation occurs. and combustion add carbon
= 50V2N. Sympatric speciation does not dioxide.

Work done by the man on the require geographic isolation for 20. At resonance
block reproductive isolation to develop.
= J-
W = FcosGxd 12. Genetic drift is particularly evi-
col_

dent when a population is small.

= 50^2 cos 45° x10 .-. Impedance
13. The biological definition of a
= 5()V2x-px 10 species recognizes that popula-
tions of the same species breed
= 500 Joule. only among themselves and are
reproductively isolated from other
5. For monoatomic gas = Vr2 =R
species.
9m •••
cv Y 14. In sexually reproducing diploid
(Continued from Page 1817 )
organisms, the heterozygote
3°" acts as a repository for recessive while a fuse wire must have high

alleles whose frequency is low. resistance and low melting point.

Also, C p -C v = R
In regard to sickel-cell disease, Q. 15. Is Lenz's law a conse-
or, ^C v -C v = R the heterozygote is more fit in quence of conservation of energy?
areas with malaria and, there- Ans. Yes, to produce a change
3 „ fore, the homozygotes are main-
C„ = in the magnetic flux work must be
tained in the population.
done and hence, the induced e.m.f.
Cn =
3
X
2
H 15. Adaptive radiation, as exempli- must oppose this if the energy of the
fied by the Galapagos finches, is system is to be conserved.
a form of allopatric speciation. It Q. 16. How can we identify
I"
occurs because the opportunity whether the magnetic field at any
Similarly for diatomic gas
exists for new species to adapt to point is due to the earth or due to
7 new habitats.
= Y = some current carrying conductor ?
16. Tropisms are growth responses Ans. When a freely suspended
Cp = toward or away from unidirectio- small magnetic needle always stays
nal stimuli roots that bend toward in the direction of north-south, then
Also, C p -C v = R
the direction of gravity show the magnetic field is due to earth. But
positive gravitropism. Negative when the needle turns to some other
cv - c v - R
g gravitropism of stems results in a and returns back to north-
direction
bending away from the direction south direction after the current is
c„ = §" of gravity. switched off, then the magnetic field
c„ = Z x5H
5*2 R 17. Phytochrome is a pigment that is due to current carrying conductor.

responds to both red and far-red Q. 17. Is the magnetisation at

light and is involved in flowering. saturation for a paramagnetic sub-
Daylight causes phytochrome to stance very much different from
Hence, for mixture, existas Pf r but during the night it
,
that for a saturated ferromagnetic
Average is converted to P r by metabolic substance of about the same size ?
processes. P( r form of phyto- Ans. Yes, the magnetisation at
cp = chrome leads to activation of saturation for paramagnetic subs-

= 3R regulatory proteins that bind to tance is very much smaller than satu-
genes. ration for a saturated ferromagnetic
and Average
Each ovule the ovary
within substance of about the same size.
18.
contains a megasporocyte which Q. 18. Of the two identical gal-
divides meiotically to produce vanometers one is to be converted
= 2R The into an ammeter and the other into
four haploid megaspores.
3R anthers contain microsporocytes, a milliammeter. Which of the
7 - 2R each of which divide meiotically shunts will be of larger resistance ?
= 1-50 to produce four haploid micro- Ans. The shunt of the milliamme-
Note —This question is not being spores. ter will be of larger resistance. The
reason is that a large part of the main
included in the contest as y for a 19. Inthe carbon cycle, the reservoir
isorganic matter, calcium carbo- current will pass through galvanome-
diatomic gas is
^ not g as given nate shells, and limestone. The ter's coil which will work as a smaller

in the problem. exchange pool is thS atmo- range ammeter.

CS.V. / February / 1999/ 1835

 (C) Phenol

(D) EDTA
11. Spongy bone
(A) Contains osteons
(B) Contains red bone marrow
where blood cells are formed
1. A highway motorist travels at a 5. Eight rain drops of radius 1mm
(C) Lends no strength to bones
constant velocity of 45 kmhr 1 in each falling down with a terminal
-1 (D) the above are correct
a 30 kmhr 1 zone. A motor velocity of 5 ms coalesce to All

cyclist police officer has been form a bigger drop. The 12. When muscles contract—
watching him from behind a bill terminal velocity of the bigger
(A) Sarcomeres increase in size
board and at the same moment, drop will be—
(B) Myosin slides past actin
the speeding motorist passes the (A) 005 cms" 1

bill board, the police officer acce-

(C) The 'H' zone disappears
(B) 2 cm s" 1

lerates uniformly from rest to (D) Calcium is taken up by

(C) 20 cm s" 1

over take him. If the acceleration calcium storage sacs

of the police officer is 10 kmhr2 (D) None of these
,
13. Which of the following are the
how long does he take to reach 6. Which of the following com- and last elements in a spinal
first
the motorist ? pounds is used as a sequestering reflex ?
(A) 7 hour agent ? (A) Axon and dendrite
(B) 8 hour (A) Sulphuric acid
(B) Sense organ and muscle
(C) 9 hour (B) Microcosmic salt effector
(D) 10 hour (C) EDTA (C) Ventral horn and dorsal horn
(D) Corrosive sublimate
(D) Motor neuron and sensory
2. A 1 uF capacitor is charged to
7. Which of the following categories neuron
100 volts and a 2 uF capacitor to
of sustances are used in vacuum 14. Excretion of a hypertonic urine in
200 volts. They are then con-
tubes to absorb gases, vapours humans is associated with the—
nected in parallel, positive plate
and impurities ?
to positive plate. What is the (A) Glomerular capsule
between and (A) Getter alloys
difference initial (B) Proximal convoluted tubule
final energies ? (B) Carbides
(C) Loop of the nephron
(C) Chlorofloro carbons
(A) 0 0033 joule (D) Distal convoluted tubule
(D) Silicates
(B) 0-33 joule 15. Which of the following animal
(C) 3-3 joule
8. Which of the following is not a breathes by positive pressure ?
raw material for the preparation
Fish
(D) None of these (A)
of synthetic milk ?
(B) Human
3. A coil of inductance 0-50 H and (A) Refined oil
(C) Bird
resistance 100£J is connected to (B) Caustic soda
(D) Frog
220 V, 50 Hz A.C. supply. What (C) Urea
is the time lag between the 16. Regarding polarity of the spore
(D) Bleaching powder
voltage maximum and current in Filicophyta (Pteridophyta), it

maximum ? (tan 57-5° = 1 -57) 9. Which of the following state-

had proximal pole and distal
ments is not correct ? pole. The hypothetical line con-
(A) 2-3 ms
(A) Acetone is manufactured by necting the two poles is called
(B) 3-2 ms
cumene peroxidation process (A) Tegillium
(C) 4-5 ms
(B) When cracking of ethyl (B) Polar axis
(D) 6 0 ms alcohol and steam is carried
(C) Equatorial axis
4. A radio can tune over the fre- out at 40°C, acetone is
(D) Endine
quency range of a portion of MW obtained as a major product
broadcast band (800 kHz to Acetone
17. Which of the following shoots of
(C) is used for making
1200 kHz). If its LC circuit has an protective coatings
Ptehdium aquilinum
. bears
effective inductance of 200 uH leaves ?
(D) Cumene peroxidation does
what must be the range of its (A) Long shoots
not lead to lormation of
variable condenser ? phenol (B) Short shoots

(A) 80pFto250pF 10. Which of the following com-

(C) Intermediate shoots

(B) 88pFto300pF pounds is used as disinfectant ?

(D) All of the above

(C) 40pFto198pF (A) BHC 18. Epilimnion is—

(D) 88pFto198pF (B) DDT (A) An enzyme

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1836

Copyrighted material
 (B) A plant growth regulator having the same
chemical formula as a gibberellin has

(C) The upper warmer oxygen rich circulating water

layer region in a lake
(D) The plant having special type of anatomy called
kranz type

19. Symbiotic association between protozoa and blue-

green algae is called

(A) Transitory cessation

(B) Coniconchia Solution to Quiz No. 11

(C) Grahamella Competition Science Vision
(D) Cyanelle
Last date for sending 28th February, 1999
20. The antibiotics have no effect on viruses because
Name Mr./Miss/Mrs.
(A) Viruses produce a thick covering and encyst
themselves as endospores Full Address

(B) They kill all bacteria which act as host of virus

(C) Viruses show no metabolism of their own

(D) Viruses are too small in size for antibiotics to act State Pin Code No.
upon
• •• Age Academic Qualification
Competition examination for which preparing

I have read and understood the rules of quiz con-

Rules for taking part in Quiz Contest test of Competition Science Vision issued by Pratiyogita
Darpan and agree to abide by them.
of Competition Science Vision

(Signature)
1. All students or those appearing in competitive
examinations can take pan" in this contest.
2. Candidates taking part in quiz contest will necessarily
RESULT
have to send their entries by a fixed date. Entries are No. of questions attempted
to be sent by ordinary post. Please mark your
No. of correct answers
envelope 'Quiz-Competition Science Vision' on
the top left hand side. No. of wrong answers
3. Answers given only on the form of the magazine will
Marks obtained
be admissible.
4. In the form there are four squares against each
question number. Contestants should put a cross (x)
ANSWER FORM
in the square for the answer they think is correct. a No. A B C D Q. No. A B C D
Giving more than one answer to a question will
1. 11.
disqualify it.

5. Contestants should essentially write the number of 2. 12.

questions they have solved.
3. 13.
6. Marks be deducted for wrong answers.
will
4. 14.
7. The candidate sending the maximum number of
correct answers will be given Rs. 400 as first prize. 5. 15.
Next two candidates after that will get Rs. 300 and
6. 16.
Rs. 200 as second and third prize respectively. If
there are more than one candidate eligible for a 7. 17.
prize, the amount will be equally distributed among
8. 18.
them.
8. The decision of the editor will be final and binding in 9. 19.
all cases, and will not be a matter for consideration
10. 20.
of any court.

C.S.V. / February / 1999/ 1837

 LATEST

386 Rashtriya Indian Military College 393 Polvtechnic Entrance Exam. (L'.P.) 140.00
RECENT RELEASE Entrance Exam. 50.00 421 All India Pre Veterinary Test (PVT) 195.00
Code Books Price
No. 379 Military School Exam. 70.00 477 Bihar Polvtechnic Combined
479 BBA/BBM Entrance Exam. 180.00 301 Navodaya School Entrance Exam. 70.00 Entrance test 140.00
478 M.P. General Nursing Training 302 Navodaya School Entrance Digest
Selection Test 280.00 By : J. N. Sharma & T. S. Jain 75.00 NTSE/STSE
385 Direct Entry for Sailorsdndian Navy) 65.00 338 National Talent Search Exam. (Class X) 120.00
476 Raj.PMT(Combincd) atagiance 190.00
382 Clerk's Exam. (Storekeeper & 439 Science Talenl Search Exam.
471 Assistant Provident Fund
General Duty 44.00 (Class Villi 56(H)
Commissioners Exam. 85.00 I

470 Employees Provident Fund 381 N. E. R. Exam. 34.00

380 M. E. R. Exam. 55. (X)
SYLLABUS
Organisation Lower Division Clerk 311 Syllabus for Civil Services Exam. 20.00
Exam. 62.00 438 Artificer Apprentice Recruitment 339 P.S.C. il'.P.iSvllabus 18 .(H)
466 Tourism & Travel Management Test (Indian Navy) 50.00 340 P.S.C. (M P ) Syllabus 15.00
(Diploma Exam.) 115.00
474
R EN
M.l^.^C mb n d?GV.df
XAM "
325.00
465 Junior Intelligence Officer (Gd.II) 65.00 GENERAL KNOWLEDGE
457 Panacea Computer Course 115.00 462 MNR Mathematics (Pre & Main) 150.00 349 General Knowledge. Current Affairs 1200
461 MNR Physics (Pre & Main) 1 15.00
350 Objective General Knowledge 14.00
BANK CLERK/P.O. 460 MNR Chemistry (Pre & Main) ! 10.00 351 Ever Latest General Knowledge 50(H)
313 Bank's Recruitment Tests 67.00
315 Bank Competitions flv T.S. Jain . 92.00 PMT7PET GENERAL ENGLISH
316 New Bank Recruitment Tests 70.00 403 C.P.M.T. Botanv-AT A GLANCE 60.00 353 NPTOE New Pattern Test of Objective
317 A Practical Book of Bank 402 C.P.M.T. Zoology-AT A GLANCE 48.00 English 70.00
Competitions 165.00 401 C.P.M.T. Physics-AT A GLANCE 35.00 354 A Fresh Approach to General English 55.00
318 A Practical Book of Clerical 400 C.P.M.T. Chemistry-AT A GLANCr. 56.00 355 The Technique of Comprehension &
Aptitude Test 28.00 419 C.P.M.T. (Combined)-AT A GLANCE 185.00 Precis Writing 44.00
319 A Practical Book of Reasoning Tcsts40.00 406 CBSE Biology-AT A GLANCE 60.00 394 Learn to Write Correct English
320 A Practical Book of Numerical 407 CBSE Chemistry-AT A GLANCE 70.01) B\ : Dr. B. B Jain 115.00
Aptitude Tests 32.00 408 CBSE Physics-AT A GLANCE 448 Correct English How to Write it 105.00
72.00
321 A Practical Book of Objective —
422 CBSE (Combined) AT A GLANCE 190.00
English 35.00
409 MP. PMT Physics-AT A GLANCE 85. (X)
ARITHMETIC
322 A Practical Book of Descriptive 410 M.P. PMT Chemistry-AT A GLANCE 70.00
357 Arithmetic lor Competitive Exams 50.00
English 22.00 358 O.A.R. Objective Arithmetic Review 45.00
411 M P. PMT Zoology-AT A GLANCE 7().(X)
323 New Pat.ern Tests of Reasoning 65.00 359 O.M.R. Objective Mathematics Review 42.00
404 Objective English Language 412 M.P. PMT Botanv-AT A GLANCE 66.00
447 Quicker Obj. Arithmetic 110.00
(for Clerical) (Question Papers) 30.00 436 M.P. PMT (Combined)-AT A GLANCE 280.00
469 RAS/RTS Objective Mathematics 285.00
475 Quicker Reasoning Test 430 M.P. PET Chemistry 70.00
468 M.P.P.S.C. Objective Mathematics 295.00
(for Clerical Cadre) 60.00 429 M.P. PET Physics 85.00 467 U.P.P.C.S. Objective Mathematics 285.00
324 State Bank Probationary Officers 428 M.P. PET Mathematics 70.00
464 l.A.S. Objective Math 295.00
Exam. 120.00 427 M.P. PET (Combined) Guide- 210.00
Nationalised Banks Probationary 455 Raj. PMT Chemistry-AT A GLANCE 40.00
325
454 Raj. PMT Zoology-AT A GLANCE 50.00
INTELLIGENCE TEST
Officers Exam. 130.00 360 Intelligence & Psychological Tests 20.00
443 R.B.I. Officers Grade B' Exam. 155.00 453 Raj. PMT Botany-AT A GLANCE 62.00 "
362 Intelligence and Aptitude Tests 65.00
307 *0' Level Test of Reasoning 55.00 452 Raj. PMT Physics-AT A GLANCE 52.00
310 I'pkar's Mental Ability Test 20 (H)
308 'O' Level Numerical Aptitude Test 37.00 399 Pioneer Series CBSE Medical Biologv 170 00
309 "O' Level Objective General 413 Pioneer Series CBSE Medical 373 A Fresh Approach to Reasoning: Tests 48 (H)

English 40.00 Chemistry 260(A)

405 Objective English Language 414 Pioneer Series CBSE Medical Phvsics 210.00 ESSAY/LETTERS
(for P.O.) (Question Papers) 30.00 415 Pioneer Series CPMT Botany 150.00 3 Hindi-Engli->h Essays & Letter Writing 40.00
416 Pioneer Series CPMT Zoology 150.00 4 Hindi-Enelish Essavs 36.00
CPMT Chemislrv 387 Modem Essays
AIR FORCE/HC/RAILWAY 417 Pioneer Series '
24O.0O 50.00
372 Air Force Recruitment Test 418 Pioneer Series CPMT Phvsics 175(H) 364 Top Letters 45.00
(Technical Trade) 96.00 365 Business Letters 42.00
328 Air Force Recruitment Test SSC EXAM.
By : Khanna & Verma 60.00
334 S. S. C. Clerks Grade Exam. 125.00 INTERVIEW
388 S. S. C. Clerks Grade Exam. [Dems Si«i 130.00 366 Selected Bank Interview 28.00
329 Air Force Recruitment Test
By : T.S. Jain 75.00 335 S. S. C. Inspectors of Income Tax. 367 UPKAR'S Bank Interview 30.00
332 GIC/LIC Administrative Officer's Central Excise etc. Exam. (20x30/8) 1 10.00 368 Interview & Group Discussions 40.00
Exam. 125.00 389 S. S. C. Inspectors of Income Tax.
390 L.I.C. Exam. (20x30/8 size) 1 10.00 Central Excise etc. Exam. (Demy Si/el 120.00 TEACHERS APTITUDE
391 L.I.C. Exam. (Demy Size) 1 0.00
1 337 S. S. C. Auditors/Jr. Accountant/Upper 446 Raj. B.Ed. Teacher's Aptitude Test 25.00
377 Railway Recruitment Board Exam. Division Clerks Exam. 120.00 445 U.P. B.Ed. Teacher Attitude &
By : Dr. Lai <6 Jain 78.00 375 S. S. C. Assistant Grade (Pre.) Exam. 180.00 Aptitude Test . 24.00
333 Railway Recruitment Board Exam. 70.00 374 S. S. C. Sub- Inspector of Police 152.00 426 M.P. B.Ed. Teaching Aptitude 20.00
396 Railway Commercial Vocational 383 S. S. C. Transmission Executives Exam. 105.00
Course Entrance Exam. 58.00 398 Senior/Junior Hindi Translators Exam. 102.00 GENERAL BOOKS
435 Railway Recruitment Board 397 C. Section Officers Exam. (Audit) 85.00 303 General Science
S. S. 55.00
(Technical) 95.00
304 QUIZ INDIA 40.00
459 S.C.R.A. Exam. 190.00 CAT/MB A/KDA/CDS/UGC/H.M. 395 The Art of Public Speakings 25.00
458 CAT Combined Admission Exam. 160.00 425 Create Super Intelligence 35.00
SAINIK/NAVODAYA/ 424 M.B.A. Admission Tests 200.00 444 TIRANGA Our National Flag 90.00
MILITARY EXAM. 420 U.G.C. Junior Research Fellowship 442 The World of Idioms and Phrases 38.00
330 Sainik School Entrance Exam. and Lectureship Exam. 90.(X) 441 The World of Synonyms and Antonyms 38.00
By : Dr. Lai & Jain 78.00
463 U.G.C. Chemistry 50.00 440 The World of Proverbs 30.00
331 Sainik School Digest By J. N. Shawm 92.00
378 J.E.E. Hotel Management Exam. 140.00 449 The World of Inspiring Quotations 42.00
434 Sainik School (General Science)
305 Combined Defence Services Exam. 30 00 1 472 The World of Idioms and Phrases
IX Class 27.00
306 N.D.A. Exam. 165.00 (Eng. -Eng.) 35.00
433 Sainik School (Mathematics)
437 M.P. Management Joint Entrance Test In Press 456 Speak English Fluently 48.00
DC Class 38.00
451 Secrets of Life 30.00
432 Sainik School (G. K.IX Class) 65.00
450 Sainik School Entrance Exam. POLYTECHNIC 423 Principles of Computer Science
392 Pre-Polytechnic Test (PPT. M.P, 120.00 (For CAIlBPl. 1) 70.00
(Combined) IX Class 135.00 I

While ordering direct send Rs. 40/- by M.O. Ask free detailed catalogue.
UPKAK PRAKASHAN 2/1 1A - Swadeshi Bima Nagar, AGRA-282 002. Phone : 351238. 351002. 350002: Fax : ,0562) 351251
 NOW AVAILABLE
What is the use of reading conventional books, when books
written by new techniques for better scientific way
of recollecting the facts are accessible ? Read
Swerve the customary way, move
Uokar's
forward and enter into new ^ ^ . .

dimensions of Competition
knowledge. Books and
UPKAR'S ensure your Success.

Madhya Pradesh

Pre-Medical Tes 1

MADHYA PRADESH Highlights :

MADH YA'PR ADESH MADHYA'PRADESH
•Objective

Physics Zoology Questions with

Chemistry Botany
ATA GLANCE ATA GLANCE Explanatory
ATA GLANCE ATA GLANCE
Answers
• Quick Revision of
Entire Syllabus.

• Help to
Remember all
Important Facts.

• Provides opportu-
Tigris nity of Self-

Assessment
J mj*m w *• w> pi —
•Latest Facts and
Discoveries

Do not forego this chance, this is key to your success.

Eng. Editions Hindi Editions
Upkar's MP PMT Physics At a Glance 85/- 50/-
Upkar's MP PMT Chemistry At a Glance 70/- 60/-
Upkar's MP PMT Zoology At a Glance 70/- In Press
Upkar's MP PMT Botany At a Glance 66/- 48/-
Purchase from nearest Bookseller or get the copy by sending M. O. of Rs. 30/- on the following address
UPKAR PRAKASHAN 2/1 1 A, Swadeshi Bima Naear, Aera-282 002

Co
 Regd. No. R. N. 68S88/98 Postal Regd. No. LAG 499

For reliability and usefulness

CPMT
AT A GLANCE
mPRESENTS

is unsurpassed

A revolutionary concept which has been received very well by the students.
In short, it give you as much as you need for CPMT Entrance Exams.

Don't just settle for anything else except UPKAR - CPMT Series and find how this

series enables the complete convergence as far as your preparation is concerned.

Highlights:
Objective Questions
ALSO AVAILABLE
with Explanatory Answers
Quick Revision of Entire
A WIDE RANGE
Syllabi. OF BOOKS
>• Help to Remember all FOR ALL COMPETITIVE
Important Facts.
EXAMS AND ON
Provides Opportunity of
GENERAL INTEREST
Self Assessment
Latest Facts & Discoverie SUBJECTS

CPMT (Combined) At A Glance

English
Editions
Hindi
Editions
205.00
UPKAR PRAKASHAN
Upkar's 185.00 2/1 A, SWADESHI BIMA NAGAR, AGRA 282 002.
1 -

Upkar's CPMT Physics At A Glance 35.00 62.00 PHONE 351238, 351002, 350002; FAX (0562) 351251
: :

Upkar's CPMT Chemistry At A Glance 56.00 62.00 BRANCH OFFICE 4840-41, GOBIND LANE, ANSARI ROAD
:

Upkar's CPMT Zoology At A Glance 48.00 42.00 24, DARYA GANJ, NEW DELHI - 1 1 0 002.
Upkar's CPMT Botany At A Glance 60.00 65.00 PHONE 3251844, 3251866
: FAX : (Oil) 3251866